Electrical .fr

Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes ... sued Engine Service Manual or Manual/ .... Engine coolant temperature sensor (for A/C). Q.
40MB taille 15 téléchargements 565 vues
--

GROUP / SECTION INDEX

BackupServiceManual General

i

3000~l1992-l 996 Volume 2

........................

Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location . . . . . . . . . . Inspection Terminal Location . . . . . . . . . Grounding Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .

Electrical

Control Unit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location . . . . .

FOREWORD

i L

Diode Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .

This Service Manual has been prepared with the latest service information available at the time of publication. It is subdivided into various group categories and each section contains diagnossis, disassembly, repair, and installation procedures along with complete specifications and tightening references. Use of this manual will aid in properly performing any servicing necessary to maintain or restore the high levels of performance and reliability designed into these outstanding vehicles.

Junction Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centralized

Junction . . . . . . . . . #. . . . . . .

Harness Connector Inspection . I . . . . . .

., @

National lnaltute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE

Alphabetical Index

Mitsubishi Motors Corporation reserves the right to make changes in design or to make additions to or improvements in its products without imposing any obligations upon itself to install them on its products previously manufactured.

L @ 1995 Mitsubishi Motors Corporation

. . . ..*.............

Chassis Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WESUF’FORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTiFiCATlON THROUGH

Reprinted in USA

m m w m d w II w w 111

Configuration Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . - . .

Engine Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

w

How to Diagnose . . . . . . . . . . . . . -. . . . . . .

Circuit Diagrams A

w

.............

NOTE: For information concerning all components other than the electrical system and on-vehicle service procedures for engines and transmissions, refer to Volume 1 “Chassis & Body” of this paired Service Manual. For overhaul procedures of engines or transmission, refer to the separately issued Engine Service Manual or Manual/ Automatic Transmission Service Manual.

m;

2

G E N E R A L - Fusible Link, Fuse and IOD or Storage Connector Location

FUSIBLE LINK, FUSE AND IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR LOCATION 1 Symbol 1

Name

1 Symbol 1

Name Dedicated fuse No. 1 to No. 7

B

Fusible link

A

Dedicated fuse No. 8 and No. 9

C

IOD or Storage connector

B

Dedicated fuse No. 10

E

Multi-purpose fuse

D

z19Fo134

00002606

\

I

\ \216~0265

1

216F0260

1 TSB Revision

’ fuse

\\

Y16FO246

3

GENERAL - Inspection Terminal Location

I I

INSPECTION TERMINAL LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Data link connector

C

Fuel pump check connector

A

Data link connector

B

Ignition timing adjustment connector

A

Engine speed detection connector

A

'0257

Ai32m-1

\6

I- 1

abjustment connector f ,

-

From 1994 models

\

Y16FC498

TSB Revision

I

m

Y19FO134

00002697

A tz-+v A--+% P l,& ~:~~~~p::~“eotor

I

Symbol

GENERAL - Groundina Location

GROUNDING LOCATION

I

\ Xl 9FO134

216FO267 NOTE Same ground numbers are used in the circuit diagram.

qZ F

\

w -.-mt-, ----

1 ’m fi

T= i’ A8~ )&

1 TSB Revision

..__-

GENERAL - Grounding Location

I \\ 1

crossmember

216FO258

c TSB Revision

6

GENERAL - Relay Location

RELAY LOCATION Name -ABS power relay*’

Symbol /A

Name 1 MFI relay

Symbol

TJ

Auto-cruise control relay

I

Motor relay (ABS hydraulic unit)

B

Blower motor relay

E

Pop-up motor relay*3

A

Blower motor relay (Hl)*5

K

Power window relay

F

Condenser fan motor relay (HI)

D

Radiator fan motor control relay*3

D

Condenser fan motor relay (LO)

D

Radiator fan motor relay (HI)

A

Defogger relay

F

Radiator fan motor relay (LO)

A

Door lock power relay 1

F

Rear intermittent wiper relav

L

Door lock power relay 2 l 2

L

Starter relay

A

Fog light relay

A

Tail light relay

A

Fuel pump relay

C

Theft-alarm horn relay*4

E

Generator relay

A

Theft-alarm starter relay*4

H

Headlight relay

A

Turn-signal and hazard flasher unit

G

Horn relay

A

Valve relay (ABS hydraulic unit)

B

Magnetic clutch relay

D

NOTE *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (1) l 2: Except 1993 and earlier models without keyless entry system. I:; *3: Up to 1993 models (4) *4: Vehicles with theft-alarm system. (5) l s: Except vehicles with manual air conditioning from 1996 models.

00002699

TSB Revision

GENERAL - Relay Location

P:

I



Z16FOOO8

4~ to 1993 models> 4

L-7 \ \ I. \_ H?ic\ -% Theft-z2 5:\ Y starter relay -Z16FO282

TSB Revision

GENERAL - Relay Location

control relay

X16FO396

v

EA 169s

models> L

?I

-

“i ” ‘jH$iy (1: i I/

&@IId---~::~~~ I II: I. II -Cd

p! Rear intermittent

TSB Revision

\

I

il

i

(j



‘1 (

\.\ ' . ‘yliFO264

9

GENERAL - Sensor Location

SENSOR LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

ABS front speed sensor

Y

Kickdown servo switch

M

ABS rear speed sensor

Z

Knock sensor

E

Air inlet sensor (for A/C)

S

Left bank heated oxygen sensor

D

Air therm0 sensor (for A/C)

R

Manifold differential pressure sensor*4

C

Automatic transaxle oil temperature sensor M 4lT>

Photo sensor

T

Camshaft posit!on sensor and crankshaft N ... posrtton sensor” I

Power steering pressure switch

F

Camshaft position sensor (from 1993 model)

G

Pulse generator A, B

M

Crankshaft position sensor (from 1993 model)

H

Revolution pick-up sensor

I

EGR temperature sensor*3 cTurbo, Non Turbo (for California)>

C

Right bank heated oxygen sensor

D

Engine coolant temperature sensor (for A/C)

Q

Steering wheel angle speed sensor

0

Engine coolant temperature sensor (for engine control)

L

Therm0 sensor*2

K

Engine coolant temperature switch (for A/C)*2

L

Thermostat

I

Front impact sensor

Ix

1 Throttle position sensor

IJ

1

G sensor (for ABS)

PJ

( Vehicle speed sensor (Reed switch)*’

Ip

I

1 Vehicle speed sensor

IB

1

( Volume air flow sensor

tA

1

G sensor(for ECS)*3 Heated oxygen sensor*” Interior temperature sensor

ID /

Iw

I

I

I

I

NOIF

: Up to 1992 models I:; *2: Up to 1993 models

(3) *3: Up to 1995 models (4) *a: From 1996 models

19FO134 00004237

TSB Revision

I

I

GENERAL - Sensor Location

00002701

Volume air flow sensor



pressure sensor

Y7FUlOlO

AOSFOOM

GENERAL - Sensor Location o> - 1994,1995 models for Federal

and from 1966 models



0 .: \I0w r- m CUD to 1993 models>

Revolution pick-up sens’or

I

\u /c, fd

‘-I I I Throttle position sensor (with built-in closed throttle position switch)

) ) 1

\ \l/ / \ \v

/

~~1026

1 TSB Revision

built-in closed

12

GENERAL - Sensor Location I

> servo switch

L

I I f$3&FZX ‘AI

6F0063

1

Vehicle speed sensor

Steering wheel angle speed sensor

Y66FOO12

Y12FOO72

ZWFOO47

TSB Revision

I

216FO26-3

GENERAL - Sensor Location

-

216FOO51

Interior temperature sensor 4 Qs

1 TSB Revision

14

GENERAL - Control Unit Location

CONTROL UNIT LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

ABS control unit

J

Engine control module

B

Active exhaust control module cup to 1994 models>

H

ETACS control unit

A

Air conditioning compressor lock controller

C

Keyless entry control unit

F

Air conditioning control unit

B

Light automatic shut-off unit Motor antenna control unit SRS diagnosis unit Sunroof control unit

19FO134

16FO267

00004239

control module

TSB Revision

d

GENERAL - Control Unit Location

I

’ ~ ‘X1‘6FOPtM

A16FO568



Electronic d&trbl 1 suspension control unit

I’

Z16FO281

1 TSB Revision

I --J

IFi& \\ I\ 216F;)OO6 -q== ’ r’--?K

16

GENERAL - Solenoid, Solenoid Valve Location

SOLENOID, SOLENOID VALVE LOCATION

to 1995 models for California

TS’B Revision

17

GENERAL - Diode Location

DIODE LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

Diode (ABS circuit)

A

Diode (Theft-alarm circuit)

C

Diode (MFI circuit)

B

Diode (4WS fluid level warning light circuit)

D

Diode (Seat belt warning circuit)

C

I

\

T19F0134

00002703

Diode (ABS circuit)

,

/ ’ i’16FOO24

(MFI c?uit)

f

Y16FO251

236FOO16

1 TSB Revision

18

GENERAL - Junction Block

JUNCTION BLOCK ccc-74)

K(C-80)

J(C-78) pTiRz$q

H(C-76)

ULTIK""

E(C-83) pTisq

ACC-68)

F(C-82)

B(C-69)

q *

EL!

HROOMOOAA

Remarks (1) Alphabets assigned to the connectors are keyed to those assigned to connectors on P.19 (2) Terminals of the harness side connector are indicated in parentheses ( ).

TSB Revision

GENERAL - Junction Block

Front

19

Back

To front /I wiring harness

To roof wiring harness

- TO instrument panel wiring harness

/ L

To body wiring harness W-9

Theftalarm horn relay

L ,.c !! +JII { . i/11

\oi

,

Z16FO304

Z16FOO58

00002704

/ id TSB Revision

GENERAL - Centralized Junction

CENTRALIZED JUNCTION FUSIBLE LINK (Relay box in engine compartment)

I

No.

I

Housing color

Rated capacity IA)

1

Generator circuit

Wine red

120

2

Pop-up motor circuit (Up to 1993 models)

Pink

30

3

Lighting circuit

Green

40

4

Ignition switch circuit

Pink

30

5

Radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor circuit

Green

40

6

Junction block (Multipurpose fuse (l), (6), (14), (16), (17), (19))

Green

40

7

ABS circuit

Yellow

60

8

Top stack circuit

Pink

30

9

Power window circuit

Pink

30

10

Defogger circuit

Green

40

11

Active aero circuit

Pink

30

I

1

116FO256

1 TSB Revision

I

21

GENERAL - Centralized Junction DEDICATED FUSE

L

Power supply circuit

Rated capacity (A)

No. ,

.

!

I

Housing color

Circuit

/

1

20

I2

115

1 Blue

1 Tailliaht circuit

Fusible link (6)

3

10

Red

Horn circuit

Fusible link (3)

4

15

Red

Fog light circuit

Headlight relay

5

10

Red

Upper beam circuit

Battery

6

10

Red

Hazard light circuit

7*’

10

Red

ABS circuit

7*2

20

Yellow

Sunroof circuit

a

20

Yellow

Condenser fan motor circuit

9

10

Red

Air conditioning circuit

10

10

Red

Remote controlled mirror heater circuit

Battery Tailliaht relav

Fusible link (6) Defogger relay

Yellow

MFI circuit I

NOTE *l: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. *2: Vehicles with sunroof



L

1

216FO256



Z16FOOO2

TSB Revision

Up to 1993 models F r o m 1994 models

Z16FOOO3

Z16FO431

00002705

22

GENERAL - Centralized Junction

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE (In junction block) Power supply circuit

No.

Rated capacity (A)

Battery

Ignition switch

10

Battery Ignition switch IG2

Ignition switch

1 7

I 10

18

I-

ACC 9 I

15 I

Battery Battery

14

10

Battery

I 16

130

Ignition

I switch

17

115

IGl I 18 ( 10

NOTE (l)*‘: Vehicles produced up to Oct. 1993. (2)*2: From 1994 models. (3)*3: Up to 1995 models.

Multi-purpose fuse

TSB Revision

GENERAL - Centralized Junction CENTRALIZED RELAY Relay box in A-01X engine compartA-02X ment

L

Name

Classification

i

Classification

Air condition- A-31X ing relay box in engine A-32X ABS power relay (vehicles compartproduced up to Oct. 1993) ment Headlight relay

Name Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay (Up to 1993 models)

A-03X

Fog light relay

A-33X

Magnetic clutch relay

A-04X

Radiator fan motor relay (LO)

A-34X

Condenser fan motor relay (LO)

A-05X

Taillight relay

A-06X

Horn relay

A-07X

Radiator fan motor relay (HI)

C-06X

Defogger relay (Up to 1993 models, From 1995 models)

A-08X

Pop-up motor relay (Up to 1993 models)

c-07x

Power window relay

A-09X

Starter relay

A-l OX

Generator relay

A-11X

IOD or Storage connector

Interior relay C-04X box c-05-x

Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay (1994 models)

NOTE IOD: Ignition Off Draw

Y16FO256



Up t;-;t;3 models c-05x

TSB Revision

From 1994 models c-04x c-05x

24

GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection ess connector

HARNESS CONNECTOR INSPECTION CONNECTOR CONTINUITY AND VOLTAGE TEST When checking continuity and/or voltage at the waterproof connectors, follow the steps below to avoid poor connector contact and/or reduced waterproof performance of connectors. (1) When checking is performed with the circuit in the state of continuity, be sure to use the special tool (harness connector). Never insert a test bar from the harness side, because to do so will reduce the waterproof performance and result in corrosion. (2) When the connector JS disconnected for checking the female pin, the harness for checking the contact pressure of connector pins should be used. Never force the insertion of a test bar, because to do so will cause poor contact. (3) When the male pin is to be checked, apply the test bar against the pin directly. Care must be taken not to short-circuit the connector pins.

contact pressure checking harness

201 R057

TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT CHECK When the terminal stopper of connector is out of order, engagement of male and female terminals becomes improper even when the connector itself is engaged perfectly and the terminal sometimes slips out to the rear side of connector. Ascertain, therefore, that each terminal does not come off the connector by pulling each harness wire.

IJ I

Z16R1317

CONNECTOR TERMINAL ENGAGEMENT AND DISENGAGEMENT

I

Connectors which are loose shall be rectified by removing the female terminal from connector housing and raising its lance to establish a more secure engagement. Removal of connector terminal used for MFI and 4 A/l control circuit shall be done in the following manner.

I COMPUTER CONNECTOR (1) Insert screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] as shown in the figure, disengage front holder and remove it.

1 TSB Revision

GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection

25

(2) Insert harness of terminal to be rectified deep into connector from harness side and hold it there.

Z16R1320

(3) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness. Caution Tool No. 753787-l supplied by AMP can be used instead of screwdriver.

Housing lance /

(4) insert needle through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.

’ Needle

ROUND WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap by using a screwdriver. (2) Insert tip of screwdriver [I.4 mm (.06 in.) or 2.0 mm (.08 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, raise housing lance slightly with it and pull out harness.

’ Housing lance Z16R132

(3) Insert screwdriver through a hole provided on terminal and raise contact point of male terminal.

1 TSB Revision

~

26

GENERAL - Harness Connector Inspection RECTANGULAR WATERPROOF CONNECTOR (1) Disengage front holder by using a screwdriver and remove it.

Front holder \\Z16R1325]

(2) Inset-t tip of screwdriver [*0.8 mm (.03 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, push it lightly to raise housing lance and pull out harness. *If right size screwdriver is not available, convert a conventional driver to suit the size.

Housing lance 7,fiEL,

(3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.

INJECTOR CONNECTOR (1) Remove waterproof cap.

(2) Insert tip of screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] into connector in a manner as shown in the figure, press in terminal lance and pull out harness. (3) Press contact point of male terminal down by holding a screwdriver [1.4 mm (.06 in.) width] in a manner as shown in the figure.

Caution Make sure that lance is in proper condition before terminal is inserted into connector. Terminal lance

00000400 \c

1 TSB Revision

GENERAL - How to Diagnose

27

HOW TO DIAGNOSE

L;

The most important point in troubleshooting is to determine “Probable Causes”. Once the probable causes are determined, parts to be checked can be limited to those associated with such probable causes. Therefore unnecessary checks can be eliminated. The determination of the probable causes must be based on a theory and be supported by facts and must not be based on intuition only.

TROUBLESHOOTING STEPS If an attempt is made to solve a problem without going through correct steps for troubleshooting, the problem symptoms could become more complicated, resulting in failure to determine the causes correctly and making incorrect repairs. The four steps below should be followed in troubleshooting.

Ii

, ;zirvation of Problem Symp-

Determination of Probable Causes I

Observe the symptom carefully. Check if there are also other problems.

In determining the probable causes, it is necessary to check the wiring diagram to understand the circuit as a system. Knowledge of switches, relays and other parts is necessary for accurate determination. The causes of similar problems in the past must be taken into account.

Troubleshooting is carried out by making step by step is found. Always go through what check is to be made where

After the problems are corrected, be sure to check that the system operates correctly. Also, check that new problems have not been caused by the repair.

INFORMATION FOR DIAGNOSIS

/ b

This manual contains the cable diagrams as well as the individual circuit drawings, operational explanations, and troubleshooting hints for each component required to facilitate the task of troubleshooting. The information is compiled in the following manner: (1) Cable diagrams show the connector positions, etc., on the actual vehicle as well as the harness path. (2) Circuit drawings show the configuration of the circuit with all switches in their normal positions. (3) Operational explanations include. circuit drawings of voltage flow when the switch is operated and how the component operates in reaction. (4) Troubleshooting hints include numerous examples of problems which might occur, traced backward in a common-sense manner to the origin of the trouble. Problems whose origins may not be found in this manner are pursued through the various system circuits. NOTE Components of MFI, ETACS, ECS, etc. with ECU do not include 3 and 4 above. For this information, refer to a manual which includes details of these components. TSB Revision

GENERAL - How to Diagnose INSPECTION 1. Visual and aural checks Check relay operation, blower motor rotation, light illumination, etc. visually or aurally. The flow of current is invisible but can be checked by the operation of the parts.

2. Simple checks For example, if a headlight does not come on and a faulty fuse or poor grounding is suspected, replace the fuse with a new one or ground the light to the body by a jumper wire to determine which part is responsible for the problem.

3. Checking with instruments Use an appropriate instrument in an adequate range and read the indication correctly. You must have sufficient knowledge and experience to handle instruments correctly.

Changeover k&b

Z1680224

INSPECTION INSTRUMENTS In inspection, make use of the following instruments. 1. Test lights A test light consists of a 12 V bulb and lead wires. It is used to check voltages or short circuits.

Z1680225

2. Self-power test light A self-power test light consists of a bulb, battery and lead wires connected in series. It is used to check continuity or grounding.

TSB Revision

d

GENERAL - How to Diagnose

29

3. Jumper wire A jumper wire is used to close an open circuit. Never use one to connect a power supply directly to a load.

Z1660227

4. Voltmeter A voltmeter is used to measure the circuit voltage. Normally, the positive (red lead) probe is applied to the point of voltage measurement and the negative (black lead) probe to the body ground.

5. Ohmmeter An ohmmeter is used to check continuity or measure resistance of a switch or coil. If the measuring range has been changed, the zero point must be adjusted before measurement.

I

Normal open (NO) type I ON OFF

1

t

/- 4 1 X

Current does not flow

a

a

CHECKING SWITCHES In a circuit diagram, a switch is represented by a symbol and in the idle state. 1. Normal open or normal close switch Switches are classified into those which make the circuit open and those which make the circuit closed when off.

i

Current flows

16X0691

16X0690

00000401

Normal close (NC) type ON OFF i===

aI I

Current flows

1

/ - 4X 1 Current does not flow 16X0690

16X0691

00000402

TSB Revision

30

GENERAL - How to Diagnose 2. SWITCH CONNECTION This figure illustrates a complex switch. The continuity between terminals at each position is as indicated in the table below.

1

5 4 3 2

18AO253

4th stage

10W808 00000403

CHECKING RELAYS

Cover

1. When current flows through the coil of a relay, its core is magnetized to attract the iron piece, closing (ON) the contact at the tip of the iron piece. When the coil current is turned off, the iron piece is made to return to its original position by a spring, opening the contact (OFF).

Spring

Coil

Iron core

Iron

- ContZt

21680231

2.

(NO) type

Normal op6

Energized state

Deenergized state

nKil X

Current does not flow lSXO804

!

1

By using a relay, a heavy current can be turned on and off by a switch of small capacity. For example, in the circuit shown here, when the switch is turned on (closed), current flows to the coil of the relay. Then, its contact is turned on (closed) and the light comes on. The current flowing at this time to the switch is the relay coil current only and is very small.

3. The relays may be classified into the normal open type and the normal close type by their contact construction. NOTE The deenergized state means that no current is flowing through the coil and the energized state means that current is flowing through the coil.

Current flows 10x0095

00000404 J

TSB Revision

I

GENERAL - How to Diagnose

31

When a normal close type relay as illustrated here is checked, there should be continuity between terminals (1) and (2) and between terminals 3 and 4 when the relay is deenergized, and the continuity should be lost between terminals 3 and 4 when the battery voltage is applied to the terminals 1 and 2. A relay can be checked in this manner and it cannot be determined if a relay is okay or faulty by checking its state only when it is deenergized (or energized),

Normal close (NC) type Deenergized state Energized state

i

Current does not flow

CHECKING FUSES A blade type fuse has test taps provided to allow checking of the fuse itself without removing it from the fuse block. The fuse is okay if the test light comes on when its one lead is connected to the test taps (one at a time) and the other lead is grounded. (Change the ignition switch position adequately so that the fuse circuit becomes live.)

Z1680235

State of fuse blown due to overcurrent

/ L I

21680237

State of fuse blown due to thermal fatigue

CAUTIONS IN EVENT OF BLOWN FUSE When a fuse is blown, there are two probable causes as follows: One is that it is blown due to flow of current exceeding its rating. The other is that it is blown due to repeated on/off current flowing through it. Which of the two causes is responsible can be easily determined by visual check as described below. (1) Fuse blown due to current exceeding rating The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to this cause. In this case, do not replace the fuse with a new one hastily since a current heavy enough to blow the fuse has flowed through it. First, check the circuit for shorting and check for abnormal electric parts. Only after the correction of such shorting or parts, fuse of the same capacity should be used as a replacement. Never use a fuse of larger capacity than the one that has blown. If such a fuse is used, electric parts or wirings could be damaged before the fuse blows in the event an overcurrent occurs again.

(2) Fuse blown due to repeated current on/off The illustration shows the state of a fuse blown due to repeated current on/off. Normally, this type of problem occurs after fairly long period of use and hence is less frequent than the above type. In this case, you may simply replace with a new fuse of the same capacity.

Z1660236

1 TSB Revision

32

GENERAL - How to Diaanose CHECKING CABLES AND WIRES 1. Check connections for looseness, rust and stains. 2. Check terminals and wires for corrosion by battery electrolyte, etc. 3. Check terminals and wires for open circuit or impending open circuit. 4. Check wire insulation and coating for damage, cracks and degrading. 5. Check conductive parts of terminals for contact with other metallic parts (vehicle body and other parts). 6. Check grounding parts to verify that there is complete continuity between attaching bolt(s) and vehicle body. 7. Check for incorrect wiring. 8. Check that wirings are so clamped as to prevent contact with sharp corners of the vehicle body, etc. or hot parts (exhaust manifold, pipe, etc.). 9. Check that wirings are clamped firmly to secure enough clearance from the fan pulley, fan belt and other rotating or moving parts. 10. Check that the wirings between the fixed parts such as the vehicle body and the vibrating parts such as the engine are made with adequate allowance for vibrations.

HANDLING ON-VEHICLE BATTERY When checking or servicing does not require power from the on-vehicle battery, be sure to disconnect the cable from the battery (-) terminal. This is to prevent problems that could be caused by a short circuit. Disconnect the (-) terminal first and reconnect it last. Caution 1. Before connecting or disconnecting the negative cable, be sure to turn off the ignition switch and the lighting switch. (If this is not done, there is the possibility of semiconductor parts being damaged.) 2. After completion of the work steps [when the battery’s negative (-) terminal is connected], warm up the engine and allow it to idle for approximately five minutes under the conditions described below, in order to stabilize the engine control conditions, and then check to be sure that the idling is satisfactory. Engine coolant temperature: 85-95°C (185-203°F) Lights, electric fans, accessories: OFF Transaxle: neutral position (A/T models: “N” or “P”) Steering wheel: neutral (center) position

1 TSB Revision

GENERAL - How to Diagnose GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKS

Power supply

L Fuse

ON (2)

,----c / /

Switch

I ’I

33

i

Motor

Z16AO260

A circuit consists of the power supply, switch, relay, load ground, etc. There are various methods to check a circui; including an overall check, voltage check, short circuit check and continuity check. Each of these methods is briefly described in the following. 1. VOLTAGE CHECK (1) Ground one lead wire of the test light. If a voltmeter is used instead of the test light, ground the grounding side lead wire. (2) Connect the other lead wire of the test light to the power side terminal of the switch connector. The test light should come on or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage. (3) Then, connect the test light or voltmeter to the motor connector. The test light should not come on, or the voltmeter should indicate no voltage. When the switch is turned on in this state, the test light should come on, or the voltmeter should indicate a voltage, with motor starting to run. (4) The circuit illustrated here is normal but if there is any problem such as the motor failing to run, check voltages beginning at the connector nearest to the motor until the faulty part is identified.

i

TSB Revision

GENERAL - How to Diagnose 2. SHORT-CIRCUITS CHECK A blown fuse indicates that a circuit is shorted. The circuit responsible can be determined by the following procedures. Remove the blown fuse and connect a test light in its place (Switch is in the OFF position)

+ 1 Short circuit between fuse block and switch (A)

Test light comes on NO Turn on the switch (Test light comes on but the illumination light does not come on) I

t

Disconnect the illumination light connector I

+ Short circuit between the switch and illumination light connector (B)

Test light remains on NO

i Short circuit between the illumination light connector and illumination liaht ((3

C

B

A Power supply

Power supply

Power supply

Fuse block (Remove the fuse.)

(Remove the fuse.)

Test light

Fuse block (Remove the fuse.)

location OFF

a

g

1 i

Switch

Switch

* Disconnect the load

Illumination light iii T 16Aom

Illumination fight 16.4om2

1 Self powertest light (or ohmmeter)

Disconnect the load Short-circuit - location Illumination light 16Alncd ii ? 00000741

3. CONTINUITY CHECK (1) When the switch is in the OFF position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 1 and 2 are interconnected. (2) When the switch is in the ON position, the self power test light should come on or the ohmmeter should read 0 ohm only when the terminals 3 and 4 are interconnected.

Z16AO269

TSB Revision

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS CONTENTS _ Dash Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Engine and Transaxle CA/T> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Instrument Panel and Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . 54 Interior.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Engine Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 How to Read Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . 37

Overall Configuration Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

I

36

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Overall Configuration Diagram

OVERALL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAM Roof wiring



Instrument panel wiring harness

/

Front wiring harness

- ,; “l, .-----y , \.

Door wiring* harness Body wiring harness (LH)



Y36FOO19

Roof wiring Body wiring harness (RH) Instrument panel wiring harness

Control wiring harness

/

Door wiring* harness /

Front wiring harness

‘x\..e----qT .\ , ‘-*



Body\Niring

harness (LH)

NOTE (1) This illustration shows only the major wiring harness. (2) * indicates also equipped at the right side.

TSB Revision

Z36FO124

00002733

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - How to Read Configuration Diagram

,l id
. ueriotes a sermon coverea

by a corrugated tube.

236F0122

L

37

A-01X Headlight relay A-02X ABS power relay A-03X Fog light relay A-04X Radiator fan motor relay(L0) A-05X Taillight relay A-06X Horn relay A-07X Radiator fan motor relay (HI) A-09X Starter relay A-l OX Generator relay A-11X IOD or Storage connector A-12 ABS front speed sensor (RH) A-13 ECS front shock absorber (RH) A-14 Washer fluid level sensor

TSB Revision

A-18 A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25 A-26 A-27 A-28

ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump

38

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) Connector symbol

01x A

A-12 A-13

A-14 A-15 A-16A:174-18 A-79 q-20 A:21 4-22

thru 34X



A-20

A-21

A-22

A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-08X A-09X

Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Pop-up motor relay Starter relav

1 TSB Revision

A-10X A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-l 5 A-16 A-17 A-18

Generator relay IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH) Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector

I

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

A-23 A-24 A-25

A-26

A-27

sJ=+?6Foo13 00004251

A-l 9 A-20 A-21 A-22 A - 2 3 A-24 A-25 A-26

Front washer motor Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid (Vehicles for California) EGR temperature sensor (Vehicles for California) No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH) Theft-alarm horn piFE&l

A-27 A-26 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X A-34X

Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Radiator fan motor control relay Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)

39

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment



A-69 \

A-70 \

A - 6 7 + 36FOO14

A-72 A-71

A-5

A-57 A-55 A-54 A-53 A-52 A-51

A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-42 A-43 A-44

Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SW front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) inspection light switch Headlight (LH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (LH) combination Fog light (LH) POWJO motor (LH) TSB

Revision

A-45 A-46 A-47

A-48 A-49 A-50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55

Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor A/T fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch GAIT> Pulse generator Radiator fan motor

A-47

A-48 A-49 A-50

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE HOOD

A-73 \

/ A-46

A-56 A-57 A-58 A-59 A-60 A-61 A - 6 2 A-63 A-64 A-65

I A-45

I

I A-44

A-42

A-43

Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt Fog light (RH) Pop-up motor (RH) Front wiring harness and headlight wiring harness (RH) combination Headlight (RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit TSB Revision

A-66 A-67 A-66 A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73

Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit) Resistor Turbocharger waste gate solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light

42

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (FROM 1994 MODELS)

A

A-01X

01x thru 34X



A-12 !

A - 1 3 A-14A-15 A - 1 7 \ 1 A-16 / A-18 A-19 A-20 A-21 A-22 i I /

A-20 A-21

A-22

NOTE *: Up to 1995 models

A-01X A-02X A-03X A-04X A-05X A-06X A-07X A-09X A-l OX

Headlight relay ABS power relay Fog light relay Radiator fan motor relay (LO) Taillight relay Horn relay Radiator fan motor relay (HI) Starter relay Generator relay TSB Revision

A-11X A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-16 A-17 A-18 A-l 9

IOD or Storage connector ABS front speed sensor (RH) ECS front shock absorber (RH)* Washer fluid level sensor Front wiper motor Engine speed detection connector Fuel pump check connector Ignition timing adjustment connector Front washer motor

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

A-23 A-24 A-25

A-26 A-27

A-30 A-31X A-32X A-33X

tim-I

i

\ ; , . , , / /--fk!pJ / -_---__ jfy--@--o Id\ / rilf+ ““1 =\2 I ::36FOt22 00004253

A-20 A-21

L

A-22 A-23 A-24 A-25

Evaporative emission purge solenoid EGR solenoid cTurbo, Non Turbo (Up to 1995 models for California and from 1996 models)> EGR temperature sensor* No connection Brake fluid level sensor ECS front shock absorber (LH)

1 TSB Revision

A-26 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-30 A-31X A-33X A-34X

Theft-alarm horn Theft-alarm horn Auto-cruise vacuum pump ABS front speed sensor (LH) 4WS fluid level sensor Condenser fan motor relay (HI) Magnetic clutch relay Condenser fan motor relay (LO)

44

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment , ‘d , Connector symbol

A

35 thru 79

A 6g

A-70

36FOOl4

A-72

A-67

,

:

A-71 A-64 --+py>

I k&i I A-77

\

1

\

A-49 A-50

NOTE *t: Up to 1995 models *2: From 1996 models

A-35 A-36 A-37 A-38 A-39 A-40 A-41 A-43 A-44 A-45 A-46

I

Dual pressure switch Air conditioning relay box Air conditioning relay box SRS front impact sensor (LH) Front combination light (LH) Inspection light switch Headlight (LO, HI) Fog light (LH) Pop-up motor (LH) Condenser fan motor Condenser fan motor

TSB Revision

A 47 A 48 A 49 A 50 A-51 A-52 A-53 A-54 A-55 A-56 A-57

Horn Horn Horn Horn Fuel pump resistor AIT fluid temperature sensor Kickdown servo switch Pulse generator CA/T> Radiator fan motor Engine coolant level sensor Active aero front venturi skirt

I

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine Compartment

45

ENGINE HOOD ; i \ ’ -7’

A-46

A-58 A-61 A-62 A-63 A-64 A-65 A-66 A-67 A-66

A-45

A-43

! i 1 ._ !\\ I \ ‘\

A-73

A-76

Fog light (RH) Headlight (LO, RH) Front combination light (RH) SRS front impact sensor (RH) ABS hydraulic unit ABS hydraulic unit Hood switch Front wiring harness and control wiring harness combination Diode (for ABS circuit)*’

TSB Revision

A-69 A-70 A-71 A-72 A-73 A-76 A-77 A-78 A-79

Resistor Turbocharger waste gate solenoid Fuel pressure solenoid Control wiring harness and solenoid valve harness combination Inspection light Headlight (Hi, LH) Headlight (HI, RH) No connection Motor antenna control unit cConvertible>*1 or motor antenna 4onvertible>*2

46

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle

ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE Connector symbol

:

Front View

B

B-0: B;lO 53-11

I

B-12

R-i?

B-06 B-07 B-08 B-40*’

B-02 ------+ B-01 B-30 \ 7

I

B-29

i *

B-:4 B-25

\

B-23 A36F0176

B-25

NOTE *‘A992 models [:I *2: From 1993 models *s:1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09

Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature switch (for air conditioning circuit) Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor*’ Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor)

TSB Revision

B-10

B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16

B-17 B-18 B-19 B-20 B-21 B-22

Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power Transistor Power Transistor

L)

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle

Rear View B-46*4

B-32

B-33

A36F0167

B-23 B-24 B-25 B-28 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33

Starter motor Starter motor Back-up light switch Fuel pump relay Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6

TSB Revision

B-34 B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-44 B-45 B-46

Speed sensor Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4

47

48

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Ennine and Transaxle

ENGINE AND TRANSAXLE Front View

By ‘-[ i”i 7741e2

B-05

B-06 B-07 B-06 * \ \I

\

I

I

/A

/

B-04*’ B-03 B-02 B-01 -

B-30 B-20 B-29

* /

I

m

1

I

\

B-24

A36F0176

i-42*2

B-27 B-26*’ B-26*2 B-43*2

NOTE [:I 1:: zif ~$$‘~ode~s (3) l ? 1994, 1995 models for California and from 1996 models (4) *4: From 1996 models B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08 B-09

Engine coolant temperature gauge unit Engine coolant temperature sensor Air conditioning engine coolant temperature switch Crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position sensor*’ Throttle position sensor Control wiring harness and oil pressure wiring harness combination Control wiring harness and injector wiring harness combination Knock sensor Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor)

TSB Revision I-~~~

B-10 B-11 B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15 B-16 B-17 B-l 8 B-l 9 B-20 B-21

Variable induction servo motor (with intake control valve position sensor) Injector No. 5 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 1 Ignition coil Capacitor Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front)*3 Generator Generator Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Magnetic clutch Power transistor

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Engine and Transaxle

Rear View

B-46*4 B-32

8~33

A36F0169

B-22 B-23 B-24 B-26 B-27 B-29 B-30 B-31 B-32 B-33 B-34

Power transistor Starter motor Starter motor Inhibitor switch ELC-4 A/T control solenoid valve Volume air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor and atmospheric sensor) Control wiring harness and battery cable combination Injector No. 2 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 6 Speed sensor

TSB Revision

B-35 B-36 B-37 B-38 B-40 B-41 B-42 B-43 B-44 B-45 B-46

Idle air control motor (stepper motor) Oil pressure gauge unit Oil pressure switch Power steering pressure switch Camshaft position sensor*2 Crankshaft position sensor*2 Kickdown servo switch*2 AA fluid temperature sensor*2 Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear)*3 Manifold differential pressure sensor*4

49

~ I

50

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

DASH PANEL Connector symbol

C

01 thru 45

/

/i .mi

NOTE *I: 1992 models *2: Up to 1995 models c-01 c-02 c-o.3 c-04x C-06X c-07x C-08 c-09 C-l 0 C-l 1 c-12

Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Door lock power relay 1 Defogger relay Power window relay Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Diode (for seat belt warning circuit) Column switch Column switch Diode (for theft-alarm circuit)

c-13 c-14 C-l 5 C-l 6 C-l 7 C-l 8 C-l 9 c-20 c-21 c-22 C-23 C-24

I TSB Revision

Accelerator pedal switch*’ Control wiring harness and instrument panel wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and instrument panel wiring harness combination Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning control panel Air conditioning switch Blower switch Heater control panel illumination light Blend air damper control motor Mode selection damper control motor Power transistor (for full-auto air conditioning circuit) Blower resistor

\ LJ

51

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

C-32 c-33

A36F0179

00004255

C-25 C-26 C-27 C-28 c-29 c-30 c-31 C-32 c-33

Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit*2 Air-inlet sensor Air selection damper control motor Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and control wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination

TSB Revision

c-34 c-35 C-36 c-37 C-38 c-39 c-40 c-41 C-42 c-43 C-44 c-45

Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Foot light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and control wiring harness combination Auto-cruise control unit Blower motor Blower motor relay (HI) Air conditioning compressor lock controller Air-inlet sensor *2 Air-therm0 sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor MFI relay Over drive and power / economy switch

1

52

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

JUNCTION BLOCK C-68 C-69

Junction

/ C-91*5 i I :Av///

36FOOOl

C-76



/

:-8! C-64 1 / C-63 C-63 C-61 ( ,

C-80

NOTE 36FOOO3

[-I! 1:: : 1992 Up to models 1993 models *s: From 1994 models *4: 1995 models (5) *5: From 1996 models C-46 c-47

C-48 c-49 c-50 c-51 C-52 c-53 C-54 c-55

C-56 c-57 C-58

ELC-4 AA control module ELC-4 A/T control module ELC-4 AiT control module*’ Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit Air conditioning control unit Engine control module Engine control module Engine control module Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) Theft-alarm starter relay Clock spring Key reminder switch

TSB Revision

c-59 C-60 C-61 C-62 C-63 C-64 C-65 C-66 C-67 C-68 C-69 c-70

Ignition switch Steering wheel angle speed sensor Stop light switch Stop light switch Clutch pedal position switch (for auto-cruise control circuit) Clutch pedal position switch (for theft-alarm circuit) ETACS unit ETACS unit Foot light (LH) Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination Front wiring harness and junction block combination I

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Dash Panel

c-86*3

-J-----1)!_1/

C-87*3

53

c-88’3

- -b!w

t’ \.

C-89*3

36FO179 00004256

c-71 C-72 c-73 c-74 C-76 c-77 C-78 c-79 C-80 C-81 i C-82

Adapter wiring harness and junction block combination Theft-alarm horn relay Blower motor relay Roof wiring harness and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Data link connector*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination

TSB Revision

C-83 C-84 C-85 C-86 C-87 C-88 C-89 c-90

c-91 c-92 c-93 c-94 c-95

Body wiring harness (LH) and junction block combination Auto-cruise relay Spare connector (Hand free microphone) Passenger’s air bag module*3 No connection Control wiring harness and front wiring harness combination*3 Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination*3 Engine control module*3

Data link connector *4y*5 Engine control module*5 MFI relay*5 Body wiring harness (RH) and front wiring harness combination*5 Motor antenna control unit*5

54

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Instrument Panel and Floor Console

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND FLOOR CONSOLE D-1

I

D-11 D;‘2 0 ‘., \

Connector symbol

\\ Id&

D

D-Or ~~

D-03 D-02

*~

ITSBion

/ E-28

E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27

E-27

1

E - 2 5 1 E-i4 / E:22/ E-21 1

E - 2 6 E - 3 9 *2 E - 2 3 EJJ,

+4 ,520

Front seat belt solenoid (RH) Door switch (RH) ABS rear speed sensor (RH) Light automatic shut-OFF unit Rear intermittent wiper relay ABS rear speed sensor (LH) Front seat belt solenoid (LH) Door switch (LH) Door lock actuator (LH) Door key cylinder unlock switch (LH) Front seat belt switch (RH) Door light (LH) Front seat belt switch (LH) Power seat assembly

I

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Interior

E-45 E-46 E-47

E-48

E-4g

’ E-18

\ E-19

E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-37 E-38 E-39 E-40

A36F0180

ECS G sensor Door speaker Turn signal and hazard flasher unit Diode (for MFI circuit) Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination Door mirror (LH) Power window main switch Power window motor (LH) Keyless control Unit”’ Door lock power relay 2*’ (for keyless control system) Amplifier*2 Body wiring harness (LH) and door wiring harness (LH) combination

TSB Revision

E-41 E-42 E-43 E-44

E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50 E-51

Jumper connector A (LH) Jumper connector B Body wiring harness (RH) and door wiring harness (RH) combination Jumper connector A (RH)

Sunroof control unit Liftgate wiring harness and sunroof wiring harness combination Sunroof switch Sunroof motor Interior temperature sensor Rear courtesy light (LH) cConvertible>*4 Rear courtesy light (RH) cConvertible>*4

58

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luaaaae Compartment

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

pIl



--.

-

F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-15 F-16

FF-34

NOTE (1) l ‘: From 1993 mod [;I I’,: Up to 1994 models : Up to 1993 models F-01 F-02 F-03 F-04 E-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-l 0 F-11 F-12 F-l 3 F-14 F-15 F-l 6 F-17 F-l 8 F-l 9 F-20

I ‘id ~ -_

Interior temperature sensor Defogger (+) Rear wiper motor High-mounted stop light or active aero rear spoiler Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Body wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Rear washer motor Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination Body wiring harness (LH) and body wiring harness (RH) combination

1 TSB Revision

F-21 F-22 F-23 F-24 F-25 F-26 F-27 F-28 f-29 F-30 F-31 F-32 F-33 F-34 F-35 F-36 F-37 F-38 F-39 F-40

License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch Back-up light (LH) Active exhaust control unit*2 Active aero control unit Active aero control unit Active exhaust actuator assembly*2 Rear combination light (LH) Motor antenna control unit ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and liftgate wiring harness combination Telephone cable*3 Spare connector (Wireless telephone unity3 Spare connector (Hand free controller)*3 Jumper connector (or Hand free controller)*3 CD changer*’

~

I II

~ I LJ

59

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS.- Luggage Compartment 1995 models

F-41

/

F-45

F-42 F;43 I

F;44

Z36FO125 F-30

J

i

F-05 F-06 F-07 F-08 F-09 F-10 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 F-l 6 F-17 F-18 i: ;:;; F-23 F-24

Defogger (-) Rear speaker (RH) ECS rear shock absorber (RH) Luggage compartment light ABS resistor Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) ECS control unit ECS control unit Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Luggage compartment light switch Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch

TSB Revision

F-25 F-30 F-32 F-33 F-40 F-41 F-42 F-43 F-44 F-45 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-49

Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) ECS rear shock absorber (LH) Rear speaker (LH) CD changer Top stack harness Top stack harness Top stack harness Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination ABS resistor Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination

60

CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS - Luggage Compartment

From 1996 models Connector symbol

F-51

c F-14

F-48

F-47

F-l 0 F-11 F-14 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-21 F-23 F-24

Rear combination light (RH) Back-up light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and fuel tank wiring harness combination Fuel tank License plate light (RH) Rear wiring harness (RH) and rear bumper wiring harness combination License plate light (LH) Liftgate cylinder lock switch Liftgate switch

TSB Revision

F-25 F-30 F-44 F-46 F-47 F-48 F-50 F-51

Back-up light (LH) Rear combination light (LH) Body wiring harness (RH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination Body wiring harness (LH) and rear wiring harness combination No connection No connection

61

i

CIRCUIT DlAG.RAMS CONTENTS Active Aero Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Active Exhaust System Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit . . . . . . 322 Auto-cruise Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Back-up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-85 Buzzer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Car Telephone Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Central Door Locking Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-3 Cigarette Lighter Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-120 Cooling Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Defogger Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-193 Dome Light, Foot Light and Ignition Key Cylinder Illumination Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-72 Door Light and Luggage Compartment Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-81 ELC-4 A/T Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit . . 352 Fog Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-58 Full Auto Air Conditioning’ Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Glove Box Light, Vanity Mirror Light and Inspection Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . 54-84 Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-40

Heater Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,239 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54-116 How to Read Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-32 Manual Air Conditioning Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Meter and Gauges Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-12 MFI Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Power Distribution Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Power Seat Circuit . . . . :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Power Window Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Radio and Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-124 Rear. Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-20 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-98 Sunroof Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Taillight, Parking/Side Marker Light and License Plate Light Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-64 Tension-reducer Type Seat Belt Circuit . . . . . . 423 Theft-alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-206 Top Stack Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Turn-signal Light and Hazard Light . . . . . . . 54-90 Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit . . . . . . . . 316

I Li

I

62

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

HOW TO READ CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS The circuit of each system from the fuse (or fusible link) to ground is shown. The power supply is shown at the top and the ground at the bottom to facilitate understanding of how the current flows.

Indicates connector No. The same No. as in the wiring harness diagram is used. Connector numbers enclosed by frame are indiIndicates the circuit name to be cated with the connector symbols at the 1 [ connected. connected. r The arrow arrow indi- [ lower part of the page. Connector numbers cates the the current current flow flow direction. direction. not enclosed by frame are indicated without connector symbol. Indicates harness junction point No. for another system. It corre-

Indicates the circuit name to be

Indicates the powersupply in the B control unit. If no voltage is displayed, this indicates battery positive voltage.

An “X” at the end of a connector No. indicates that the connector is connected to a centralized junction that is shown in the section “Centralized Junction”.

t

GC Indicates the operating condi-

Indicates the connector symbol. are indicated in numerical order.

1TSB Revision

3

~

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

from control unit (current flow input Output output A broken line indicates thatthese

SIS I’OR

Indicates that the diagram comes from v in the same circuit.

B i B .

c

,

/

Indicates current flow downward or upward as controlled by the .

a

I, 1

indicates harnessjunction where wire diameter or color changes.

ground point in GROUNDING

the terminal is a

i/

TSB Revision

63

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams CONNECTOR / GROUNDING INDICATIONS

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I

RESI s1 TA

7

3 \ J?--: ‘- ^r;l

I3

3

B-L

I

22

e

8..

:

6

5

$ ic-26)

E&3

6----

V

---A

45

5

f3~

1

-PI I

t -t G-RI1 n

G

,I

iI

AI 7-

SENSOR

4 0

q \v 213 1

6

A* ii, ,’

,m,fC-021

ic-15)

(c-18)

fc-271

(c-28f

(c-35) tr

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams Item

No.

Connector / Grounding

Symbol

65

Contents

Male terminal

Connector 1 and terminal marking

For the terminal symbols, the connetted terminal is indicated as the male terminal, and the receptacle terminal is indicated as the female terminal as shown in the illustration. Male connector The connector in which the male terminal is assembles is indicated as the male connector and the connector in which the female is assembled is indi- cated as the female connector. The Female terminal connector symbols shown the male connector with a double outer contour line and the female connector with a T single outer contour line.

A16R0001 Female connector Female terminal

Female connector AWR0002

Connector 2 symbol marking

I

I

I Device

m/

For the connectors which are not connetted to any appliance (spare terminal, terminal for inspection), the connectors at the harness side are shown.

:6A~c333 Connector 3 connection marking

4

Direct connection type

/

Hams

16A0334

5

Intermediate connector-

I SA0339

TSB Revision

The symbol indicates the connector as viewed from the illustrated direction. At the connection with a device, the connector symbol on the device side is shown, and for an intermediate connector, bolisshownthe male connector sym-

,

t ~

A connection between a device and connector on the harness side is either by direct insertion in the device (direct connection type) or by connection with a harness connector furnished on the device side (harness connection type). The two types are indicated as illustrated.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - How to Read Circuit Diagrams

WIRE COLOR CODES Wire colors are identified by the following color codes. Code Code Wire color

Wire color

1 Black

1P

1Pink

BR

Brown

R

Red

G

Green

SB

Sky blue

1 B

I

GR I~--

I Gray

v

Violet

I

1 L

1 Blue

1W

1White

I

Y

Yellow

LG

Light green

0

Orange If a cable has two colors, the first of the two color code characters indicates the basic color (color of the cable coating) and the second indicates the marking color.

Example: e+ 1.25 5-E 1

-i2

cl

No. 1

Al660244 -1

2

Meaning : Flexible wire

TSB Revision

68

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

BATTERY

Y 2QB-Y A

n n

20B-R

BW-R

8W-R

1 i;+!$;ER

1

1

GENERATOR

n FUSIBLE LINK 0 @ 40A

!R-B

I

I

0

6 2 ?OA

@ 30A

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B D

L-RY - 3R-B

0

IOA

10A

L

R-i

B-R B-R 1

ABS ;C$ROL

R-B 1

1 .HORN RELAY .HORN

HROlMOOAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

69

FUSIBLE LINK /

1;

2R-E GENERATOR

2R-E

2R-B

E&RUP

LIGHT AUTOMATIC &#~+-oFF

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

I 1.25R-B

R-B ..l A

2B-r; i

r

,.5 TAIL LIGHT RELAY (A-05X)

2R-

2R-L

LIGHTING SWITCH

1.25R-Cc .LIGHT AUTOMATIC ;#JT-OFF

HEADLIGHT

. #;HNG

2R-I c 9

.OA

B-W

B

!OA

2L-B

AIR CONDITIONING #~T"~~IC

10A

T 'L-W

Y-F

CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

IA-01x) (A-05X) @iqJ

,

0

COMBINATION METERCBEAM)

0

0

15A

2R-L

15A

G-k i

.FOG LIGHT $"fALyIGHT

r

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

MFI RELAY

(c-01)

HROlMOOAB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

$TED Q

L’

BE .b 6

5W-B

G-W G-W

1 Et$:EE CONTROL

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

[Beg; COMBINATION

G-W J/B

s(c-69)

.AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ,I~~~tjINATION 1 .[\i#yINATION

Tug;T-ALARM

SEAT BELT SOLENOID

I._...

4~;;;"""" .LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR ~~!&"""0"

1

.THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY

.DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 .DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2 .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT 1 i r

.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT Y245~i6~"~~BT NATION

_- .__.. -- _.._. . @%!A

,DOME LIGHT -DOOR LIGHT E~;;;;~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT

.RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

'ESE! ILLl LIGt .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE fP;bfiRTMENT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( 8%PHoNE ) .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE

(A-13X) (c-sa) ic-ss) (c-70) mj fl pjq p&q

HROlMOOBA

TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

71

/

2B-Y

I

>:5

IOD OR %iMOR

1 B-W I

2B-W

L

.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY

.&~[E"~ORY .ETACS UNIT TRANSAXLE f%m"

I

.BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT

G~GAERo

CONTROL UNIT +J;&~L"U'SE MAIN SWITCH .#&lyCRUISE $i$&NATION $$;NATION

.SPARE CONNECTOR

*tf@'$ESS CONTROL .REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY

:ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT *&L"$R MOTOR

(#&i;iE) .SPEED SENSbR .ggTDIAGNOSI~ .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

'REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

.CONDENSOR AiFAyOTOR

.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT $~~CJ&~AND TAPE 7

$&JTR.INIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT *RADIATOR FAN MOTOR RELAY

.BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)

.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.

0 (c-59) (c-70) (c-82) ~giJJ~jq$q L HROlMOOBB

TSB Revision

72

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Po,wer Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)

ij~

FUSIBLE LINK I I 0

0 0

63

30A

L-R #ROL

2R-BI

3R-Bl3R-Bl

5W-E

3R-B ,.3

.ACTIVE

,\ 4 /\

;E[;$GER

E##E

\/

\I

. %F" .POWER WINDOWS RELAY

ON,;-OFF

G-Y ' , 3B-R

KP=iAULIC

MODULE

------(c-05x)

6 z ?OA

30A

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ 3R-B D ,.2 (c-01)

ACTIVE

0 @

40A

l----

2!R-B

0

" 5

3B-R

EFS DEFOGGER

2B-R(

DEDICATED FUSE

2W-B

I

IOA

NOTE %:UP TO 1993 OctoDer

R-I 3 v

B-R B-R v

R-B t

7 .HORN 'HORN RELAY

ABS ;#$OL

HROlMOlAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

73

FUSIBLE LINK

ii $OA

0

30A

-

40A

2R-E

";1

2R-B 2R-f

2R-E

I-----_

LIGHT AUTOMATIC &-$;-OFF

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

0m 2R-L

r

LIGHT AUTOMATIC &{Yi-l-OFF I

(L)

1.25R-B

@

R-B ,.5

,\ 1 /\ -

ON

2B-I

2L-k

r

4 G-Y

2R-L

2R-L

R-k 41 i .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .&FT"gHNG

HEADLIGHT

2R-L 9

a

OA

B-W

OA

2R-L

0

AIR CONDITIONING F; p!E$IC

0

10A

2L-B

1.25R-Cv

15A

2R-L COMBINATION

METERCBEAM)

.FOG. LIGHT QfAi+GHT

G-W TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

MFI RELAY

i7

\C

HROlMOlAB

TSB Revision

1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ,ij

G-W

5W-B G-W

* +43WFE CONTROL

[Pgfi; COMBINATION

2B-Y IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

S;SRTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR

G-W

~3%""

J/B MULTIRE"""

AMPLIFIER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX .ILJ&INATION

SEAT BELT SOLENOID

LIGHI

~~~l&INATION

T'#;;T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY

.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT

*fi;;~yL~CK

dM&CT'ON

'i&fEyLgCK

.LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

.MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT $#~~NATION *DATA LINK CONNECTOR .DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE E~;LE;[~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

.KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT ,LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER .SPARE CONNECTOR i ~~~@i~wE I \ UN11

/

HROlMOlBA

TSB Revision



CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

75

3y; 6

IGNITION SWITCH (c-59)

2B-Y

I

2B-W

I

V

IGl

pL5

2B-W *2L-B

IOD OR %ii&!OR I I

B-W J GENERATOR RELAY 7 __-_--_-_____-___-_____________

.--_ .ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY

TRANSAXLE ki8%EL

f ,BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT $$~TDIAGNOSIS .ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT $@RC~UISE MAIN SWITCH ~f$J&CRUISE ~'$@~NATION .&y&NATION .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

.SPARE CONNECTOR (jiifb%E) .SPEED SENSOR $/$TDIAGNOSIS .TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

\

I

--

.ⅇqORY

+ '#fiBi;'"

.ETACS UNIT

.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

c $

+

jjf$ESS CONTROL

i .AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY

'ABS POWER RELAY (UP TO 1993 October) .AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT '&#R MOTOR

L-l

T

.BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)

REMARK THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC","ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION.

HROlMOlBB

TSB Revision

76

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

BATTERY

20B-Y 208-Y 1

IlJ 1

i

IL . 20B-R

‘GENERATOR’ NOTE (1)Fusibie (2)Fusibie

link No.8:For Convertible link N o . 1l:For H a t c h b a c k

Jl a40A

EYWKBLE

I ZK-II! -- -

MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE @ ,,o,GE;;l 3 -B

I

KkLHY ~

I

3R-B

I ~(c-01)

2R

I 3R-B[ T;h2z$cK3R-iEi:~:Ic 5 ,

k------------A

11 5W-B

/

DEFOGGER

0

10A

B-R B-R 7

R-l

7

HROlM02AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

77

FUSIBLE LINK 0

@I

0

SOA

0

40A

2R-I

30A

2R-l 3

(F)2R T GENERATOR

2R-B 2R-I

2R-E

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

)-----_ 2R-B

r

LIGHT AUTOMATIC WT-"""

6

I

5 (L)

1.25R-B

R-B

5

r

,\ 1

..5 C\ /

IN

"4

1

G-Y

2R-L

2R-L

&w,:l 3w B

1

2B-F

1!

(R-Y)

2R-B LIGHTING SWITCH

1

LIGHT AUTOMATIC f%YT-""' LIGHTING SWITCH

HEADLIGHT

2R-L

2

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE

-

3

OA

i3OA

0.

B-W

Y-R

CONDENSER ~%DITIONING FAN MOTOR p~.w~;Ic

0 (A-05X) (A-36)

0

IOA

COMBINATION METERlBEAM)

Ic-ol)

TSB Revision

15A

2R-L .FOG LIGHT .;'fA\'GHT

G-h

7

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

MFI RELAY

I

78

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

F&J&C2TED Q C

Y G-W

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

5W-B G-W

1

[W/; COMBINATION G-W

-_-+

d

AMPLIFIER

v

+

,AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

SEAT BELT SOLENOID

W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY

.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT r

.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT

.RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR COMBINATION LIGHT .RHEOSTAT .VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

4Mi8EU68FT $#~NATION

.DOME LIGHT .DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE ~~~~~$~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

;L MODULE .ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .lGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT .KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT *RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

NOTE =:HATCHBACK

(A-13X)

(c-68)

Fm)

mi fg

piq

(c-70) p&q

HROlM02BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

79

FUSIB E LINK b 4 B

Y

3w

c

'&# CONTROL

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

.;gTDIAGNO~~~ ,STARTER MOTOR $$$;ER

4’ I

-J 4a

2L-w 2B-W

*(c-70)

f

.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ,IGNITION COIL ,IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR ,MFI RELAY

$#;&TE .ETACS UNIT ;I$@fLE MODULE

.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

I $i$ESS CONTROL l-----l

!

.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY

;gL"itGER

.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

A

.ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT: .#J$$;U'SE MAIN SWITCH j&CRUISE

.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR .$WSTDIAGNOSI~

$&&NATION

.TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

.~~~~RNATION

TIIMPRESSOR R CONDITIONING 2INTROLLER LOCK .A1 R CONDITIONING CClNTROL UNIT $kL"A"&R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI)

.CONDENSOR FAN MOTOR RELAY f~~~;~L"NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR [;FAyOTOR

NOTE THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED. BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. ::HATCHBACK

HROlM02BB

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

BATTERY

20B- Y 20B-Y Y

d

i

20B-R n

I

(F>8W-R (F)8W-R 1

1

h 0

1

‘GENERATOR’ NOTE (1)Fusible I ink No.8:For Convertibie (2)Fusible I ink No. 1l:For Hatchback

5W-B

UNIT

DEFOGGER

2W-B

WATED

‘] 63

1QA

0

10A

HROlM03AA

I TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

81

FUSIBLE LINK I 0 0

0

?OA

0

40A

2R-E

30A

2R-E

(F>2R 7 GENERATOR

2R-B 1

2R-r

2R-F

i -----_

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

10m 2R-B

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT

r

CL:

) I

1N 1 2R-L

(R-Y

?R-L HEADLIGHT

@

2R-W 1.25R-W

0

@

20A

NOTE =l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE

0

10A

Y-R CONDENSER AIR CONDITIONING FAN MOTOR ggI"c;1 C

LIGHTING SWITCH

HTI NG TCb1

2R-L

10A

2R-B

!HT OMI: $-C

I-

v

1.25R.

1 I3

5

2B-F

&wJ 3w

COMBINATION METERCBEAM)

15A

2R-L 'FOG LIGHT $fAbIGHT

GTURN SIGNAL MFI RELAY AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

HRO lM03AB

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

G-W

5W-B

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

G-W

----1 [owl;; COMBINATION

I 1

G-W J/B

T_@

10A

AMPLIFIER

+ .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATION LIGHT $@INATION

SEAT BELT SOLENOID 1 .#3?YL~CK

W&T-ALARM .THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY

4W'~CTION

@iiyLgCK

.LICENSE PLATE LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER *REAR fW&NATION

.MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT

R-k

1 ------

2(c-70)

T

-_--_--

--

\ LJ

.HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT .STOP LIGHT + I

*ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT' *AIR COMDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 4i#@-%tiET .&&NATION

.RHEOSTAT *VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

I

.DATA LINK CONNECTOR *DOME LIGHT *DOOR LIGHT .TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE

, .ENGI CONT %L MODULE *ETACS UNIT .FOOT LIGHT .IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT *KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

NOTE 2:HATCHBACK

(A-1’IX) (c-68) ms) (c-70) p&q fg mi [&I HROlM03BA

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Power Distribution Circuit

L, FUSIB E LINK b 4 B 3wP P $$d! CONTROL jj!JyTDIAGNOSIS .STARTER MOTOR $$eEl?ER

2B-b

J I

2L-w @#"TO" 7 __-__--__-__-_--_--_--~~-~~-~--

--- -_t

1

/

I

C\ 4,

2-_-----__-_--_ /

/ i/

.ENGINE CONTROL MODULE .IGNITION COIL .IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR .MFI RELAY

.REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

: .BACK UP LIGHT .LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT .;;~TDIAGNOSIS i @L"'$jGER :ACTIVE AERO : CONTROL UNIT ~~~&~~U'SE MAIN SWITCH $&CRUISE

.ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .SPEED SENSOR jiyTDIAGNOSIS

.@j&NATION

*TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD FLASHER UNIT

$'~$!$NATION

'

r

.REAR INTERMITTENT WIPER RELAY .WASHER MOTOR .WIPER MOTOR .WIPER RELAY

*

.AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER .AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT .&A";R MOTOR .BLOWER MOTOR RELAY(HI)

.CONDENSOR ;@AiOTOR

.AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT .ETACS UNIT .MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

\

.~@;~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT .RADIATOR &JAFOTOR

THE ABOVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SHOWS THE CURRENT FLOW AT THE IGNITION KEY POSITION "ACC", "ON" AND "ST" COMBINED BE SURE TRACE THE APPROPRIATE CIRCUIT DEPENDING ON THE IGNITION KEY POSITION. X:HATCHBACK

HROlM03BB

TSB Revision

84

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) ZRY -

IGN ‘ION SWI' :H(ST)

iw?B”

J/B

1-83)70.85R-B

25R-E

M/'T 1 A/T r, 11 .--A1

t

v R-B

2B-Y

2B2B-Y

25R-E I 2B-E

2B-k +

IJME I SE ;OR 7 uI d M/T

3.85F

!

--

$2;

I /-

10

M/T' A/T I 2B-Yig

2B-

3

MFI RELAY

----

--------.

OFftON

B

A/T

C ~

W-R

B-W

r

m$i---- -1 E.

4

108

(c-52: 8

(c-53)

4 HR05MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGN IT1 SWI'TCF iTG1) 2B- -W 7@33

MFI RELAY

J/B 3

iA

1.25B-L I S(c-71)

0.85~ .W c(D-44)

40

0.85B- W ;&bKPUMP CONNECTOR

B-.W

90

59 (D-04) 11.25B-F;

)

COMBINATION METER r----- ----1

6

1.25B-L 1

SPEED ZNSOR (REED i 'ITCH)

G-

I / I / I

I

Y-W

1 I I /

S(c-14)

I I

( r

L

1 2

Kb (F-16)

1.25B

Y-W

66

1

ENGINE k!imL

(c-82) HR05MOOAB

TSB Revision

86

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

-

XW”” FLOW

0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT Wan" (~-64) 0.85R

SENSOR (8-29)

“7

\/

\k

" 5

“6

R-W 1.25B

r--I v I I I / I I I I I I I I / I / GND

L

C

BY

\/

" 1 "2

G-Y 0 0.85R L-Y I

19 v

5v

5v

5v

fr

F

L-

Y-

5v

&r

GND

(c-52) %6 130 56 1.25B 1.25B w/--i j I ' I B +

I

"4

V ------Y

L-

MFI RELAY

R-L

r

I iI

61 64 G-Y BR-R1.258

I I I I I

I

I B 1I ------i 253 $51 ts;

B 0.85R W/ 0

:,4

B-W

. 25:B 1.25B 1

THROTTLE !Xl;Xl;;ON

( B - 0 2 ) mz) (B-05) (8-29)

(c-52)

ic-53)

(B-05)

ENGINE f[i&i/iTURE (8-02)

(c-55)

HR05MOOBA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

87

MFI RELAY 0.85R 0.85R R

1.25R 1 1.25G I‘ 1

I

I

0

1.25R IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR

1.25R

..2 I\

1.25R

,\ 5 ,\

1.251

1.25R

f-1

/1.25G 1.25R-W II I

1. 251

lm 1

n INJECTOR

r

3

I. 85G-J ).85G-B

V

V

i -Ii

A --__--------_-_--_ ________---_----__

58

110

53

109

1

i-l

G-Y

I / I I

II II WII II

B

B

G-W 1

G-B 1 B-L ------

1Emo 1

G-i L

1.25B

2 ---_

clI

1 0

KNOCK SENSOR

EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (~-22)

TSB Revision

I

VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

88

ii I,

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE IGHT g;fK;TIC CLUTCH ( FUSE@ > Ki w --I 0.85R-B 1.25R-W 1 WITHOUT WITH G-Y 3B-I iXJ$XJc;?UISE &J$~~~~UISE DEDICATED FUSE 2

IXEGER

1

-I

&I ;:iH c

d

G-W

OFF - 0~

A(c-62) r

L

0.85G

1

J/B

B-I

G-W

G

(c-52)

s(c-69)

t R-G 1’9 (c-29) R-G 24

e(A-36) G

DIODE 1 E-31

G

(L-0 (c-29) (L-0 /

L

POWER TRANSISTOR

AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH

AIR ~;~~;$~ONING UNIT

HR05MOOCA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY

I

TRI -

;AXLE i

L-'

W-i

'ROL

NJLE

R

EGR SOLENOID

(A-21)

LG- R

BR-L

- -E -

7B

b

I

-_-_-_____--__--

------

107

-----___

113

L-'

12

(Y 1 & .___--_

16 -_-_-___ 1 / ENGINE / i;/g;L

%

f -

IB-06)

W-

-----------------A

104

1

B-G

2 r 1

(c-79)

(Y 10 TA LINK NNECTOR

1

1:

IG; TION 86" !%MENT coi ECTOR

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

HR05MOOCB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) :TE:RY -

1

is: -

WATED

1.25R-E 1

2B-'

2B-'

,,l ------------1

R-B

;ER

3(A-67)

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-ITX)

2B-'

1

1.25R-B (c-29)

2B- Y

3 +

2B-'

ME SE 'OR yg

2B-'Y

2B-'

10

3 -

r

% cu 2

a: d

0.85F

E (c-53) 71 _-----

MFI RELAY (c-44)

$0

B-W

1. 25 B-R 31 (c-52)

0,,108 (c-52))\ 8

Y

Y

Y

HR05M05AA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

91

IGN ION SWI' H(IG1)

0.85B-

T‘L’S I 3

FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)

0.85B-

5

1.25B-1

COMBINATION METER

40 ;-$&PUMP !ONNECTOR 1.25B-R r---/

G-R

R-W

;

SPEED SENSOR

----

6

1.25B-LI

I / I

G-R

R-B

Y-W

1I L--------

1.25B-R

5(F-14)

i 1.258

(c-54)

06 .-----------_

36

(LaAc-117)4) IEBl~~~~~,” m3-2 (8-28) (c-54) (c-71) (c-82)~~~ L

(c-52)

!1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ---I

(c-53)

I 2B 1 =

q

(F1-14) m 2 3456

HR05M05AB

TSB Revision

92

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

0.85R CRANKSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT @a~" (B-04) 0.8s

Xi%““” FLOW

SENSOR (B-29)

CMP

INTAKE AIR ~WJ’&$ATURE \--\I-,L..-.A,/

"7

"6

" 5

R-W 1.25B

R-L

" 1 " G-Y 0

65 -__-------.

I

/II I

--------- :‘5eaB;mm

(1 0 MFI RELAY

I

II

-

-

q H

B

w:--; ' I ' I ; L--., I I I / /

G-Y BR-Rl. 0

Y-R

B-W

MODULE B -----------

B 0.85R W; 1 B i\ ------J ,?3 '/Pl 9?4 I I ;I 0 Ii,

HEATED ^.,. ,^_", ~&i~&LH) (B-16)

HR05MOSBA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

93

MFI RELAY RESISTOR

-31) NJECTOR

A

A 55

------------------2 58

j3

jc-53)

LG-B

HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) SENSORCRH)

HR05M05BB

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

\ d

MFI CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE (FUSE@

GER

A

ACTIVE CONTRO

KEST

0.85R-B 3B-R

R-W

B-R

(c-29) r---II /I // II 1 j R-W I

i

0.85G

r---------------------------------------I

'

r-------------------------------------

I I I I / I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I / I 1 I I I I

------------------------ J

(c-52)

102 (c-54)

‘d

1 ; L - - - - - - - - -

+ 4 ------. v --------- ----

22

20 I I I

3

(L-0

L------------

10

%* _---

3

23

G

I 7

6 _------------- .---_ B-L G I 80

(L-0

B-U

BR-F

R-I G-l

G-Y

AIR ~~~Kl~~~ON'NG UNIT

POWER TRiNSISTOR 1 hMg,NE,;IC RELAY

B(c-14)

---------R

Bf

#T

ABS ;;ON"FROL

(c-61)

HR05MOSCA

1 TSB Revision

95

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY F RV r---

2

2, d ---7T FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID I , l(A-71) L---

2( A EVAPORATIVE EMISSION B, PURGE SOLENOID "1 (A-20)

;

2

I

TURBOCHARGER ERE i SOLENOID

l(A-;ll)

-_----__-___---_

_-__--_____--___

3

1 t

L -R

LG-Ii

LG-B

R-E

ma f 7 9 c._______-__-__-_-_ I _~____~____~_____ Y

------

113

---1 104

112

(Y 9------B-G (Y

L-R 10

AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT $@$'&ATURE

IGNTTION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

X

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

(A-18) (A-20) (ml (A-70) (A-71) (A-72) a@m@m

m (B-38) I ig( 2 3 Q HROSMOSCB

TSB Revision

96

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) BA1 TTIZRY 5\v I

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y

WTER

I

J/B \/ ---- .J/

,

(c-83)T7&'2 'r2 25R-1 "1 R-Y 1 R 0.85R-B .\2 I\ 1 IOD OR I A STORAGE A CONNECTOR R-B (A-11X) 1. 25R-I L

2B-Y

2B-Y I

i

28-l

WITHOUT EKG-

I

,,,-‘I8

2B-Y

2B-\

kise,pi;

30 Lq

-I-

VOI ,ME !Lt I

1.25 B-6

SE1 iOR 7

D-

t

2B-’ 1o

+,:lr; ,

3 MFI RELAY

4

a d

NR' N

2B-R 7

2B-Y

r

P 2B-'

I;(B-26) '2k

,--------4

OFF-ION

I IFF (C-44)

\, 1,

V I

J

M/T

I (c-53: 71 ------

r

(F>1.25B-L B 1.25 (F) B-R 1.25R C 0 D B W-R v L-G 1.25 1. 25 B-R B-R 50 (c-38 (c-3 _--- 12 ----- 1 510 25 Y Y Y M/T A/T e

ATT

--A’ I

4

B-W (c-53)

-4

1234 m

HROSMOlAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGNI ION SW11 I(IG1) 2B-

!Yi

\7 Ic-82)

97

iY 7

J/B 'I. 25B-I L.--s '6 (c-71) 0.85B 1. 25B-I

s(D-44)

4(c-30)

0.85B1.258-F #&PUMP CONNECTOR

B-

90

59 (D-04)

1.25B-F 1

COMBINATION METER

1

/ l(D-03) SPEED (REED

G-’

Y-W

4

r----- ----, 1

ZNSOR ITCH)

I I

--_-__---__--_~--___-~~~~-~~-7

G-l

(c-54)

Y-W

cc-531

106

1 1/ III

S(c-14)

I!

66 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

6

1.25B-L 1

I 2

FKk (F-16)

1.258

i ------ --___

J@gg

2B

HROSMOlAB

TSB Revision

~

98

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

(F)O.B5R ,(F>O.B5R

6 (F)O.B5R

(F>O.B5R

XPk”“” FLOW

r

;4

SENSOR (8-29)

/

f-.-p3

7

~p~i&%y

/

1

g

pP:-

j

F

,,~i~t5~ A I/

!f \/ + \/ a, "7 "5 "1 '(2 "4 3 "6 (F) (F) (F> (F> (F)R-W 1.25B (F)R-L G-Y (F>O 0.85R L-Y I I I

E

E#S,EpsaasN ,, CII

(B-40) “1 "2 (B-41)"1 "

(F>B(F)L-R (F)B (F)L-R

5V

-----------

MFI RELAY

56 --1 III

I I

C

1

B Y

1 I I 1 I I

n

---

A

61 (F) (F)G- Y BR-I 1

AL

B

1 -

i--

I I (F) (F) (F>B 0.85W Wi (F>B :F>G-' BR-i .---0 3 v4 t:3 - 1 1

(F) (F>B B-W

1.25B 1.258 n

(B-02) ( B (B-05) - 2

9

a’

)

/li * 3

ir-

OFF

HEATED Kg! (c-55) (B-40) mm (c-52)

THROTTLE wlRoN (B-05) (c-53)

ENGINE

(c-55) 1 2 3 4 cl%

I HROSMOlBA

TSB Revision

99

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY :F) 1. 25R 1;$.251

(Fj0.85R (F)O. 85R O R

4

IDLE SPEED pr&oL (B-35)

r

1.25(

25R 1?>1.25F Fj'l.251

F (F>1.25!

1a 7$x I 2 2 l(B-33) j-

I I2

r”

n INJECTOR

1

I

:F) F) (F) (F) (F)G-R G-B GR-L 6": (:F)G ; ).85G-k .85G

=~4---~2- ,\ ,\ d&-&d

5 18 -__--_L___

(F) 0. 85G-' 3--------_-___-

i

E

0. 85W -----? ' j B-W 2 d,1 (B-08)

0.85BF ---___

ti

_---____-_--_-__-_ A -----------------(F)G-Y (F)B

1. 25F

1.25R-W

E

'l.25E A h

KNOCK SENSOR

EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (A-P~)

VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

(2 (B-lo) (8-07) ( B (B-08)- (8-09) 1 1 ) CFm @ml Fm Em-2) Gm 1 2 @j~~r@~~@JJl@EJ@J@J

(8-35)

HROBMO IBB

TSB Revision

100

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) d J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ > A 0.85R-B

$fi&IGHT

Y

CLUTCH

1.25R-W -TDEDICATED FUSE

G-Y

3B-R

,30 J/B

G

B-R

1

DIODE E-31 t,

i

I G

R-G,, 19 (c-29) (c-52) R-G 24 c___-----_-_~_____-_____________________~~~---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~~~-~--~~

3----ti

- 22 _---------__

i

23

I (c-29)

(F) B-L

(F) B-W

(F> BR-R

(F>h

(F)L-R

7

(L-0 \

/ * IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH

AIR @@DRONING UNIT

HR05MO 1C.A

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY

EGR SOLENOID VALVE

TRANSAXLE

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE SOLENOID

LG-I

101

L-1

W-I;

BR-L

j.--------p ------- - -------- 5-i ti L

-_--___-___-_____

------

107

(F>L-W

113

(Y 4 mF ------_

1

/ENGINE I g;;p I

--------.

112

___-____-____----

104

I

B-G

2

(B-06)

116 ---------7

F

(F)L-W (8-38) 1 r- 1

(Y 10

l(A-18)

r

-

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH oFTi (A-20) (A-21) (B-06) (8-38) (c-29)

(c-79) @$T

L3BER fzF&#qm/

HROSMOlCB

TSB Revision

~

102

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

~

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)

’ ~



‘d

“‘4riTVER UI,

BA:rTERY -REI I/ I - ~~&CATED

FUSIBLEn LINK@ J/B 15A f

R-B

D I

1

T

2B-

2B-Y i ------------_

50

30

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X)

2B1.25R-B

2B-k

(C-2E D i9 2B-

I I i

t

JME / i0R I

‘iJ ‘k’B”

1. 2

8 0 1II0 If

2B

1. 251

(c-53:

r

1. 25 B-Y

R- B /

71 ------ -I.t30 ----1

(c-29)

I!

r

2B-Y

2B-

10

3 MFI RELAY

(F) 1.25B-R 8 E L-G

$2; jl (c-52)

3

7 W-R

(c-54) 108 (c-52) 8

2 (F) 1.25B-L 8D

B-W (c-53)

---I

(c-31)

(c-44)

(c-52)

HROSMOGAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGNI ION SWIl -I (IGl) 2B- \7 (C-82) J/B

103

MFI RELAY

(F) '$Z 3 ,\ 5

(F>

II '6 (c-71)

FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)

___--- OFF / \/ 11(F;5"4"2 L-B (F) (F) 1.25B-F 1.25B-L

:6 (D-44)

0.85B-'

(F) 1.25L-B ,,l --FUEL PUMP RESISTOR -+$m (F> 1.25B-L 4 4 (c-30)

COMBINATION METER

9 (c-34)

CONNECTOR

G-R

R-B FUEL PUMP (F-16)

G-R

L--------

R-B

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

(F-16)

2B !

HROSMOGAB

TSB Revision

104

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

,W>O. 8SK (F)O. a5R

(F)O.a5R

r

KUME FLOW

1m

11

SENSOR (B-29)

yy-j

1

R!r":]

JmF ,\

jib ,\

III -I? J II I -gIlI q-

xl,, \, \/ v \I Y \/ 3 "7 "5 "6 "1 "2 "4 (F> (F>R-W 1.25B (F>R-L d": (F>O 6%5R I L': I I E

(B-40)1201

(F)B(F>L-R (F)B(F>L- R 68 E~~--~~~~~~~~~~ L--------V

5v -

5v

69 -

5v

5v

&-

I I I ;

2d.d 2

L-r

G+D

LAL--~~~~

ly---_\L wu56 ---------- - - Yys7 ---- - - - - - - - - 2.‘siENG.i-.--61 y64 72 CONTROL (F) (F) (F> (F> (F) w[--; MODULE B-W G-Y BR-R1.258 Y-R I I 0 B ; I r_----i____-' L-B I I).RE?R 1 B B

(c-52) 26 1.25B 1.25B

t

V.

---_-_-..

q q

(B-05)

YYI.

nnnr n?,vl. %+~%TURE 0 9-02) 8FRvmR UYLY""I\

(B-05) vm (B-29) ljp@ij)

HROSMOGBA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

105

MFI RELAY (F11.25R

RESISTOR

4 1

1 3 :{6 :F)OSdg (F1O.a: G-1 I= ,.l (B-12)

IDLE , 1 "3

1 )

"4 "6

I[ 2

i

(F> (F> .85G-Y 0.85G-B

(F)LG-I --------------------_--__J ---_--_-____-----_---~-~~

I I L---m-

I I I

I

1 I / I v

j B-W

+i

// It II dzlo B (F)B-W-+; 2 I\ 9E l(B-08) 0 II

B I2

:l

(A-22)

7-k HEATED OXYGEN (~-19) KNOCK SENSOR SENSOR SENSORCRH) (A-69) CB-07) 0 cTm-7) (rn (8-13) (B- (B-31) (B-32) Em3 mm @JjzBldjz&@ziJ~@J#sJ

HROBMOGBB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

GER -

ACTIVE CONTRO-LEi

:I#“’

R-W

3B-R Ed""'""

(c-29)

B-R

0.85G

r - - - -

I I 1

G " DIODE E-31 Y

12

I

R-d

r---------------------------------------II r-------------------------------------

/R-W

IQ CZ----------------------

i ----- ----

10

i

(c-52)

23

11

\ 102 (c-54)

-5 b ----------- ----------114

101

R-L _- --------(F> (F> B-W BR-f

_-----------

103 (c-54)

R

a(c-14)

---- .------ ---- \ 4(A-67) (F>\

i

R-L

R t

G-B

7

G-Y AIR ~~Yl~~T~ON'NG UNIT hWWg;IC RELAY

Y

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

#T

ABS ~{ClfROL

(c-61)

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY 77 (F>R 2 r----O

(F)l B

(F11.258

(F)R-lr

(F)1.25B

(F)R-I

(F)G-Y

(F>L-Y

(F>B-b

I

L I

t

I (c-52)

.9 (c-54) 92 _-----

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE +(j

(30 2-------. 11_--- 15 --------------_ 33-.----------/c -------_--.

f

1

ii 5v

Tf

3-e 5v

,

HR05M07BA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

THROTTLE ;;~&;~ON I OF!.

EGR ggNgb[ATURE (CALIFORNIA) -

KNOCK SENSOR r&l

6-iI L

ON

I 1

2

1

(B-05

(F)Y-1

(F)

C)G-

I

(F>LG-B

(F)E

W

(F>BR-R

78 (c-54)

I

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GND V

(c-52)yy----;:p58y26 1.25B

0 1.25B 1.25B h -

(A-22) (B-05)

(W) (c-52)

B

1.25B h -

(c-54)

HR05M07BB

TSB Revision

120

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY

.r (F) 0.85R

C

(F) 0. 85R

, (F) 1. 25R 1 (F> 1.25R (F) 1.25R (F) 'I- 25R

RESISTOR (A-69)

I

(F> 0.85R

-

r

1

(F>B

18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

I GND V

Di >I ‘:- : I

I

(F)L-I

(F)GI 7 (I 39

4 I. il

I

:F)G-1

/

(F G

8

1

6

2

5

Q5 7

(F> (F) (F> (F) (F) 0. 85 0. 8: “i;“$ G-R G-k Os8E “$3 1 1 1 6 j ,,4 INJECTOR _---.---- --7 I v r. ni / 8

jl IL I 1 :B-12: ii3 21. 2:

1.25 R-W

1.25 R

I /

1 m

r I[

(F) 0. 85 G-Y

(F) 0. 8E G-E

5 18 ._---_ --

I----- 3:---

ti

ti

(B-33: &E 0. 05 0. 85 Y-W 3 3 --:$2--i .---(F> (F) (8-07) (F) Og; “$!$ “;I”g 3----- 16 _--- 14 (C-52) _---. 15

Y

“1

GND V

1.25B 1.25B 1.25B h

HR05M07CA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

(Fj0.8:

RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA) (B-44) -

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (8-

t r I / I I I

BII II I/I

F-! 4 II I III I I

/i2 v

% A3

iz

m

d

c

_I 1

B

v

v

1/ II B// 1 /1I II I I II

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (CALIFORNIA> (B-45)

6

% m d

2

m

2 v

vi B B

RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT) (CALIFORNIA) (B-1S) -I

2 ---

w

121

-

II III BI/ I III II/ I I II

\I

2“4 --- 71 II , WII I I/I II I 1 I ---_ i

\I

r": I%

z 62 -

:

--_ I GB 7 -- -_

B J

B

E

B-W B-1

R-I (F)B-W (F>BR-R

(F>W G-E

G- Y AIR ' CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT 9

RADIATOR &doToR (HI) (LO)

G-F

1GN $i YLrl

IGNITION POWER TRANSIST;OR

(c-29)

(c-52)

'E 6Bor ROL & ST UN H (c-53)

HROSM07DA

TSB Revision

123

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY 7 (F) r---- 2

1 I I I , I I I 1 I

1 TURBOCHARGER

@ENOID r Q

L

e

e

-

-

(F)L-I

-__--___--_-___

3

(F)LG-I

(F>LG-E

(F)R-7

(c-52)

E! I

j(A-72)

. _ ~._

32 (c-53)

L

ENGINE ##w"

7

5____-_----____--__

.-----56

2

(F)L-b l(c-29)

G

DATA Lib

/

m

(C-FRONT

SIDE

ZONNECI

i.”

B-G

I1

(A-18)

[ IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)

0Si2

HROSMO?DB

1 TSB Revision

124

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL)

2W-B

IGNIT ION SWITCI ‘i1 (ST)

mER

BATTERY

FUSIBLE LINK0 P

2B-Y --I.

J/B+===+@&ATED ; 2B-Y

?-I ;

2B-Y

(F> R-E 2B-Y R-B HEADLIGHT DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDEE ILLUMINATION LIGHT

E8:1 iEIGHT AND

COMI LIGI

7TMENT

R-E

2B-Y I -

I

&ARM 2B-Y

t .ELECTRbNIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C

m ‘fiiJ;&@“‘sE 1.25R-1 3 1.25B-Y R-E

l-

1.25B-W

1.25B-k

!EI%!R 7

r

1.25R-E

(R-B){ELC-4A/T

:F) 1. 851 2

3 --If 1

L! --------

d

OFF-ION \/

“2 “3 1.25 (F> B-R 1.25R 0 1. 25 C B-R 2_L7\ 12 (c-52)

ON'-&F \,

“6 L-G

“5 W-R

“1 1.25B-L

B-W D

108 (c-54)

8(c-52)

(c-53)

‘2

HR05M03AA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

125

tiF1 IEL AY 7 1.25B-

\,

\I\I

5

S(c-71)

-___-_---__

1.25B-

,6 (D-44)

FUEL PUMP CHECK CONNECTOR 1.25B59 (D-04)

t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

COMBINATION METER /

g(c-34) 1.25B-

WARNING LIGHT

r--------

(F>1.25B-W

COMBINATION &%O,METE,:

G-I

.25B-1 3 FUEL PUMP (F-16)

Y-W

7 --------- -- _-_____-__- 6m

IGNITION

Y-W I G-R

OSic-54)

3

1.25E

.25E

2B

HR05M03AB

TSB Revision

126

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) ‘d

(B-02)

VOLUME i%usow m

----4SENS0R

ATMOSPHERIC

I-

]

NGINE OOLANT ~bP;~ATURE

VOLUME K2Jk0"

INTAKE AIR ‘IWIW~~ATURE

I

7

2 (F>G-k

(F>1.25B

(F>[

(F>t

(F>O.&R

(F)B :)G-Y

(F)R-W

(F>1.258

(F>R-L

(F>G-\I

(F>L-I

(F>B-'

I

I

Et----- 52 ---------

r---

% 5V

GND L

V

------

- 13 26 (c-52) 1.25B 1.25B

1.25B n

1.25B h

HROSM03BA

1 TSB Revision

~

127

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

THROTTLE ?';;A;;""

i-i!-

c IN

3

-i 1

a

t-Y

-a%.----_. 1

----_ -----_

3

3-09)

(F>Y-R

(F)l

Y-L

Y-R

(F> BR-I

)G-‘I

I

(F)G-Y

1

2 B-10)

(F>B

(F)B (F>G-Y / (F)R-$

r 1

ELCdA/T

(F>B-L

F)G-E

(F>G-h

#;f;~IW~XJISE ELC-4A/T

1 (F>Y-R

(F>BR03 ----_

B

t

I

09 ------

.lO

ITOR !IVE I I( ! ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TSB Revision

(

128

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY :)1.25R (F>1.25R (F)l. 25R (F10.851;

(F>O.85R

L

CMP 3 SENSOR

(Fj1.251 (F>1.25R (F11.251 CKP ..3 ,\ SESSOR

ISC 5 MOTOR i

JLA-L / \/ 2 &

1

(F>E

(f T

:) 1. 25R

F)l.25F ? ( F) 1.251 B-13) I 1 ,\ I I 2

LALI

;

(F)1.25R

3-11) 1 T 1 1

(F>E 3 r2

‘)B F)L-W

I

(F)L-F ! I

ill-.

GND V

3 (I I-4 4

(F)G-E i9

D

(F) ?G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F>(

:F) (F) 0.85G-Y ; ).85G-B

i____- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ----

L-----. _-2-

Y

Y

Y

1

GND V

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TSB Revision

1 2 9

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

(F)1.25R

(F)O.B5R

1

(F) 1.251

KNOCK SENSOR

s-20 J

-

1.25(

.25R

1. 25(

.25R-W

I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 I I / I

1.25(

1

I

I”’

L

I

(B-08)

(B-33: 0.85Y-h

1 m

R

I

i

:B-3;

vi

I I Ii 2 2 II I (B-31 I

0.8% 0.8581

’ I

L/

.---_

3 -----_

I I I I I I I I I 2' --J

D

1

L-

18

(F) 0.85G-W

L-f

(F> I. %Y-

(c-52)

;----

15 -----

tq I I I / I I 4 I , I I I

k I 1 I I I I

i

*

1

(F>f 3

(F) 1.258 I 14

ti

4

I I I I I I I I I / 1 , I

r

/W

(c-53)

2 I I I I

1 ;

B/ (B-07)

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)

1 --72

jS(c-53)

I

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

c&l 1 2 3 4

HR05MOXB

I TSB Revision

I

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit I

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) Yj J/B MULTI-PURPOSE l FUSE@ i v O.S5R-BI WITH &#&EU'SE I A

I

STOP LIGHT SWITCH

V&IGHT

c: CLUTCH

I nn I., I

I. 4

G-Y

;;EXkCATED 3B-R

O F F 1 ON

(c-62)1

0.05G

c @iNTI-LOCK

p

CONTROLLED MIRROR G )

-,.

u

,t-?nv r ?.I,7 DID,C,VI LII,C.TF,l I bmmlluu .STOP LIGHT + ch;;h~~fUISE .I

I

%I I i

I lnIfli-lF

I

I t

ENGINE (c~~~~~p r------------------

R-G

19 (c-29)

G

R-G ---------------t24 ------------------------------.

17

-5 101B W

I

_-----------

m

L-F

--I ELC-4A/T METER AND GAUGES

11 (c-29)

RAD IA' FAN REL,FE"' (Lo:

130

-3 -i ZJi

15

G -R

G-k

LE

'2 1-------------

V

(F)B-L

(F)B-W

L

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;

17

I

G -R

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR %PY

ELC-4A/T

EI(A-67)

3@g

G-E

(G-R)

G -R _ !!m!~fiIC

HR05hi03DA

1 TSB Revision

d

~

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY

TRP

7

131

qXLE C TROL M ULE

1 EVAPORATIVE %P ON SOLENOID

W-l

W-I

BR-l

'(c-53) 59

B _--___-- __-__

P

5v

P

_-_-_-____--_-____--- ------_ 07 r113 ELC-4A/T

(p)

J/B

(F>L-h

---_-_-_-___-___-_------.

12

p

@s>

P

A

116 ----------7

P

(Y)

-----4 ':I(c-29)

$tB@FN’C SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO m

2B

A/C

B-G

B

n =

B P R-B (Y) 16 7 (c-79) 4 5 1 A A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR

1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

(A-18) ( A - 2 0 ) CFnl (B-06) (B-38)- (c-29) f?JJ @3J @ •~p7Jmmmq Ii3 9 ~10j11~~12~13/14/15~16)171118/19 (c-79) FRONT SIDE HR05M03DB

TSB Revision

(

132

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit -

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)

2W-B

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNITION SWITCH(ST)

EKE”

BATTERY

HORN

J/B 04

I

15Ab

\/

I :;

(c-83) 11 "7 (F)R-B Ok"; (c-77) R-E3 (F) R-B 2B-Y

2B-W

1

HEAbLIGHT I30ME LIGHT, 'OOT LIGHT /4ND IGNITION IG-Y

2 (F>C

(F>B

_ (F)B -CF)G-Y

4c (F)R-'I

(F> 1. 25:

(F)R-I

B -W

I I?--..-

I

1 GND GND V V :-x------Y

13

1.25B

E------- .-E i 5v

15---------______

.0---- ---- -- I :Y-

(F)l

(F>B OG-Y Y-L

Y-R

(F) BR-f

F)G-

I

(F)LG-B

(F>B

IELC-4A/'

1 3 5

(F)G-!

(F>B

(F)R-W

1

(F)B-L :F>G-E

(F>G-h

.ELC-4A/T $J~@fU'SE

(F>BR-f;

(F>Y7

ITOR 'IVE IC CONTROL MODULE

(A-22) (B-05) m I/~)

(B-OS) j@+-/

(B-10)0 p&

(c-54)

i HR05M04BB

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY (F> 1.25R

( (F> 1. 25RI

(F> 1. 25R

(F) 0.851;!!I

F)L-W

(F) 1.25R (F) 1.25R

(F) 1.25R

(F)l.25R z5R (F):5Rm %fR

(F)L I

I~8_----E

5v GND

GND V

-----13 26 ‘;i 1.25B 1

(c-52)

,

ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE

L I

HR05M04CA

/ TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

(Fj1.25 (F11.25

(F)O. 85R 1 --_-____I__--_--_

1.25

1.25R

1.251

1.25R-

I 1 I I I I I I I I / I / I

1.25( INJECTOR

r

1

RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN LEFT BANK RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN ~~~~~~ HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) SENSORCREAR) SENSORCFRONT) (B-16) (8-44) cB-45) (B-19) 'r------Ii1 3 : II m/ III /II

l I v I

I

L H

/

1: 2 21 I (B-33: (8-32: I I I I I 0.85Y-'i 0.85h 0.85B.R I I I I I I

(B-07)

4.----- L----. 3 2.-J1

;B ;

I

4 “I '3 1 /% 105 m I

6

2

12 / .J j I I

*I -

i B " /I J B

B (F>E

'7---. -

:I I mj / I I / I I / I

I Ir 1I L

1

CF:

(F) 1.25B 14

,I L

c

L;

(F) F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-R 0.05Y-

137

1 1p V

5-

ti

J

ENGINE Elm"

HR05h404CB

TSB Revision.

138

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE

: CLUTCH

‘gFGER -TG-Y

86 A-36)

2B-R REAR WINDOW

,,,,,~~B-1

;'q

.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE Sy[$K!8LLED

-'T

G

1

;~;;'L"~G;;STEM ~;LJh#J'SE

DIODE E-31

19 (c-29)

6( 1A-67)

G

ENGINE

2p_--------- ____________________

i IL L---

_---. 10

ti

------------

!l

_----------15

11 i-R

(F>U L-F

G-Y I 7----

(L-o:

LB

17 (G-R) .ELC-4A/T .g;KEISAND

11 (c-29)

:-R

ELC-4A/T

Ei(A-67) (F)B-L

(F)B-W

F)BR-R

L

i-R

(F>'Ei

J

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

1 AGNE' LUTC!

P

NOTE :l:Hatcnaack Z2:Convertible mm (c-62)

HR05M04DA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY

1 3 9

TRANSAXLE C TROL k YJLE

7

F

I

1

EGR $i@O'"

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION PURGE I SOLENOID 2m

(A-21)

LG-F

L-k

W-l

BR-1

146 (c-53)

iyi p#L

H

_____--__--__

-_- _-_

‘&

37 (C-53)

%”

P

ELC-4A/T

7

v-----------------------62

(P)

26

(F>L-W

(Y)

P A

(B-06) ,,2

*&;F;$lNIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C

(c-29) yf-----y

P

(B-38)

I

,,l 2B B B P R-B (Y) 4 5 1 A A A n

T

(P)

35)

(F>L-W

B-G

=

A

16

7(c-79) A

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

I?

1GN;TION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

id HR05M04DB

TSB Revision

140

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

I ‘i



BATTERY

FUSIBLE LINK@

I

;ER

i% -

2W-B 2B-

5W-B ,,l (c-68)

HORN

J/B 09

@ 10A

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

418:” L1GHT LUGGAGE

2B-

-Y

SUPPLEMENTAL l?&"sW~~INT

l(c-29:

,,4 \' (D-151

\ ‘d

fW'qRTMENT

I .DOME LIGHT, !TI;T LIGHT, IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIO LIGHT .HEADLIGHT

MFI RELAY

7 I@$

I

--------ON'*OFF

6 (F> 1.25B-L

. . 25B-‘

1.25B

B-W

--IEi (A-11X)0 1 2 3 4 ia5i (c-sa) (c-71) c57Q

(c-jq)

Y

Y

Y

(c-44)0

(c-29)

Y

(c-53)

(c-54)

II:pRif

(c-77)

(c-83)

(D-15)

(D-44)

HROSMOEAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGN TION SW1 CH(IG?) 2B\ 2B-

MFI RELAY B-W

,7 (c-82) J/B

,

F>l. 25L(F) 1.25B-L

CHARGING

I c 3

FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28)

3 '6 (c-71) 0.85B-\

1

5

--------_

RESISTOR I!m

S(D-44)

(F) 1.258-

0.85B-\r

.258-L ( 35B-L

r

(F>1.258-I t TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGH

L-R

B-1

Rib CIRCUIT

B-1

1

COMBINATION GAUGE

lmg I

g%J $1 +3 r

1.25B-F

;i;kKPUMP CONNECTOR 1.25B-F

r-

WARNING LIGHT

COMB JATION METE (SPEE IMETER) G-R

1.25B-L 3

R-E Y-h ---__--_

FUEL PUMP (F-16)

M

S(c-14)

2 Y-k G-R

1.25B

R-E L - -

6 .-------- ------ --.

Y-W Llic-53) 36 (c-54)

l(c-53)

I

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

.-----__ 5 (F-14) 1.25B 2B i

i (c-71)

HR05MOEAB

) TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

I

VOLUME &k&&""

ENGINE COOLANT $;/WE&ATURE lINTAKE AIR $~W&&fJATURE

I -JCL,

5

7

3

;

(F)1.25E

(F>G-k

:F)C

(F>B (F>G-Y (F)B

(F>1.25E (F)R-\IJ

c

(F>1.25@

3 I

(F)E

(F>R-L-

(F>G-Y

19 (c-54) 32 ------- '2.----___

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

(F)L-Y

I --I8’iI

1---_ !? __--- - ------_

5v

(F)B-1 ,

IO -----l----

33 --------------

1 5V

HROBMOBBA

1 TSB Revision

143

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

EGR ;EEgEBATURE (CALIFORNIA> I I r OF!, IN

KNOCK SENSOR

THROTTLE ;;;W&ON

L 3 (B-05:

1

2

I

(F> F)G(F>E BR-fi

(Fly-1

(F>LG-B

(F>B (F)G-Y (F>B

r--b

2

W

(F>B

r

Y-R

BR-R

I--

--I

fJ;PiJpE

(F)Y-F

I

,

(F)BR-R

i7---------- 34--------_--_--.

'?l----------------

f GMD V

78 cc-54)

--I

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GND V

myyf----;-$;26 1.25B

tr

B

1.25B 1.25B h

(A-22) (B-05) (B-08)(=) m j-1 @.

1.250 h

(c-54)

i HR05M08BB

1 TSB Revision

1

(

144

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ‘d MFI RELAY T7 V 1.25R (F) 1.25R

T (F) 0.85F

RESISTOR (A-69)

(F) 1. 25R I (F) 1. 25R L

(F> 0. 85R

W 1 L-R

I

G-Y

L-----

7-----

(L-0)

LB

(L-C3) 1 L--

I 77

c W

(A-67) 6

METER AND GAUGES

CL-(3)

c I (A-36) a(F)B-I (F)B-W (F)BR-F (F>W G-Y \IR ' :ONDITIONING :ONTROL UNIT ETIC L RADIATOR FAN MOTOR IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR REI 1:" RELAY (HI) (LO)

NOTE :l:Hatcnoack :2:ConvertiDle

i!L”f

HROBMO8DA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY 7 (F) 2 r---'

zr/ -7T

2 TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID (A-70)

Y\I

L----

(F>L-

- -_-_____ --__

4

(F)LG-I 2

(F)LG-: 7_-___--__-_--_

--__-_------___

--- -------- -----. 1

(F>R-\I

3_-_-___-_------_ 6 7

32 (c-53) ENGINE

V

ii#EEoL

b-f5v

4 :------------------ -

---___--__-_____

45

52

52

(c-90)

I G(A-67) G-l

I 9

(F)L-V ii (B-06) ,: (F)L-V, r (B-38) ,,l

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

(A-70)(A-71)(m) (B-06) (m(C-29) pLBi

l(A-18) I

IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR (c-52)

(c-90) i HROSMOEDB

TSB Revision

148

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) STARTER RELAY

TE

IGN ION SWI' - H (ST) 2B-k F(c-31)

r

V

2B-k ---- 5

\,

(c-83) ‘il "7 (F)R-B Ok!; (c-7' R-

11-J

1.25R-B (A-67)

I

CONNECTOR

2B-Y

I

2B-k

2B-Y WITH . WITHOUT #g&ALARM ;vE';hALARM /\ L/

2B-Y R-B

2B-Y7 s ,\

+ DOME FOOT AND KEY

LIGHT, LIGHT IGNITION CYLINDER

&iQE"ISE

B-Y

1.25R-E

c-29)

3

Em""

PNP SWITCH ?=m

L*

l.25B-Y

2B-W

'*k

?.25B-W VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR I r

1.25R-B .

1 .25B

:F) ;).85R!

-id; ----

2B-W 4 1

2B-w I30 O N '-OFF

J

I

W-R 2 1.25B-L 'I

i

0

v

~

$2;

c

;.‘E.. iEm

B-W

4 3Egm D I

I

;

12

5M09AA

TSB Revision

I

ClRCUlT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

IGN SWI’

ION -I(IGl) \

MFI REL, D

B-W

2BJ/B

149

CHARGING

1.25 B-L

0.85BB-L O.S5BB-W

g;EL&PUMP CONNECTOR 59 (D-04)

1

> 1.25i

1. 251

1m

G-I (F)2B-W -

TURN-SiGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

1.25 B-R

COMBINATION METER

(F>1.25B-W

7

B-L

COMBINATION METER (SPEEDOMETER) I

l IGNITION

G-E

1Ir - - - - - I I/1 1. 25F I II /I II 1I II // / II 1. ; I / L------.

S(c-53)

j 1

FUEL PUMP

i(F-14)

1. :

NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE

HR05M09AB

TSB Revision

150

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

VOLUME r %SEk"" (B-29)

ENGINE

3 (F>1.25B

(F)R-k

(F> 1.258

(F>G-Y

(F)R-L

(F>G-Y

12 -----__

;I

GND

n

& 5V

GND V

HR05MOQBA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

I 0 L-AL, 3 (B-05)

(F>Y-F 7

24

A‘ 1

-@t

-J

2

------. 1

-----_ ----2 3

1

2 (8-10)

1-09) (F)

(F) BR-R ‘)G-\l

(F>B (F)G-Y

#;;#J'SE

-17 I5v

I

(F> (F>l (F)W-I Z-Y

(F>G-Y

(F>B

m*

Y-R

1'

(F>Y-R

i

ON

OF:,

VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR

MANIFOLD DIFFERENTIAL SEE;;;“” I

THROTTLE ;&;OE&ON

151

1 /T

-

(F>R-W

(F>B-1

')G-E

(F)G-W

.ELC-, 4 A

(F) BR-R !L-.------

j

I T 3gm -----_. 10 ITOR 7IVE IC i ENG I NE CONTROL MODULE

I

HROBMOSBB

TSB Revision

~

152

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

~ d

MFI RELAY

(F)0.85R

r

:)l. 25R F)1.251 F)1.25R

(F)1.25R

(i)RI

(F>1.25E (Fj1.25

O.S5R

CKP 3 SENSOR I

1 1

I rP 1

J

2

\/

(F) 1.25E F)1.25R :F) 1.25

[ 11 r 3-13) I

2

5Ii%OR 1

@I I INJECTOR i VI

w

\/

I

“1 "3 "4 "6 (8-35)

(8-12) 1 c J 2

L

KNOCK SENSOR L

Ir

(F>B

I '>B

(F) (F) (F) ' (F)GR (F)G-B GR-L (F)G-Y (F)G 0.85G-Y 0.85G-I

F)L-I:

Y

Y

Y

78

Y

5v

5v GND V

,(c-52 4----- 17 ----- 5----- 18 ----_ L------ 1-----

39

B----(c-54

GND V

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

1.25B ! -

1.258 -a

HROBMOSCA

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

RIGHT BANK LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN HEATED OXYGEN x$:5$ SENSOR(FRONT)

(Fj1.25 R b (F)O. 85R (F)1.2EiR 1 *- ---- -__-_--_--_ I / 1.25IG 1.25R I

1

1.25

1

1.25R

1.25 INJECTOR

L

I I I I I I I I I I

1 1"

.I‘E !I[

In

*l I I I I I I 4 I I I ;

(F) F) (F) (F) 0.85G-W .85G-I I. 85Y-I B

1

I , I

J

n

/

i B-W ---J B-W

B-W

(F)E

V i!

*

I I

I I

-

I : B-' L -_I _-B-l

(F)B p ---- 43

16 -----. 15 -----. J: tE

RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR(FRONT)

i

I- 1; 2 '2 2 II (B-33 (B-3; (B-31 !I ,II 0.85Y-1 0.85' 0.8581: II 1II (B-07) 4.----_ ---_i3 21 .-J

(c-52)

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (B-45)

153

p -____-__--_ 79 V

v

I tE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

HR05MOSCB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ! FUSE@ 1 v

;ER

#Ef"uTIC CLUTCH

G-k ::E

2B-R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

,0.8;

iv84

.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 'REMOTE Syi;;#LLED GI

B-R

1

.ANTI-LOCK .&;';f?G;;STEM

DIODE E-31

:gZ50

R-G 1 19 (c-29) ENGINE iEEL

G

R-G 58 (c-92)

I

‘2 (c-52) I - - - - - - - - - - - - -

v

3

(c-52;

.---. 0

-------- ----. ------. ------_ 11 (c-9; !l IO !3 (F>'

G-k

L-F

_----------_ 1 (L-0

jl

&&----------

G-R

W

(17> (G-R)

1

I

G-R

.ELC-4A/T .~~;ld~SAND

----

(c-29) 7

G-E

L-B

RADIATOR AiEA!OTOR (HI) (LO)

(F)B-L

(F)B-W :F>BR-R

(F>A

L

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTO;

(L-0

ELC-4A/T

,,g (A-67)

G-R

AIR MAGNETIC CONDITIONING CLUTCH CONTROL UNIT

(c-62) El 1 2

HR05M09DA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY 7

TRP

155

3ULE

I

2 EGR SOLENOID VALVE (A-21)

! 1

LG-R

8

EVAPORATIVE ;flMIgEION SOLENOID 20

I

L-h

W-l

W-I.

BR-I

6

46 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

56 ELC-4A/T

1 (P) F (F>L-h (B-06)

B-G

2

(F>L-W 10 C 1 IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

:ONNECT (c-52)

(c-53)

(c-79) FRONT SIDE (c-92) HR05MOSDB

1 TSB Revision

,

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

82 -

RY BA’I -

FUSIBLE LINK0

;ER

2W-B 28.

5\

5W-B

HORN

,,l (c-68)

J/B

0

_-- - 1; --Ie 00

311 7 O$B” ccg B

R-B

14

R-B a A

i

2B-k

1.25R-E

3 F

I

15A

---.I

l-L----------_

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR R-B

28.

1.25R-E

0.85B-Y 1.25B-Y

1

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL W ARNING LIGHT FULL AUTO A/C T

X88” L1GHT LUGGAGE

@%'+RTMENT DOME LIGHT, E%l' L1GHTp IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATIC LIGHT HEADLIGHT

2B-k

SUPPLEMENTAL ~&;;~fiINT

l--E

i

50

30

4m

IE AIR NSC IR

1.25R-E

1.25R-1 (c-93)

1

2B-\r 4

2B-lv

(F> I. 851 iOF 1.25B-L

\7 cc-82) ; J/B

CHARGING

3

A JL

FUEL PUMP RELAY (B-28) !

0.85B-\1 v 60

0.858-!J I 0.85B-W

(F> 1.258-k,

li I 77

L

B-W

1

COMBINATION

/: iJ

157

')l. 25L- B

I

/\

1

5

1

ON*

I

1

\/ \/ "4"2 (F> 1. 258-l

r

1.25B-L i 85B-L

1

COMBINATION GAUGE

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR (A-5'1)

-(c-30)

1.25B-R (c-34)

l-37 (A-17) g;;bKPUM? CONNECTOR

.25B-R il(c-44)”

Y \I

.25B-F l(D-03)

WARNIhiG LIGHT

r---- -----_

[ATION IMETER) G-F?

R-B Y-k 7.__-_--___-__-__---

1 ------__

s(c-14)

Y-W G-RI

R-B

_~-____---_--_---__ hcI6 -

F)Y i METER AND i GAUGES

j6 (c-54)

1.258-L III I/I II I !

I

( ! 1.25B

I L-----------

1.25B 2E

I

1

FUEL PUMP (F-161

5 (F-14)

=

! (A-17) ( c (A-5(- 1 4

)

/

HRO5MlOAB

TSB Revision

~

158

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

VOLUME r i%W?ow (B-29)

,INE 1LANT BiATURE

VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR INTAKE AIR ;[W&ATURE

7

)

3

(F)G-Y

(F> .25E

1

(F)O

(F>B

(F)0.85R \

(F>B :F>G-Y

(F) .25E (F>R-k

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

(F)

25E

(F)R-L

(F>G-Y

32 --_---_

7- 2- - -----.

(F>L-Y

(F>B

ti

HROBMlOBA

) TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MANIFOLD DIFFERENT IAL p&RE

THROTTLE I%%;~"" '

159

KNOCK SENSOR

----I

(B-OB)

(F>Y-R

B

B (F>G-Y Y-R L

I - @$;$$UISE

(F>Y-R

(F)BR-R '4

‘8 (c-541

GND

V

(A-22) (B-05) (B-08) (B-46) (c-52) m !jp&Tj) @ jlTEE#

---I GND v

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

I

(c-54)

HROSMlOBB

TSB Revision



CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

MFI RELAY C (F) 'I. 25R

1

(F) 1.

(F) 0.85R

25R

(F) 1. 25R

(F) 1. 25R

RESISTOR (A-69) 4 +

(F> 1.25R (F) ?.25R 0 (F) 1.25R (F) 0.05R

:( 7 5 1 2 8 3 (F) (F) CF> (F) (F) o.‘El 0. 82 O$g “kSL” G-I “i;“; “;;“$ 1 1 6 5.----: 63 INJECTOR INJECTOR/x3 1 _------7 7 I v II r,1 [ I

(F) 0.85R ,,3 %%SOR /\

ISC 2 0,,5 MOTOR

,,3 %SOR I\

R

l!b -1 :3

(B-40)1

.

F)L-k

t

(F)L-‘!I

,\

L 1[

4

6

) (B-13: :B-l;

II I 2 2 pi-J 1. 25C 1 m

i

B

(F>E

ll

‘I!

(B-33 0. 85 Y-W (F) GE DG-I

(F) (F: GR-L (F)G-\I G 8 L-. -

:c- EL- _______ _ _ 8!

(F: OS”’

(F) OS”;

(F> Ok”; 1I---- 3----. iE

GND V

I[ 2 (B-32: 0. 85 W 3_---(F) 0. 85 G-R 16 -----

I I I I 1 I

1. 25 R

m I[ & 1

I\77 b 1L\I /

0. 85 BR 2_---(F> 0. 85 Y-B 15 -----A-

l

GND V

HROSMlOCA

TSB Revision

161

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-16)

LEFT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-45)

RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCREAR) (8-44)

RIGHT BANK HEATED OXYGEN SENSORCFRONT) (B-19)

I

J3

L

*; 1

rI I II B/I I 1/I II III

5 m d

\, ‘5

J

L-

m 2 "

BI

.I

L

B-W

8 I I I / / / I I / r I

II

3

c

L-

I F--l L

$'2--_ '4 --7 --_.-J

3m



'1 "3

I% co

m

3 &

*I B-W B-W

6 7 - - 2-r--‘ .- 3 'I -+ I / / + II WI --- -J

- --8 _ _ 3 “(c-88) % F? vo I (F)Y-B B-W B-W t

(F>B

(F11.258 (c-54)

B-W

I

h'c;t: v 2 CL&L, ;2iz v vv B

! I

B-W



'1 "3

r I I I I

2

I k

76

34 (c-53:

HROJMlOCB

TSB Revision

i

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit MFI CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

(

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE@

IGHT

I

STOP LIGHT SWITCH

G-W r

/GER

DEDICATED 3B-R FUSE 3B-R

I I 2B-R

50

I

J/B 5(c-83)

B-R

\

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

.REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .REMOTE ;p$$;;LLED

1

DIODE E-31

R-G r----- ---------------------------------~

ENGINE ggp

R-G

~

580 d

---_ 20

------ ------. ------. ------. ------. ‘1 IO 23 (c-52 22

1 (F>

/ L-R

I

L----_ 3

(G-B)

(L-0

G-l 11 L-l

RADIATOR ;~~A~OTOR (HI) (LO)

--Y

(A-67) 6

!4;;4~SAND

c

I (A-36) 8(F>B-1 G-b

(F)B-W (F>BR-R

(F)

FE iwc IGiITION POWER TRANS&R REI .Y

(L-0

AIR ~Cl~~l~~ON’NG UNIT

HR05MlODA

1 TSB Revision

i

163

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

MFI RELAY 7 (F: 2 r---’

/

I I I I I I / I I I I-----

g9g;fiTI~~ PURGE I SOLENOID j(A-20)

_-----------___

3 (F>L-

(F)LG-R

PV

(F)R-' 32 (c-53)

G-

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

o+

:

P I

(F)L-'h A I

(A-67)

TURBOCHARGER WASTE GATE SOLENOID

_______~______ 4

E 9_____-____-__--- i6

40

G-

I

1

_____-___-______ 1

(F>LG-1

1

2( /\ EGR SOLENOID

9

_-----,

cc-29)“4

(B-06) ,,2

1

FULL AUTO A/C

(F)L-W ,,l POWER STEERING g;y?;;ER

2B n

TSB Revision

B B P R-B (Y) 4 5 1 16 7m A A A] DATA LINK CONNECTOR

l(A-18)

1

IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

~

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION Up to 1993 models and 1994, 1995 models Non Turbo (Federal) Symbol

Name

0

Air conditioning relay

Name

/ Symbol

Ignition coil (ignition power transistor) Ignition timing adjusting terminal

Air conditioning switch Camshaft position sensor

a

Check engine/malfunction indicator lamp

P

Crankshaft position sensor

D

Data link connector

R

EGR solenoid

Z

Injector

(1 Multrport fuel rnjectron (MFI) relay

ParWNeutral position switch c&T>

EGR temperature sensor

Power steering pressure switch

H

Engine control module

Resistor

W

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Throttle position sensor (With built-in closed throttle position switch)

C

Evaporative emission purge solenoid

Turbocharger waste gate solenoid

U

Fuel pressure solenoid

Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor)

J

F

Heated oxygen sensor

E

Vehicle speed sensor

idle air control motor (stepper motor)

L

Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air A temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

165

-x- --qY7FU1003

Volume &flo~‘.&&sor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

temperature sensor

P

I

built-in closed throttle position switch)





I

P--l I

Heated oxygen sensor

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit ,

Vehicle speed sensor

I

W12FOOSC

(DC motor) (with built-in induction _ control valve position sensor) , ./ I/

X7FI lOA

I-

I

Injector \

,-\ Y7FUO803 I

(rgnition powertransistor) Y7FUO648

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

167

Check engine/malfunction

Lki @ %\\ Y7FUO999 1

\l-T-T-

Engine control module

..

W 16FO297

TSB Revision

Xl 6FO498

~

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

\

\’

X7FUlOlO

21492 \ r/

~ ./ , model&-v

yv



\ Y7FU1309

TSB Revision

169

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

i L

1 994, 1995 models except Non Turbo (Federal) and from 1996 models Symbol Q K T E Y N I H



W E C

Evaporative emission purge solenoid

X

Turbocharger waste gate solenoid

U

Fuel pressure solenoid

V

J

Heated oxygen sensor

E

Variable induction control motor (DC motor) (with built-in induction control valve position sensor)

Idle air control motor (stepper motor)

L

Vehicle speed sensor

F

Ignition coil (ignition power transistor)

M

Volume air flow sensor (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

A

iJ

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

.

- l”“, , I Volume air flow sensor” ’ (with built-in intake air temperature sensor and barometric pressure sensor)

-I3.0 \Y%=S-Y---l \



\ I

1 Check engine/malfunction

U68FOOll

TSB Revision

1 7 2

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

\

1

W16FO49E

W16FO292

pressure sensor

tTt)-Li ii/‘ FCR t.amnerstl IW sananr ‘I

/

I

I

riY

\

WIkUlUlU 1

TSB Revision

I __--. -_--

173

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - MFI Circuit

-/

/

/

/

W7FUlOll

i;

c

TSB Revision

If

X7FU1309

~

174 NOTES d’

1 TSB Revision

175

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING COMPONENT LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

Air conditioning compressor lock controller

E

Radiator fan motor control relay (up to 1993 models)

B

Air conditioning control unit

D

Radiator fan motor relay (HI)

A

Condenser fan motor relay (Hi)

B

Radiator fan motor relay (LO)

A

Condenser fan motor relay (LO)

B

Therm0 sensor

C

I U16FO257

3 II Radiator fan motor relay

\

R19F0134 00002185

: ?GKli$~E[ \y\ p \ CUP to 1993 models> Condenser fan

V16FO292

Air conditioning compressor lock controller

TSB Revision

176

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@ 2R-B

\ ‘LJ IGNIT N SWITCI IGl) 28-h

2L-B 2R-B

7 b “t L-RI

'""I,

+

0.85B-W

T 2L-G

L-R

2L-G

L-R 5

,l ,,5 1 fi RADIATOR A (A-04X) ------&!EA?oToR ------JOFF- ;,ON \/ _ \I (LO) (HI).OFF-:flN I 3 4 3 4 L-B

h

28

59 (D-04)

1 7T

L L-Y

G-B

1 I

0

L-B

2L-Y

L-B

G-B

L-Y P6

,3 /Z

I

0.85B-W

I\

2L-Y

t

L-R

I

d

G-B

7(D-45) 2

ENGINE COOLANT 1 OFFd- LEVEL SENSOR 0; (A-56)

RESISTOR

1

L

RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY

(A-55)

2Ei

B ?

2E

6

HRO-SMOOAA

TSB Revision

177

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

K&K CONTRO

)ITIONING IE"W LoCK

RADI FAN REL(

B

L-R G-

7

L-B

~ L-------- 4L------------------------

;

G-C G-C

2L-B 5

.TICONDENSER =AR' """TOR 1

B

B L-G L-G i

G-B

9 _--__-__----___---__---~~~---~~---i (A-36)

HR06MOOAB

TSB Revision

178

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) FUSIB E LINK b5

IGNI: 3N SWIT( (IG2) 2R-B

2L-E (c-82) 2.-_______--____

,FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C

2R-B

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

A

B-W

(c-69)

L-F METER AND GAUGES

2L-G 1 (A-04X) ‘TrIN

1

L-k

L-I

,,5

RADIATOR (A-07X) ;;EA~OTOR -------___ (HI) OFF-:iJN I (LO) I' 3 '4 3 L-E 2B G-E x----~~~----~~~~-~------- ,2 (C-31) G-B

1

2L-Y

L-E

pW#IATOR : ASSEMBLY : (RESISTOR) .

G-Y

G-l 11 ---

!%kAND

25 (D-45) L-Y 7 G-B ..2 ,\ (A-56) ENGINE ENNT OFF '?ON- SENSOR -R 1

VEHICLE %i%R

r i (A-55): 2B

ELC-4A/T

I

53 ___- __-- ------ 166 ------------@--.&J (C-53)

2B

1 TSB Revision

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

DUAL ~$~PX~~RE

FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK k 5

G-

L, / 1 I

r---

DEDICATED FUSE

/2L-I

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER I (G-0) I

G-

I-------

I

G,,l

,\

2L-w 5 /\\ -------

\/ "3 II cI L---. 'i

L

G-B

@OFF

2L-w 5 A\ CONDENSER ;;FAvOTOR ------(

H

I

) (LO) OFF-,? IN

(A-34X) “L 1

'4 (A-31X)

179

L

A

2L-I

2L-I 4.---__ 4 NO CONNECTION

I‘---7

28

(A-36)

7 I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / 3 -----___ _I

2B a

(A-33X) @im (A-34X) (A-36)(A-45)

(A-46)

HROGMOlAB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

180

COOLING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

~:Al’;f’ _____ b,C f$+yT” ""I-,, nm.nn KHJJIHIUK

12

2R-BI

ffJYG’:

B-w

1 CHARGING

.MANUAL A/C

FAN ASSEMBLY RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ) m2L

LIGHT

METER AND ISAUGES

2L-G

!

1 (A-04X)

5 RADIATOR ;fi~,~OTOR (HI) (LIO)

OFF-:/ON

\/ 4

3 L-

LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

28 11 --------------------------G-B ,

L-Y f

L-E

VEHICLE .R $&/ND ;&i$;R

HiASSEMBLY W’ AToR

(RESISTOR)

2B

TSB Revision

ENGINE COOLANT $;lgiEATURE

G-B

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

DUAL l';~'~;RE

FUSIB E IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) LINK b 5 B A L-R

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

G-O

(G-0) 1 10 0 r----+*------52---------------1 II // G-O I/ 2L-Y I II L--------&---------------------1 I 63% ELCATED / 2L-R 20A II

I I I I

id

1

181

2R-B

---7

G-O

2L-w

G-B

J

2L ,:

1

I

w

&--,1 I

I

1

NC! CONNECTION

11

2B (A-36)

I

[CONDENSER ,FAN MOTOR

M

c----------

2

t/,-i 2

2B

2L-B 0 2B

I'

HROGM02AB

TSB Revision

182

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

COOLING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R-B

2R-B

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

2L-B

I

+ ---pqF-JNG (C-82) .MANUAL A/C 'FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONING J/B @ 10A i 1

(c-69)

L-R 0

1

I

?1 1 I k--------- 1

L-f 5 (A-04X) r - b - - 2L-G

i

IN

L-E

METER AND GAUGES

2L-G

L-R L-l ,,5 RADIATOR /\ (A-07X) ---------_ Kk!A!oToR (LO) (HI) PFF-..b I 4 I G-B 2B G-B 11 __---____----------_-----G-B J

L-E

2L-Y

G-E 11

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

Gj~~~~~ G-B (A-56)

VEHICLE METER AND @;R GAUGES

Bll ENGINE COOLANT ~~/;;~A'"""

Y-W 1 2E

EL&4A/T

20

1

1 ----92 1 ---_--------_86

2E

HROGMOBAA

1 TSB Revision

183

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

DUAL AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g$FF%;;RE , CONTROL,LER (DOHC>

IGNITI SWITCf-

I

; 2L-;

I 1 0 y----.,,lO --__--__-----_ 3 / G-O 1 / 2L-Y L--------,2 --______-___--_-______ 09 WATED 20A C

G-O

2L-W

,,3 h

I I I I

7 1, ,,-OFF (HI) (LO) ti ON "4 (A-31X) ' 2L-B 1 0

(

L----

G-B L

NO CONNECTION

2 I I I I I I / I @&

e I

L

M

2L-E I 9 I .--------_

-

?

iCONDENSER /IFAN MOTOR

2B

i HROGM03AB

TSB Revision

184

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The AK compressor magnet clutch does not enter the “ON” state. l Check whether the output of the auto compressor control unit is available. NOTE For troubleshooting of the air conditioning control unit, refer to GROUP 55. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the “ON” state. l Check the resistor.

Check the radiator fan motor relay (LO) and condenser fan motor relay (LO). l Check the therm0 sensor (for radiator fan). (3) The radiator fan does not rotate when the air conditioning switch is turned ON. l Check the radiator fan motor control relay. 4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the therm0 sensor (for condenser fan). l Check the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI). l

Fan Operating Mode ant temperature switch (for air conditioning cut-

Radiator fan mo-

3°C (239 f 5°F) or over, ON at 108°C

OFF

ON

LOW

LOW

HIGH

HIGH

HIGH

LOW

ON ON ON OFF

TSB Revision

185

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Cooling Circuit OPERATION The engine control module controls the power transistors (high speed and low speed) in the module to provide radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor rotation controls in accordance with the engine coolant temperature and vehicle speed. 1. Radiator Fan (Low Speed Rotation) l When the engine control module turns on the power transistor (low speed) in the module, the current flows from the ignition switch to the engine control module through the radiator fan motor relay (LO) coil. If the current flows to the fan motor relay coil, the switch of the relay turns on to supply the motor driving power (for low speed rotation). This will cause the current to flow from the battery to the ground through the radiator fan motor, relay switch and resistor, rotating the radiator fan at low speeds. 2. Condenser Fan (Low Speed Rotation) The power from the NC compressor lock l controller turns on the condenser fan motor relay (LO) to rotate the condenser fan at low speeds. 3. Radiator Fan, Condenser Fan (High Speed Rotation) When the engine control module turns on l the power transistor (high speed) in the module. the radiator fan motor relay (HI) and condenser fan motor relay (HI) will operate and the motor driving power (for high speed rotation) is sent to the radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor to rotate the radiator fan and condenser fan at high speeds.

NOTE In the event of faulty water temperature sensor, the engine control module commands the fan motors (for both radiator and condenser) to rotate at high speeds.

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. Neither the radiator fan nor condenser fan rotate at all. l Check fusible link No. 5. 2. Only the condenser fan does not operate. l Check dedicated fuse No. 8. 3. The condenser fan do not operate in the low speed mode, but operate otherwise. (1) The A/C compressor magnet clutch does not enter the “ON” state. l Check whether the output of the air conditioning compressor lock controller unit is available. (2) The A/C compressor magnet clutch enters the “ON” state. l Check the condenser fan motor relay (LO)4. The radiator fan and condenser fan do not operate in the high speed mode, but operate otherwise. l Check the engine control unit.

Fan Operating Mode A/C compressor lock controller output

Vehicle speed

Engine coolant temperature

k%

80 or less [50 or less] LO (OV) 80 or more [50 or more]

HI

(12V)

Transistor in engine control unit High speed

Radiator fan

Condenser fan

$1

Transistor in engine control unit Low speed

Approx. 95 [203] or less

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Approx. 95 [203] or more

ON

OFF

Low speed

OFF

Approx. 105 [221] or more

ON

ON

High speed

High speed

Approx. 105 [221] or less

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

Approx. 105 [221] or more

ON

ON

High speed

High speed

Approx. 105 [221] or less

ON

OFF

Low speed

Low speed

Approx. 105 12211 or more

ON

ON

High speed

High speed

,_ -

1 TSB Revision

1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

IGNITION SWITCH(ST)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

/ 0.850-w 160

&!g?!’

WITH Elm-

ALARM 2B-Y 59a PARK/NEUTRAL > ~8~CI;~ON

L-R L-R ,\4

5\10

1

___--_--- -----------P

‘L+$f

\

Lq,

\

2+4 p

STARTER K-L

I

W-B Y Y-E? Y-R

I ' i;y;;NATION

,\/, 3 ,,4 /,

8BF

(D-03)

PWR

I

(R-G) G-Y

I

\, I

2

(R-G) ,,3 (R-G) I G-Y .i4 G-Y " (c-14)

B-Y _

0-Y

0-Y

B-Y

,,ll 0-Y " (c-15)

(B-Y)

RHEOSTAT

HR07MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

187

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

IGNIT IN SWITC :IG2) 2L-B -___-__-___--_

TAILLIGHT RELAY

10A

L-R (c-30) L-R

L-R

OVERDRI VE SWITCH (c-45)

L-R

&G!K’ MODULE L-F%

Z-D

I

3' sI d:m

(R-G) G-Y

+-l-LJ

!&y?~- ----- ------ I 14 R-W A

I

(B-Y) !:&RUISE b!J#%JiSE CONTROL * CONTROL7 I

. El

AUTO#@L R-W UNIT R-y lo (c-37) I i

HR07MOOAB

TSB Revision

,

188

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - EL(=-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

A/T FLUID AIR CONDITIONING $$/g;;ATURE COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER (HOT) I (cooL)

MGB6bE 5W-B1

G-R

--_-----_ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 I I 4

1

I

i

7

3o,(c-52: G-‘ I\

I

!

(c-

L-W

W

W-R

I

3 (c-29)

dr

IOD OR 0 STORAGE CONNECTOR m^

(G-R I

_-----

------_

(P:

-8 - - - - 6 -_ _ _ _ .I I ‘i BR-C

Y-W

6m

P

(Y-R)

)

(DOHC-Non-Turbo>

18

(Y-W)

P ) ------- 4 ;;;XbERATOR SWITCH (c-13)

08E

Y-W

10 I

:A LINK JNECTOR-

SPEED SENSOR (@%*)

1

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

OFF- ON

AUTO-CRUISE = CONTROL UNIT H

HR07MOOBA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 AK Circuit

PULSE GENERATOR B &%iATDR A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I

1

l-----J-

i?

JL ----?----.

s _-1--_

B

w

5V GND 3

.----

A -----_-

$1 72 1.25B , j Y-R 1

L I

i_--_

B/,4 /-\ 1 G

_---_

.-- _ .--. 3 '59 a._ _---_ -

(A-54)

LL-,

A

E 4

GND

GND

IC 1

GND

GND

1 ’,

V I v_ ---‘J

V

05 lm 62 B

B 0

HROTMOOBB

TSB Revision

190

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) ‘\j~ IGNITION SWITCH(ST) 2B-Y 2 (c-31) 2B-Y

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) mq$--------

0. 0qk5--

(A-67) 5----

i WITHOUT WITH EEL 2 EA'ML-R 2B-Y 590 gp3 5260 PARK/NEUTRAL &E+$dON ------------- -----_______

(8-26) 1 Lq\2~r$Jp L~\~Tpp.fip L’;,j_-“p ---Gx- Em9 lllJ12rnd>2 4 g

+g

.,

*g

(F)L-R

I

$$

t

STARTER

&&>&&A AA/\AAA LLLlrLLLLG ""VV"V

I ’

&f%TUP B-Y R-L W-B V

Y:B Y-R

igZ;&NATION (D-03)

RHEOSTAT

(c-14) (c-31) (c-15) (c-77) (c-29) ~~‘~1~~ (C-82)0 l@l

HRO7MOlAA

TSB Revision

191

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ E\TT Circuit

IGNIl SWIT( 2L-E -------_- ____. z(c-82)

L-F jc-30) 3 (F)L-R

TAILLIGHT RELAY G-W,,6 ic-ss)

L-R (L-R OVERDRIVE SW1TCH

L-R

(c-45)

%lwT

ISE

(c-37)

HR07MOlAB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

192

ELC-4 W CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

EYWKB6(4E

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

1

G-R \/

m --1

7

G-

IOD OR STORAGE

I

4

5W-Bi

0

(G-R

(c-52:

(c-54

116 (c-53)

L-W

W-L

W-R

I 3-----i 2 5

4

23 L

I 7 18 ‘4 ------- 1,_----L_----------------------- ------. Y

3

-r

4

_-----_ -_---7 (c-46) 3 (P: 11 1 (Y-R' P 4 2 __----BR-1

T

I’

Y-W 6m

Y-W

P

(Y-R

____-_------- ;46 40 1 (c-47) W (Y-W) IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

I

r \TA LINt INNECTOI SWITCH (B-42)

HR07MO IBA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ A/T Circuit

(c-53)

4 -____--___ - -

4

-

Ic

---

Y-R BR-F

i7

x/

i V _---L .-34 I- -. - - ---. I--. n

GND A - - --__

._ L

PULSE GENERATOR B k%:ATOR A l-----I

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

I

193

THROTTLE E;;&ON A/xl B,,4 /\ (B-05)

;

I

B

B

-- --4;) ------A

I I I I / I I I I I I

!L

i+

GND GND

GND

is-

(F>L-Y

(F>R

(F)GR

(F>I

I

II

_I’ - - -J

-5 B

E

SOLENOID VALVE (A-54) (B-05) (B-27)(=) i-1

cc-47)

(c-53)

HRO'IMOlBB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELCQ- A/T Circuit

ELC-4 AIT CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) STA ;ER REL - -

IGN ION SWI' Ii (ST) 2B-\I 2 (c-31)

IGNI'I SWITC -

2B-\ 2B-\1

r0

p (c-81) L-R

J

iltj$lil;UISE

2B-\

-------_-_ 0

(c-82) J/B

3 5 ----------WITH AEK'M-

ALARM

3N (IGl) B-W

2L-B

2B-Y

;gg”’

CG2) A#ic --

2B-Y

10A

)

(c-77)

7

CHARGING

-J 16

0.85B-W

(c-29)

2 L-R L-R

MFI SYSTEM

. I

Q J

'l.25B-Y 1

12B-Y

PARK/NEUTRAL g;sCE$;ON

(L-R)

(F>L-R

2B-Y

L-R 6 7

r-

7

2B-R 1.25B-W MFI SYSTEM

0.85B-R

2B-R v

STARTING

SUPPLkMENTAL @g$lM"'NT

169 B-Y :F)R-L

1 R-W

(F)Y-

(c-82) HR07M02AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

195

OVERDRIVE AND ~~';'~~;;ECONOMY

A11 LIEI

(R-G c

A

B

C

D

E

F

AUTGCRUISE CONTROL R-W UNIT

'-y I lo cc-37)

G-W

II

PARK/NEUTRAL ISE ~;~Cl;RON I-

.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT .GLOVE BOX LIGHT (F)G-W20 (F)G-W () VANITY MIRROR LiGHT AND INSPECTION 4 LIGHT ~~~KJ;~BC$" ' '-".REAR WINDOW (G-W) DEFOGGER AND INSF .TURN-SIGNAL I.IGHT 1 AND HAZARD LIGHT I I I I 1

-

~~~~~~

47

(c-14) $:--$:4

j$@ELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

(c-45)

(R-G) G-Y 3 4 COMBINATION' '\ /\ COMBINATION METER (D-03)

I "8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #;gi;ECONOMY (c-29):? (B-Y) B-Y 21 B-Y

8:F P W R

t'

11 h

R-Y G-R RHEOSTAT

HR07M02AB

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

A/T FLUID ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE SENSOR JL

7 G-R 11

(c-77)2

R-B (c-29) R-B 8 ----s

l(c-52

(c-54

L-W

W-L

.FULL AUTO A/C .MAN'JAL A/C 3

(A-67) G-R

G-Y B-1

G-R

MFI SYSTEM

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

T

!4----.. 17------_ -----wT--

23 .---_-----___ __

(F>R-B I

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ~~ld~~"'"""'

‘d

R-E

DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT HEADLIGHT

1 G

(YYY-W

1

-I P

2B

6

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

1

SPEED SENSOR

OFF - ON -

HR07M02BA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

PULSE GENERATOR B :k%ATOR A l-----l/

I z

GND A

197

I-.

64 (F)G-‘

rI I I I I I I I IR I I 1 I I I I I /L.

(F>BR-R I

(c-47)

2Lll - - - -_

3--- 4----_

G

B

.-- -_--_ ?A-i_42_-A V

1

I

GND

GND

GND V -

-4 ---45

13 (F)L-I

(F)R

(F)GR

/

E

(F)(

B

(A-54) (B-05) iB-27)(4-p

(c-47)

(c-53)

HR07M02BB

TSB Revision

(

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)

:fE ,“~

;ER i% -

IGNITION SWITCH(ST)

ggp!’ ALARM

r0

p&

WITH EE-

10A

(c-81) l2

(c-77)

L-R

0.85B-W

(c-29)

(c-30)

i0

16

2 L-R L-R

2B-Y

fWO~g~"'SE

MFI SYSTEM

2B-Y

1

IGNIl 54’IN IGNI' 3N SWIT( - -(IG2) SWIT( - (IGl) 28-1 B-W 2L-E I 28-1 r CHARGING (c-82) ,L 7 77 J/B )

1 (F)L-R

(F)0.85R

PARK/NEUTRAL g;sWHON

6 OFF

‘r

P

-6 r

7

2B-R

'4

'WR

Lq,

-

2 %

2s

(F) 0.85R-L

1 N

3

5

v &wp

2B-R

MFI SYSTEM

L-R

1 &SO

$3

1.25B-W

(L-R)

? STARTING

0.85B-R I

(F)B-Y F>R-L

SUPPLEMENTAL g;g$;;INT

(F>Y

HR07M03AA

1 TSB Revision

199

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

TAILLIGHT OVERDRIVE AND ;t$~~&ECONOMY

OVERDRIVE AND ~~~~~~ECONOMY I

RELAY

l.r

(

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSED > J

R-W i r - - - - ------_ WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL K%isU I SE Pt&T~ON , * I

NOTE :l:Hatcnback %2:Convertible

"80 G-W (R-G

G-w 80 G-W I ,

i

IL

.ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION .FOG LIGHT (F)G-W .GLOVE BOX LIGHT, 20 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSRECTION LIGHT .REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER (G-W) *TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT L

METER AND GAUGES

Y

: -_____ ---_

14

(F)G-W t

t GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION

T

3 (c-14) --.

\

l-

(F)Y-R (Fj

11 Ilr )B-

(R-G G3 COMBINATION METER (D-03) %F ( I

PW 1

1

-

R-Y B-Y

37+-@f%w G-R

I RHEOSTAT

HR07M03AB

TSB Revision

200

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED)

AIR CONDiTIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I

SW-RI

+

G-RI

,

3 -

------.

--

16

1

I

loAO I 1,

(c-70)

1-- 2

.FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C

(c-8c D 11

R R-Y (F>R- B 1 i2 T-i

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

Bi R-B

(R-B) f

(c-47),39 I V

2; -

v

~%“BF 3 I1

MFI SYSTEM 1

(F)R-B

W-R

/

i 7

R-E J

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

4 “i

l-

R-I

1

DOME 'LIGHT FOOT LIGHT'AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT 'HEADLIGHT

-----11

(c-46)

(P (Y-R

(Y-W

MFI SYSTEM

P _T BR-G

(c-29)

MFI SYSTEM (Y-W)!

Y-W ?(c-14)

I

(Y-R

2B

-----------10

7

F

46 ( c - 4 7 ) w I 1

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

SPEED SENSOR

5 1 =

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

H

%%““” SWITCH (B-42)

7M0 3BA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

1

4.

GND

84

i

I -I 17

(F>G (F>BR-I; THROTTLE &E~'o~ON

PULSE PULSE GENERATOR B GENERATOR A

I L r/ I I/I I I/ IIIF ,I II II &-

(A-54) -, _--

----1----.

----

G

B

W

.---12 r_3_ .--_-

ie - a+

GND Q

GND 0

(F)R

B

?-4-,

GND

I I

-4 --15

13 (F>L-'

I I

,

z-

I

w

201

B

(F)GR

la

~~:L ~~~~~1~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~ I * SOLENOID VALVE

ia HR07M03BB

TSB Revision

202

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(ST)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

E%""

IGNITION ' SWITCH(IG1)

7

------___

CHARGING

(c-77) “‘16 0.85B-W WITHOUT XK 2B-Y

#;~~~fUISE 2B-Y

2B-Y PARK/NEUTRAL/ ~;~CJ$~ON

WITH E!%-

Bh10

/+ 1.25B-Y L/ (F>L-R

(F)O.85R

L-R /t

1

A

6

; ----- - ---- 1% -------- -

I

.P , , D--?l' R v v ,, \, i, \I \I

7

2B-R

110)12 2 4

1.258-W SYSTEM

(L-R)

A3 h

V

MF

L-R L-R

I

MFI SYSTEM

‘d

Lq,

~

2a D--cN- R V

(F) 0.85R-L

I 5 I I

2B-R

0.850-R

v STARTING I

7 SUPPLEMENTAL g;tTER' NT

(F)Y-R

(F)B-Y JF)R-L (F>W-B (F>Y F)Y-B

G-R

HR07M04AA

TSB Revision

203

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit

TAI

IL) r---I/ R-W iWITH WITHOUT PARK/NEUTRAL /$$&$UISE $$$&~"I"" Kl~~I~ON ,------I \ I / 1 I-

(R-G G-W ,FOG LIGHT ,GLOVE BOX LIGHT,

$!~;yA/j;RROR

(F>G-W

GAUGES

(F>G-W

20 INSPECTION LIGHT REAR WINDOW + DEFOGGER TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT(G-W) #&B~~R~&HL'~GHT AND HAZARD LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT

i

I

L

L

(F>Y-R /t?\v. (

t

G3 (c-14) ---

4

(c-45)

(R-G G-' q

3 COMBINATION METER (D-03)

fE/JEWELECTOR ILLUMINATION LIGHT

r

I ,

I ’

/

-

I

dL-

-\ i

ELC:4A/T CONTROL MODULE

8 OVERDRIVE ANC (B-Y) #@hECONOMk (C-29)12 t

“I

PW )

2 E li

L

R-Y G-R

RiEOSTl \T

HR07M04AB

1 TSB Revision

l

204

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ELC-4 A/T CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

!- I I

5!53 -

I”1 1 3

(F>R-B

L

7

” 6C

(c-52

(c-53

(c-9;3

B-b

L-W

W-L

W-F1

16

I

R-,B a-

7 .4-----_ -----__ !B---- - 4-_

V 14

I

F

I DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE f~$RfRTMENT

2/

A-1

I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

*

MANU!L A/C

G-R I

-.lL

-I

R-EI

I l-3

1OME LIGHT. \ND IGNITION :EY CYLINDER i~~@INATION

.f :OOT LIGHT

Ii

(c-46)

nJ

(Y-R

.fiEADLIGHT

------1

!

2B

OFF

1 -

!r=

-

SPEED SENSOR

ON

=

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)-

%%""" SWITCH (B-42)

HR07M04BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC-4 A/T Circuit

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE I

PULSE GENERATOR B #i%ATOR A

5v

r’ I II II I I /R /I I I1/ /I IL. (c-47).

(F>BR-I

b- L 1

205

G

,-- -;e--i A

5--_

/

1-- -.

I I

k/

1;: -

B

a-,

z

id

&

%

(F)L-'

GND

GND

GND

(F)I;

SOLENOID VALVE

HR07M04BB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - ELC4 A/T Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

P19FO134 owo**o6

switch

._

4

dL -@- AlTfluid // temperature

;,’ ‘2 \$/-’ ~-p?e;s~6Foo63

SCSV-B SCSV-A TCC solenoid

ZTFA0280



[Ir:rnl .il .ll %

(E-32) !I 1_8- 17 Ill 20 19 15 ----- -- -------, I

BR-W Y-B BR-L BR-Y

I1

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)

h3

2E

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER WINDOW :2:VEHICLES WITH POWER WINDOW

0

(E-01) (c-04x) mi3 mv) p&iRqa f!q%i$q -:1 (E-34)** (E-38) mj !@sF@ lzlza

(E-ll) (E-22) (E-32) @J@J

HRllM04AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

225

%R”6” 6

IGN SWI: 2-

5W-B,,1 (c-68) J/B/ '

@ i 10A 8

:ON I(ACC) 4

G

r(c-8l)

(c-74) R-E

1

15

ll(c-72)

5(c-82)

R-B

L-

DOME LIDHT

( A - - R-:

I

;;;Tg;MINDER OFF .* u 7

VEHICLES WITH ( THEFT-ALARM ) BR-W Y-B BR-L

B-L

(LH) R-B C-67 R-B t

I-

10 4 I

Y

R-B ' 1 R-B

FEEDER ANTENNA TRANSMITTER

rt3

(A-11X) (c-58) (c-68) (c-70) m-a (c-74) (C-81) p&/%gqfg WH m~~“&~~ / i HRllM04AB

1 TSB Revision

i

226

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 models) (Vehicles with keyless entry system) (CONTINUED)

R-G (c-79)

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

ETACS UNIT v

a

7

V

*

Tr

TIMER CIRCUIT

G-Y B-I

CONSTANT VOLTAGE 5V +

SNI: I

--__--__----___-___

-----------

----__

_-

V -

7%

----_

j7 :3 :4 59

G-l

-AL-l ----- - -. j4 :4

6o:3

II II I/ i

\ Ij

1

E

B-L 1 G-YI

\

i-

3

(RH)

Y

(LH)

, R-c

2E

DOOR SWITCH

1 KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37)

GND

V

20

0 NOTE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM x4:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

HRllM04BA

TSB Revision

227 NOTES

i

TSB Revision

228

.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) Ijl FUSIBLE,LINK@ 5W-B1

t

1OAb

12 (c-78)

0.85R-B R-B R-B

R-B

,,2 C\

UNLOCK+ r

4 B

OFF-1 ‘7-“r

5 I 3

/

0.85R-B

1

0.85R-B

DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I\

R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x)

,,2 C\

UNLOCK (

, LOCK

I

_

, LOCK

1

----

I

3

5

BR-b

B

3 I -1

R

8 I

4 (F)BR-t (F) BR-W

f

0

Y-B

BR-V

(F) L-R

BR-L

'B

13

BR-I

BR-L

g

BR-L

(F) BR-'ti

(F) BR-W

f

2E

n 6

KEYLESS ENTRY (E-37) CONTROL UNIT

la

HRllMOSAA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 A f-

229

, \

DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 2

DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1

(F)BR-‘ L-R L-B ---,j!o ---- ,J9--__ ,15 '> (E-32) L-R L-B BR-Y ,,3 ,,l ,,2 \ ,\ /\ LOCK

L--I -&..-I LDOOR LOCK

5r %K

LOCK

SWITCH(RH) my

(F>B

I

(F>BI

(E-01)

G-W

13

t

(F)G-L

I

(F>G-'h

I

KEYLESS ENTRY

5:: ic-65) ig; --------4 NOTE :l:VEHICLES :E:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES :4:VEHICLES

WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

E

ETACS UNIT

I ( 16n*3(c-65) ,,15:4- ,I I

HRllMOSAB

TSB Revision

230

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IGNIl SWITC

FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B

2W-B HORN

5W-B

!

IN ACC)

J\lQj-izJ

J/B I

10A

4

(c-70) ‘r 1--T2

(F)R-B

RIR-Yi n U.U3K-tl nr_ _ 11 12

2-L

4,. *I-

L---_

(c-82)

I 6e--J

R-B

R-B

(RH) c-35

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

R-G

R-G

O.&R-0 R-B

a-E

1

0 -

R-B

2 (;i;;;;;;;;H > +

.BUZZER .DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT

N

B-L

~~QF”,\ J$emJ,J~ I

-

A

‘A‘UAYLY‘Y‘I ,f ‘y

1

-‘*1

u

NOTE 'l:;{k&ES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;~~$~bES WITH THEFT-ALARM '3:;;giXgbES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY

(c-82)-

1

I

I

-7 I - - 1--""7 nn.r".nnr 1

(c-81)

R-G

I

TRANSMITTER :3

\

r-4

I

I

.@

KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-

(E-05) (E-37) HRllM05BA

TSB Revision

231

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

FUSIBLE LINKa

DOOR LOCK

SW-al.

2W-B

B8%RL :jfAYl AND2 B

pow% RELAY

R-B

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B

I

I

r-

ETACS UNIT

(c-66) I51

(c-65) S" Aih"

4

( - -------74 j7 :4

-

54z4 5Pji

I

+ --G--

f(j-5.

jg Z5

;#R LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

$4 1x5

14:4

3 -4

R-G 1oz5 G-Y L-Y

B

G-Y J

R-E B-L

3

g;;T;;MINDER

I

8

OFF ,*

VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM (c-58)

1 G-Y

R-G

E

p G;D

,5R-C

I

0 ;,.I3

I

4

I

j

KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT

Is

OFF ‘1

5%

=

q (c-65):4

(c-65) It5

(c-66)$4

(c-66):5

L/VU,\

SWITCHCLH)

(C-68) Em)

HRllM05BB

TSB Revision

232

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

I L.J

FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI

0.85R-B

12 (c-78)

R-B 1

R-B

0.85R-B

DOOR LOCK ,,7 POWER RELAY 2 (E-38) I IT\

j

1

L-

I 1

LOCK 1 I OFF Y

0.85R-B

0 \,

0.85B

R-B DOOR LOCK ,.7POWER RELAY1 (c-04x) ,\ I

,,2

UNLOCKiOFF/.! O N 0 _----. .---.

N ----

:1

_

I --“3

V

"5

BR-I

'

3

1 BR-L

(F>BR-h (F) BR-W

BR-I

BR-k

BR-L

BR-L

(F> BR

(F> BR-k

(F) BR-W

2B

3Y G

HRllMO7AA

1 TSB Revision

233

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

7 1I

DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 POWER RELAY 2 H7

7

A7

(F: (F)BR-II \r Bf -ia ------

BR-I

L-I?

3

(F>BR-I I

L-B

L-F?

5

T--f-+

n

17 20 19 ------_ ----- ----_

BR-P i,

T-

;CK + ‘OCK

I

BR-'

L-B 3

r’

15 (E-32)

i -9 EcKp I h

I300R LOCE

BR-Y

(F)BF

5 B

4)

E!” LoCK ;Jk+;;ER

(F>G-L

1

KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT (E-37)

LG-it /

(RH)

I

------- (E-32) 5 12 _1-L 1 LG-W (F)BR-Y 1 3

1 (E-23)

1 !

1

(E-10) I

(F)c L

I

i :

LOCK

L;K

SWITCH (RI(E-06)

2B

I 3

15 (E-01)

3

i

E

\

(F)L-I 17 -----__

E ,

NOTE :l:VEHICLES x2:VEHICLES :3:VEHICLES x4:VEHICLES

DOOR LOCK POWER RELAY 1 * 7

T

I:

2 ;E;R LOCK

#+#ER (LH)

WITHOUT POWER WINDOW WITH POWER WINDOW WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

ii a r + bF ETACS UNIT

HRllM07AB

TSB Revision

~

234

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IGNITIC-IN SWITCH (ACC)

HdRN

5W-B 1

l(c-68) J/B l

(C-E

I

69 10A

(c-7o,y--“2

R R-Y ,.l ,.2 \ -

30

0p

(HATCHBACK)R-B DOME LIGHT - 1 1

0.85R-B

R-B1 (F) R-B

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

R-B1 (RH) c-35

I

R-B

BUZZER DOME LIGHT.FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT

KEY REMINDER

r-r -_

VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM B-L

I

L

7h

I

NOTE xlm;EbES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM "2:;;g'/gkES WITH THEFT-ALARM :3:;&g+gkES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY

TRANSMITTER x3

I KEYLESS ENTRY CONTROL UNIT-

HRllMO7BA

1TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

235

FUSIBLE LINK0

R-B ETACS UNIT

(c-66)1 51

(c-65) nhn ""Y

I

4

I

STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F>R-B

GND n --2

i

54

----_

:4 jg $5

;I;" LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

R-G G-Y

.

J

1

I

G-Y

G-Y

R-G

---

(F)

OFF OFF - ON - ON

=

II

D

ir R-G 1

B

B

4:4

6:5

j7

KEY REMINDER SWITCH

B B

w&BS THEFT-ALARM

GND GND

(c-58) B 5 4 " v vj2B LINK CONNIXTOR A

kxmJ77~o

DATA

DOOR SWITCH (LH)

lM07BB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Lockina Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION Name

Symbol

Data link connector (from 1994 models)

D

Data link connector (up to 1993 models)

A

Door lock actuator

E

Door lock power relay 1

B

I

\

Name

Symbol

Door lock power relay 2 (Concerning the vehicles up to 1993 models, only for the vehicles equipped with keyless entry system.) ETACS unit Keyless entry control unit

F

W16FO268 00002664

N19F0134

)

u

\

Y16FO49f

Y16FO354

actuator Y16FO202

1 TSB Revision

lay2

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit / Li!

,’ id

237

OPERATION When the door lock switch is set to the LOCK l side (or UNLOCK side), the LOCK side (or UNLOCK side) of the door lock relay is turned ON and the door actuators of all doors operate. If the driver seat side door (or assistant seat l side door) is opened and the driver seat side inside lock knob (or assistant seat side inside With the driver’s and front passenger’s doors unlocked, press the LOCK switch of the transmitter, and the door lock signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 12 closing the door lock power relays 1 and 2 to lock the driver’s and front passenger’s doors. While the R.H. and L.H. doors are in the locked state, press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter once, and the DOOR UNLOCK switch signal (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 14 closing the door lock power relay 2 to unlock the driver’s door. 0 Under the above-mentioned conditions, further press the UNLOCK switch of the transmitter, and the DOOR UNLOCK signal output (0 V) will be sent from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 13 closing the door lock power relay 1 to lock the front passenger’s door. 0 When the keyless entry system is operated to turn the driver’s door lock switch from the UNLOCK position to the LOCK position, the

lock knob) is locked with the key inserted in the ignition switch, the ETACS unit grounds the unlock side circuit of the door lock relay to unlock all doors. This way, failure to remove the key is prevented.

dome light/foot light blinking signal output (system voltage) will be sent twice from the keyless entry control unit terminal No. 11 when the door lock switch is turned from the LOCK position to the UNLOCK position, the lighting signal output (0 V) will be provided for approx. 3 seconds. NOTE The dome light winks or comes on when the dome light switch is in the DOOR interlock position. However, the dome light does not wink while it .is ON for 6 seconds after closing the door by ETACS function. Besides the above-mentioned operations, the keyless entry control unit has the following functions. If any door is not opened or closed within 30 l seconds from unlocking the door by means of the keyless entry system, the door is In addition, if the automatically locked. cryptographic code other than the code stored in the receiver memory is received 30 times in one minute continuously, operation of the unit is suspended for 10 minutes. Operation is also suspended if the ignition key l remains inserted (key reminder switch: OFF) and either door is left open (door switch: ON).

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Phenomenon

Inspection method

One of the door lock actuators fails to operate.

0

No unlock operation can be made by pressing door lock knob after fulfilment of following conditions. 0 Insertion of key in ignition switch (key reminder switch OFF) 0 Opening of door (door switch ON)

0 0

TSB Revision

Check the door actuator which fails to operate.

Check the key reminder switch input signal. Check the key reminder switch. (Refer to GROUP 54-Ignition Switch.) 0 Check the front door switch input signal. 0 Check the front door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42-Door Assembly)

238

CIRCUIT .DIAGRAMS - Central Door Locking Circuit

The indicator does not blink after pressing the l transmission switch of the transmitter. 1) Check or replace the battery. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Replace the transmitter. l Transmitted wave is being sent from the transmitter (indicator is blinking), but the system does not operate. 1) Check the cryptographic code registering method. (Refer to GROUP 42-Keyless Entry System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 3) Check the coaxial cable of antenna and the ground wire for connection. l Only R.H. or L.H. door can be locked or unlocked. 1) Check the door lock power relay 1 (for front passenger’s door) or door lock power relay 2 (for driver’s door). (Refer to GROUP 42-Central Door Locking System.) 2) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage. (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.)

R.H. and L.H. doors can be locked and unlocked by the transmitter but the dome light and foot light do not blink or come on. (Interlocked lighting of the dome light and foot light by means of the dome light switch or door opening and closing is normal). 1) Check the keyless entry control unit terminal voltage (Refer to GROUP 42-Troubleshooting.) 2) Check the harness. NOTE l : Perform this check when replacement of the transmitter and/or keyless entry control unit or faulty storage of cryptographic code has been made. l

\ Ilj

‘d I 1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Heater Circuit

239

HEATER CIRCUIT (UP TO 1995 MODELS)

FUSIB E LINK b 6

IGNI ION SW17 H(IG2)

5W-B 1 (c-68)

c

?(c-82) J/B

CHARGING

63

E

30A

1OP

-I \r --___-____--_

5-

s

r 15A

G-W

s(c-69) J/B

G-W 5 (C-83)

\I

3L yEBa L-R

2B

NOTE %l:HATCHBACK t2:CONVERTIBLE

2L-I

2W-B

@~k\'GHT

&L 2 3B-W 0 2B-WI

L-R

30 )

c REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

L-R

G-W

TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT

;$##i;~ HEATER CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION LIGHT I

(c-20)

B-L BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24) L-R

BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39)

RHEOSTAT

0.85B W-B

(c-1s)

LOI"&l-iMt WON-OFF : 155’ C (311’ F) OFF-ON :llO’C(230’F) i OF’

0

(A-67) G-R (G-R)

MODULE

( F )G-E

AIR CONDITION NG ENGINE COOLAN #fK[ATURE ON-OFF : 115’ C (239’ F) OFF-ON : 108’ C (226’ F)

ON i

r

3---_ 1 I , I I I I I I I / 1 I

1

3

(F>G G -R

G-R

19

COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT

THERMOSTAT

[

----_

:--i G -R I I I I I I I I I I I I c I 1T I I I I / I -..LL I I "3 I -Y B-W I G E3-------L---

(Y-F

(Y-G

3-------.

10 .---_

?1 : I

(F) Y-F B-

(B-20

$‘( 1

‘L -0

6 0

G

(F)B-W E;

L-------

G

(F)L-R

)*2'2

1

HR12M02BA

TSB Revision

1

251

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE @ )

AIR &~~;$IONING G

(B-R) i5

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

11

ENGINE SI ;EEl OPERATIOI b

SND

V -

10 (c-40)

(G-k

I

(B

(B: I

4)

i

COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W

(W-B

lz 2E

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR Q a

HR12M02BB

TSB Revision

252

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED) ‘d

I G.NITI SW ITCH 21 63

(

30A

1

Al /+,4

2B-W

I

I3

3B-' ‘i

BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)

BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39) ci

0.85B W-k

ii

4

I- 2B,

“3

----------

I L

W-B H

HR12M02CA

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK g6' CONTROLLER f

;;[i;IGHT l.,,,-wl

(G-k

W-E

G-WI J/B

G-W (c-18) AIR ~;B;;;IONING

-----oFF4!ji-jL; (

1

(G-Y

(c-25)

‘_----_

R-Y

G-W 3

I2

>

II 2

L-k

'-"I

4

I 41 B-k , B-'r

L-B

7 2------~ .-__- -----

11

(c-15)

B-k I

9

v

RHEOSTAT G

HR12M02CB

1 TSB Revision

254

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR COiDlTlONlNG CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) IGNI1 IN SWIT( (IG2)

EPizBQE

2L-E

L

J/B @ 30A

(c-69)

L-k)

2L-G

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

I -lc 2L-G

t7

L-R

H

1

0

1

,,5 RADIATOR - x., ---------_ --------__ fjZA!OTOR IN (HI) OFF-,% (LO) I 3 4 L-i G-E 2B 11 .--------------------------

1

-

L 20 (F>f P-R

L-E

G-E 11 -------.

r

(F)

(F>1

Fk#IATOR ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)

(F> 1.25B

Y-W G-Y

B-W

rMFI SYSTEM

Y-1 j3--------------_

I (F)1.25E i6 .--- - ------ ---

B -

3 7'2 I, ---P

IE

l j3 (c-53) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

2E

(c-

(c-53)

HR12M03AA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

J/B ULTI CIIFUSE (

JRPOSE

>

r---I II !/ II I I II II I 1 2L-1 I

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

L"yb&B E k 2R-E

L-. '_-----.

2L-J @ 20A

c

255

G-O !O------------------_____

1 WATED J

2L-w

G-O

2L-b

2L-w I 5

5

,,3

------ --------_ ON

01 3

(A-34x)

40 2L-!4

‘5'

2L-Btl

2L 1 -_--____--_______ 2L

2L-u

2B 1

0 (A-34X) Gz$

(A-37) (A-45) (A-46) iETf3m

HR12M03AB

TSB Revision

256

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) G-O 2 ,\ ON-OFF :200kPS (28DS OFF-ON

‘I' I I I I

\ Ij~

l(c-02) (G-0)

I

i

AIR CONDITIONING (c-40) ,15 E%E&LSEOR LoCK

i)

:225kPa (32~7s i )

:2600kPa(3'70~si) I

4

COMPARISON

1 (F)W-G ,$ /\

THERMOSTAT

I

ON-OFF :155' C (311.F) i OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) OFF 'IaN

COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT

13

1 (Y-R

G-R

-.

(Y-G:

2-------- IO----

r----3* ---I

(A-67)

3

/ G-R II .II

(F> Y-R

13

(F) Y-G

G-R B-j

1

ELC-4A/T

G-R

ON B'W -Y 6 8 - -------(F)B-W b (F)B-W G L--------

B-W

p$;1c (B-20)

0 (A-35) (A-36)

(A-67)

(B-20) (c-02)

(c-40)

(c-52)

HR12M03BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

257

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH G

(B-R) i5

11 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

CIRC, D IRCUIT ----I

(W-

COMBINATION METER(TACHO>

1 )i I

c

A-

(G-Y:

I

(

3

10 @KJ

4

(B

(B)

E

2E

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

HR 12M03BB

1 TSB Revision

258

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

:ON i (IG2)

J/B 30A

8

1OP

t REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

2B-W

3

3B-W

B-k

BLOWER RESISTOR (c-24)

)

EM%” RELAYCHI)

\

(c-39) “4

L-F;

3

>-OFF --. '1

W-B

?

1 2B ’

W-B ' 0

2B a

W-B

=

I

F

HR12M03CA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

259

,’ Ld AIR CONDITIONING @j;;$~f~;$ LOCK ym:f; E

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE FUSE 0 )

;'t&IGHT

w

Gq-DEDICATED FUSE

Y

J/B

I . .

I

1

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH

3 B-1

G-WI

n

;A& I i;i-“” MT MARKER 6%

I3

I6

3,s

AND :ENSE n, n-“?.LI(L7IGHT ri..n,~

1

B-Y

i?%?;;

i

t

B-Y

EigiF$;TE 11 (c-15)

\IING I

4

A*

4

A*

I

bN” v

bN” I v

RHEOSTAT

I ;;;s;;ERMO

HR12M03CB

1 TSB Revision

~

260

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) IGNI1: ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-E J/B

@ 30A

i (c-69)

2L-G

L-k I I I

2L-GI (A-04X)

5

L-R

RADIATOR #A!OTOR (LO) (HI) OFF-:/'JN \/ i 4

----------

I

L-f

3

------I 1 $ 1

G-E

2B

12 (c-31)

ENGINE COOLANT ;E/E?QEWATURE

0

i

(F)i

L-E

2L-'

G-f I1 -------

r

G-B :LE iR (F)Y

!$FAToR ASSEMBLY

(F) 1.258

(RESISTOR) (A-55)

L-F

(F> B-W

I---L

1

MFI SYSTEM

I (Fj1.251 16.-------_-_--_

F=

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

B 2E (LO)

(HI)

{A-04X) (A-07X) (A-55) SE2 (c-29)

(c-31)

(c-52)

(c-54)

HR12M04AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditionina Circuit

i

J/B ULTI (MFUSE (

ONING LOCK

JRPOSE ) 2R-1 ----

1 4

-.--1 1 I / I / I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I

2L-'

I

@ 20A

;;kY&CATED

2L-h

2L-\E(

G-CI

.-_7 \

9 CONDENSER ;@WAyOTOR

-------

-OFF (HI) (LO) OFF-' IN a(A-31X) (A-34X)' ' 2L-E 2L 2L-E 1 a.----------------------

L

2L

2L-w 1

3-- J I

i

L----------q
W-G

I

1

pi&y--

6

THERMOSTAT ON-OFF :155’C(311’F) OFF-ON : 110’ C (230' F) m

SSOR SPEED ION CIRCUIT A 1

‘TON

2R-I G-

(A-6’i

G-l (G-R) ELC-4A/T

(F)G-F r----. I I G-I

3---I / / I I I I I , 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I / I / I I I I I I i

1 / I I 1 / I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I

-------_ 2B-F

(Y-R

(A-36)

L-------_

(Y-G 10

(F> Y-k

(F) Y-G

FE&CATED @ 10A C

3 1

B-\

(B-20)

‘L 0

i I l?[;?b;TION

;

i G-Y L----.

.-----__

G _-----_ G ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

HR12M04BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

263

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE @ 1

AIR $I~~~'""'""

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

CIRCUIT

----I ~RCUIT

-d

(W-B

(G-k

G

14

I

)

L

(ZNI V -

3

(B:

10 (c-40)

(B)

(D-42)

4

-

COMBINATION METERCTACHO) W

(W-B:

--lx 2B

W

(D-15) W

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

HR12M04BB

/ TSB Revision

264

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FUSIB E LINK b 6

IGNI :ON SWIT I(IG2)

J/E 1OP

30 L-R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

3B-wi 0-Y

3B-W 2

BLOWER MOTOR RELAYCHI) (c-39)

3

i 0

4 W-B

21

!

HR12M04CA

TSB Revision

265

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MPEk CONTROL: FUSE ( ( MULTI

!POSE

IONING LOCK gtj( 1 FE&CAT""

> (G-Y

W-B J/B

G-W

d ,

r-

(c-18) K&IIII;IONING

1

G-W

I G-W ,,2

$

TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

I\

I -----oFF$.--+9&A/c IL+ 1

/

"2 (G-Y

L-

R-Y

:EAFCONTROL 'ANEL ~~~~~1"""""

\/

"4 L-B

“5 '6 (B-R)

B-Y

B-Y B-Y

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

(C-2E

(c-15)

t tjGy

I

V

RHEOSTAT

411

A

TSB Revision

I

~

266

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) 2R 2R Fi/iIATOR ASSEMBLY RADIATOR i FAN MOTCR )

(c-69)

7

2L-G

REAR WINDOW

L-R I

2L-G

2L-G I

L-R 15

ENGINE COOLANT ;[/X?&';;ATURE

L-E 2B

I G-E 11 ~-~----------------~______

(8-02) (F)E

G-B L-B

RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY (RESISTOR) (A-55)

G-E 11 -------.

j(c-29)

L

EiSLE SENSOR I (F) 1.256

G-Y

L-R

I---MFI SYSTEM

F= -------

!O

(F)1.25E -----------

2----

I 2E

n

(LO)

(HI)

HRlPMlOAA

TSB Revision

267

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Manual Air Conditioning Circuit

i; J/B ULT: PFUSE

ND1 TIONING E LOCK

JRPOSE )

Lr---' I II II I

I.--------------------~

I ------.

G-

2L-w

2L-B /\

5 CONDENSER EFAYoToR

--------------

(G-Y:

(BR

(B )

(B)

--d---i-B i

2P

POWER TRANSISTOR

I

(L-0) 33 ------

HR12MOSBB

TSB Revision

l

276

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

nfR”6” b 5W-B (c-68) ,,l

J/B

I

2L-B (c-82),, 2

A

\

Q;F ii I%#~” RELAY

L ,E

I

j(c-82)

'3 (c-83)

21

L-R

R-B

%F%” (c-38)

PI IOD OR

STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

L/

:;;&sToR [r;;l,

L-R

"1

"1 2B

28

W-Y

R-B ).85B-G B-R I (c-49)

/ 6

L-R

101 (c-51) --------------.

53 51 52 ------_ __ 4 -i Y

/ 1 pm%/ ED% (A-11X)

RELAYCHI) 2m

OFF-,;ON

\,

"2 "4

2B

k?! E R 1 4

c-23)

E%WTCR

116 .---

108

1

1

1I

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT (c-23) (c-38) (c-39) cm9

(c-51)

(c-68)

(c-70)

(c-77)

HR12M05CA

1 TSB Revision

277

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL. PANEL (c-17)

PHOTO SENSOR

Tl

1 (Y-b

86FiTEF" EI iw I

-

L

--I -52 53

54

60

(Y-C 10 .---_ (R-h :R-\l

(Y-VI

(Y-G

R-L

I

I 1 I--

r----

R-G [G-R I

--3--.I

ZATED

4

---_

G-V

iN1 I

i

L----

84

---------_____

-----.

----------___

113

32

104

(BR

(P)

G-Ii

R-h

----

1 “? --

107

‘15 (C-51) B

P

2B 2

r

1

10

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

I

AIR SELECTION ;flM&R CONTROL

n

m

n

TSB Revision

-. &%IITIoNING CONTROL UNIT

278

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL) (CONTINUED)

TAILLIGHT RELAY I 1.25R-W

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL I IL1

OH 15A

3

1 ----__ 5

(B

(R-B

c _-.

Lf -7

G-W J/B

A /AIR CONDITIONING GRAPHIC

;;@ATED

l -

A :---- - __---_ :-__ 4 9 2

l(c-16)

B-'

,,6 ic-ss) 7v G-W

(E

(W-EI) (L-B:

(L.

-.-Lb"5 (c-83) B-'

i

i

I

10 ---- - _7.---_ 9---

(c-15)

tiP

--------____

37

55 (Y-R) RHEOSTA-I

OFF-ON: 22.5-30.5'C (72.7-66.7'F) 0

(L-W) ,\l B (Y-E

21 (c-27)

(L-W) (Y-R

I

1

r 2 :

T-E!z!d i&@~LET

(L-W)

2

(c-42) hJ &ESRTfiERMO

HR12MOSDA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

279

INTERIOR $E['EBATURE

(F-01 ----

52

(Y-L

.---61

56 (c-17)

(F-34:

(W-R:

(B-C

(B-k

i------

(B-W (Y-L

16 ----

S(c-50)

15 ----

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL UNIT

(c-49)

;6

i

------

---111 60

(C-51) 105

B-W (L-W) (W-L

R-G

R-G 1 B-W j(L-W) (W-l ,,2 r /\

,6 /k

I-+ M

,,4 LJ

~~~fX~RAIR (c-21) CONTROL MOTOR (c-17) o(c-22)(c-49)

I /j~E~E&@&j;

(c-22)

MOTOR (c-50)

(c-51)

(F-01) (F-34)

HR12M05DB

TSB Revision

280

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1993 MODELS)

FU;;-;, LINK @

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) I

L-R

1

2R-B

FiRIATOR 2 ASSEMBLY LL

2R-B A

(

B

2L-G

2L-G 5 (A-04X)

'4

L-R 2L-G L-R ,,l ,,5 1 /\ RADIATOR - " &lA~OTOR ------,, (Lo) (HI) OFF-,CJN \f \I , 3 4 3 L-B

2L-Y

2%

L) I

G-B

,

G-B

II

L-B G-B 4

.t6

I

Ii

1

I B;;IATOR (A-55) ASSEMBLY

I 35

I

I

1 B

2% 41 2B n =

HR12MOGAA

1 TSB Revision

I

281

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

KiRB5E b w r----.

1

2R-%

10

2L-Y !%PATED

@ 20A

2L-w j 2L-k .---$----------2L-Wj715

G-OIAiz

I

RADIATOR RtTKoR RELAY m“
B-h

(F) 1.25B

(RESISTOR) (A-55)

G-Y

L-R MFI SYSTEM T

S(c-52)

I

Y

4

Y

2E

HR12M07AA

[ TSB Revision

289

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

J/B ULTI rFUSE (

JRPOSE

>

[jJ$iB E 0

&BP% CONTROL

PEN” R

A

L-: r---II 1I II

2R-B

G-C 10 '______--__---_ ____~__-------__~_------

1.--------------------~ I

2L-Y BW"'""

G9 20A

2L-1

2L-w !

G-O ,

2L-w

r

2L-w

,,: 3 ,,5 /\ /\ CONDENSER ------KAVoToR -----------____ 7 ON m (HI) (LO) OFF-b N (A-34X)‘ ' 2L-F Lm 2L-w 2L 2L-E I?.-----_ ,2_---_-----------,,5 A

:- il

2L

2L-w

e M

/ I I I I I L----------+6

1 '---,

(A-36)

II



3 J --

j

\+

I I I I

2-d

(A-45)2

2L-B

2E

E~NECTI~N

! I I I I I I I I I / / I I I I I I I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

E

2B

0 2B d -

0

HR12M07AB

I TSB Revision

I

290

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) G

G-O

ON-OFF :200kPa(2BPsi) OFF-ON : 225kPa (32~s i ) ON-OFF : 32OOkPa (455PSi) OFF-ON :2600kPa(370Dsi)

8D

1’ I I

1

l(c-02) (G-0)

DUAL g$yI?g#RE -*OFF (~-35)

I

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK 15 CONTROLLER COMPARISON

(F)\h

13 EYiiB5Eb ;

THERMOSTAT

liii&ii I

ON-OFF :155'C(311'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F) L Of :F ‘TO N

(B-20) G-R

(A-67) 3---1

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

G-R (G-R) 1 ELC-4A/T

G-R

(F>G (F>G r--I ) c II II II II II /I I/ II II I I I c I.--.

13

1 (Y-R

3

3 (Y-G:

)-------- IO .----

13

2B-R (A-36) --------t

@ n-l

F;E&CATED

(F) Y-R

(F) Y-G

B-\ 3

MAGNET IC CLUTCH RELAY (A-33X)

",:",lt B 3

-

ON

W

4 /gxm$IC (B-20)

15

(c-5:

'2

:4ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

HR12M07BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air- Conditioning Circuit

291

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE @ ) w AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER CIRCUIT/

11 -7

D

7 (W-E

I l(D-42)

5 (BE

4

1 0 (c-40)

(G-Y I

COMBINATION METERCTACHO) 7-B W z(D-15)

IGNITION POWER TRANSISTOR

8.-----_

1

(c-49)

AIR ~~~I~T~ONING UNIT

HR12M07BB

TSB Revision

292

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED)

$d

$4 .(c-73)

imER RELAY OFF-,;ON

"3 /

L “F

v "3 (c-82)

z(c-77)2-- l(c-70) R-Y R I ,,2 ,,l

28

L-R

3L ,l

--I34

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

(A-11X)

R-B

L-R

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

A/C POWER TRANSISTOR ,.3 c-23)------,
R-B (

MFI SYSTEM

G-R

B

R-W 1

1

P DOOR LIGHT AND EKQ&GE COMPARTMENT

(c-17)

B 41

2E 1

r DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) (c-15)

ING

E,

R-B I1

I

V -

107

104

I

(F>R-B

(SNI

--------- ------. Y

----------x------------

(F

I

L

GND

AIR SELECTION EMhi;R CONTROL

Q

(c-28) (c-28) KFZO

(c-50)

(c-51)

HR12MOBCB

TSB Revision

302

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

’ d’

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

TAILLIi;H T RELAY -I2R-W: 1.25R-W'

T--

Ii

.R I AIR CONDITIONING iif - !CEJL

DEDICATED FUSE

1 ----__ 5

--- --

11

a-

12

--

---- :-_-3 2

---_ 1

3

GRAPHIC

G-Vd J/B

6m 1

7r

G-W B-.Y

r LAL \/

/?.I 4

G-k I f;@;;TE 0-Y TAIL LIGHT.PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

(R-B 1 (B) R-I

I.

(W-B

I

(c-15),:ll

1 T %

(c-49) 59 G

B- Y 7

RHEOST 'AT

ENGINE COOLANT &Ei{giATURE

2

(L-B

(L-Y

17 ----.

---

I

(c-50) 1--9 20 --. 3--. 10 ----

B-Y

v

(B

B

-5 I

P

7-____-_-__

‘I LJ

r

---------. c

J

67

A1R CONDITIONONG CONTROL' UNIT

(L-W)

OFF-ON: 22.530.5'c (72.7-66. 7'F)

(c-43)

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE

1 B (Y-B

(L-W)

(L-W)

c 2B

r&#LET

@T~ERMO

HR12MOBDA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

OiSPLAY

INTERIOR ;;/g;$ATURE

1

a-E ’ ‘) -1E 4

.-

A

+

62

(B-G

(W-R)

303

-I j6 (c-17)

----_ ;1 55

(B-R:

(B-h

I 16 -----___ .----

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE

15 ----_ 5----

(L-w) (Y-L) EmZ2y-$b

:2 :1 -.

,,I (Y-L)

(Y-L)

(L-k

0

~(~-50) AIR CONDITIONING '+ CONTROL UNIT :I

----

111 60 (L-W) (L-W) (L-W)

I

B-W

?

EkELJZgRAIR

(c-21)

Ei;;E;Eb&;#L" MOTOR

Fi8EsoL

(c-22)

HR12MOBDB

TSB Revision

304

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) i/, IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) r 2L-E

2R-Bj J/B

@ 10A

I-(c-69)

7

--

(A-04X)

2L-G I

L-R

RADIATOR ;;FAyOTOR

---------(HI) OFF-..% 4 G-E

I (LO)

L-B

(1 A-07X)

2B

c

1

G-E

II 11

---------__~~----_________

(F>l

L-B

I.

J

r

:LE !R -

G-E 11 -----_-_ (F>Y

RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBL,Y (RESISTOR) (A-55)

(F> 1.258 G-Y

L-R

(F) B-W

I-MFI SYSTEM

i I (F)1.25I 6----------___

2E

HR12MllAA

1 TSB Revision

1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditioning Circuit

J/B ULTI YFUSE (

305

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

'JRPOSE > I

Y D

G-O _---

G-O

2L-w r

2L-B 5

,,5 I\ . CONDENSER I\ ----------______ FAN MOTOR ___---RELAY . . 'L-OFF (HI) (LO) 0FF-d IN (A-34X) '9 ' 2L-B "4 (A-31X) 2L Q 2L-B 1 .----- i 2L 1 1 ---_-------------

G-B

(A-36)

9--.

I

I I I I I I I I I L----------+,

M

i

+

I

CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

p ‘+

2-k-46)

(A-45)2

2L-B

I

I I / I I I I I I

2B tc

2B

HR12MllAB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Full Auto Air Conditionina Circuit FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

(G-0) T G-O 2 I

I ON-OFF

i)

(32~s ON-OFF :2%kPa

l(c-02) (G-0)

DUAL PRyQR$;RE

:200kPa (28DS i)

OFF-ON

1 /

(A-35) 1

I III

(c-40) I r

15

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR LOCK CONTROLLER

COMPARISON

(F>W-G ,p ,\

THERMOSTAT ON-OFF :155'C(31l'F) OFF-ON :llO'C(230'F)

COMPRESSOR SPEED OPERATION CIRCUIT

3 OFF 'toN

(B-20)

G-I;

(A-67)

3.---1

C (F>G-R c -------l-----I j G-F ) I/ II /

1

(Y-R

Q (Y-G

10 _---- 13

B&~k”“‘“”

(F> Y-R

0. a:

2 2 I

REAR WASHER I MOTOR (F-15)

---- ----5 7m (F) (F) "ifi 1 "if;

,

(D-37) ILL d3

E1 0 RHEOSTAT

2EI

z(D-41)

2B

28 n 6

HR13M04AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Rear Wiper and Washer Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

i

OPERATION

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

0 When the rear wiper switch is placed in the ON position with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, wipers operate continuously at low speed. l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the OFF position, the cam contains of wiper motor causes current to flow through the auto wiper stop circuit, allowing the wiper blades to cycle before they reach to the stop positions. l When the rear wiper switch is placed in the INT position with the ignition switch in ACC or ON position, the rear intermittent wiper relay is energized causing the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts to close and open repeatedly. l When the contacts are closed, the wiper motor is energized. l When the rear wiper motor is energized, the rear intermittent wiper relay contacts open; however, the cam contacts keep the rear wiper motor energized until the wiper blades return to their stop position.

1. Wipers do not operate. (1) Washer is not operative, either. l Check multi-purpose fuse No. 9. l Check ground. 2. Low-speed wiper operation only is inoperative. l Check wiper switch. 3. Wipers do not stop. l Check wiper motor. l Check rear intermittent wiper relay. l Check rear wiper switch. 4. Intermittent wiper operation is inoperative. l Check terminal voltage of the rear intermittent wiper relay energized. (Refer to GROUP 51-Windshield Wiper and Washer for information concerning the installation position of the intermittent wiper relay.) Terrr$al

1

I

Voltage

12v

0 3-b 12v 1 (alternating) 5. Washer is inoperative. l Check washer motor. l Check washer switch.

1 TSB Revision

Check

Rear intermittent

320

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit

REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR CIRCUIT

3BB-R r MFI SiSTEM

20-I DEDICATED FUSE

(2 r 101

11

:F> 3-I;

I I I I I I / I I I I I t I , d/ \, / / I "7 "8 I / Y-W Y-L G-: I / L - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ “r12

4 -

4

LH 21 - L

( D - 4 3 ) ‘g-----0

\RH

1 AL

"2 j‘9 Y-R G-R -------- --- ---- ---_ ___ “13 ____----___--_-___ 7

B 0

2E1 I

2(D-41)

4)

I

4)

(F> 28 (F) (F> (F: B-R Y-W Y-L G-I (E-32) ,&-,p&&B-R (E-33)

(F) (F> (F> (F) (F) B-R B Y-W Y-R G-R $3-- ,,5--,_4-,,g-,,7

2B,, Y-W Y-L G-I ,:1B 1:' :\ -- 2

B-R

B Y-W Y-R G-R

:2 :1

--

8;;

1x1

5:1

/\

/\

5 I-

HEATER

(E-01)

1 HEATER

(LH)

I\

I\

$;

/\

,\

g;

I\

UI

(E-03)

2B

cl =

(RH) REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

Xl:VEHICLES WITH MIRROR HEATER :2:VEHICLES WITHOUT MIRROR HEATER

HR13M05AA

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Remote Controlled Mirror Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

OPERATION L

l

321

When teh remote controlled mirror switch is operated while the ignition key is in “ACC” or “ON” position, current flows through fuse No. 5 remote controlled mirror switch, remote controlled mirror, remote controlled mirror switch, and ground, causing the mirror to move.

1 TSB Revision

Neither right nor left mirror operates 1) Also cigarette lighter does not operate l Check multi-prpose fuse No. 5. 2) Cigarette lighter operates l Check remote controlled mirror switch.

I

~ I I

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

322

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) FUSIBL

LINK@

FUSIBLE LINK@

-

3R-E

3R-E

&&CATED

b

i

(L-R)

R-E 5 i

7 ABS POWER RELAY IA-02X)

"4

"3 G-R

(B-R) jl .___-__________-1; ;fNOID VALVE ----_ +--&";T .ON

I

2R

=z= = 2

L----

----_

1

0.85L-Y

2R-Y

m,Jl ----_ --------_ 10 n 0.85L-Y 0 t2

T

G-E

-----

'

0 B

I

!

R-l

3----- 1-----

x

2 ;I

t

E

iI-E

7

1.25G-Y

z f

L5 - - - __ -,I 3

2Y-G

7

2R-Y I G-B R-L 16 5

20

2Y-B

6----- 11---_ 9 20 19

2

6

2Y-B ,>7

,,l

Y

Y

f

f ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M05AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>

323

i

IGNIT IN SWITC (IG2)

IGNII SWITC

2L-B

2B-1 3:----------------

J/B

0

0 15A

(L-R) ?(c-69)

15A

S(c-71)

--------______ \/ “7 (c-83) 13

6o

0.85R-B

0.85B-VI

0.85B-k I2 B-k (D-45)

(F)R59

11

$2

L

1

COMBINATION ) METER (D-04) -J

0.8%

58 I

STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)

5 (F-1S)

G-R 0.85( ; G-R

ac

T7B

0.85( ;

0.85G

tc

G-R

STOP LIGHT

(; A

29

i

(D-45)

(E-12)

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

(F-19) m/

HR15M05AB

TSB Revision

324

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH) (A-29)

1

2

FRONTCRH)

REAR(LH)

REAR(RH)

(A-12)

iE-19)

(E-16)

T CH

1

(T>h

CT:

CT)1

(c-33)

3 :---

1 ------.

(T>F; 3.---- 7

(T)G

(T)h

(T)E

(T)R

, (T>W : CT)

I

14

CT)1

, (T>R

15

I 11

33

: 10

I 28 -

4BS @UROL

RESISTOR (F-09)

m

GND

GND

GND



23

!4

!O

F

Y-R A

------_

(F>R-.B

3

2

R-,B

(c-34) 2

P g::

I

B y::

B 4:1

-

/

21

2B

2B

2B

5:1 u

I

-

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) -

(E-12) 1(2~3j4(5(6(?~6(9(10(11~12/13~14(15(16(17118j 19/20~21~22~23~24~5~6~27/28/29po131~32~33~34~35]

NOTE :l:From 1994 moueis %2:UP to 1993 mocfels

(E-16) (E-19) ~~ m pf

m

B HR15M05BA

1 TSB Revision

-~-I

i

1 TSB Revision

326

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit cFWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) IGb

IN

SW1 -

(IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@

2L (C-EQ ,,: J/B -7 (3 1 OA L--LL (C-E 92

3R-E

3R-E

(L--R)

!!--- ----------- ---!I

r- DIODE I A-68

kkEB r/

/OFF‘

R

@mlC1 -4F

34 -------z------

1a i

ON

M .-- ----- - 2 =

o.a5~-k

R

SOLENOID VALVE

2R-\I

2R-k

I

1

1

1.----

G-B

R-L 16

B

0

R-L

- - -

5

----------

_----

G-B

10 --------- 3- -

0.85w i 2

- - -

1.25G-k

2Y-G 7 -----

1.25G-Y !7

2Y-G 22

-

Y 4 ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12) 5 16 / 7 / 8 / 9

j10~11/12~13~14~15~16117j18 19~Ol21~22~3~24~25~26~27128129130plp8133~34~35~

HRlSMOGAA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

IGNI SWIT

1 CHARGING

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit

ON (IGl)

2BR-W

5W-B )

2B-

327

(2)

7(c-82)

2W-B

5w-B,,1 (c-68)

HORN

J/B 0

@ !OP

15A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

S(c-71)

17m

II

0.85B-

0.85R-B

0.858-

0.85R-B

0.85B-W G-R 1

TURN-SIGNAL BLIGHT AND

#$"G (F)R-f3

21 :2 cm (c-62)

59 i;M;NATION

L

STOP LIGHT SWITCH 0.85c:

(D-04) I

5 jF-19) ;l;R'LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT

G-I (D-16)

7

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-1 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.

R-B

t STOP LIGHT

G

0.85~ SUSPENSION

7 .MFI SYSTEM ~EFR;FUISE

t STOP LIGHT

!5 ABS CONTROL UNIT

HRlSMOGAB

1 TSB Revision

328

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) cFWD> (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR I

\ FRONTCLH) (A-29)

CT) B-L

(T) W-L

REAR(LH)

REAR(RH)

(A-12)

(E-19)

(E-16)

:1

1

2

FRONTCRH)

2

CT)

(T> B-R

W-F

3 7 1 6 _---- _---_-----_

(c-33)

CT) (T) B-L i W-L I

I CT> CT> B-R I W-I; i

14

33

15

CT> B-L

CT) W-L

1 11

31

CT) W-R

CT) B-F !

I

: f,30

10

t 28

ABS CONTROL UNIT m

a

.ELC-4A/T *MFI SYSTEM 1

GND V ”

GND

23 r r24 J/B Y-R

GND V -

--.--I

20

3

1

RESISTOR (F-09)

34

c

~LFXIC~~N’C SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C

A ;;---m-Y-;lF

2

(P) P R-B

Y-R 422 16:’

8:’

P

lo:2

1:1

B

B 4:1

20

2B

28

5:1

1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) n T

(E1 [ 2 13 14 15 16 17 j 6 [ 9 ~10(11~12~13~14~15(16(17(18 j19~20~21/22~3~24~5~6~7/26~29~0~1~32~33~34~35~

NOTE %l:From 1994 moaels :2:UD to 1993 moaels

(E-16)cFm19)(F-09) @

@@

B HR15MOGBA

( TSB Revision

~~ ---I

329

/ L’

NOTES

i

TSB Revision

~

330

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@

2L-I (c-82) 2 J/B

(c-69:

3R-E

3R-EI

7 2

(L-R

1

DIODE

%aB

01[I

R

r’ OFF‘ c

----

2R-Y 10 ---------

1

F

0. 85L-‘ 18

i

2

2R-

/ I I /

SOLENO I D VA1.VE

_---!x-.-

)

0.85L-k (c-32)

P.-_

r

[ t A-60

~

----1

G-B

_---- -7 5

R-L

n

1.25G-Y

I ---- ----1 R-l I G-E 5 \26

2Y-G 7.---- -6

1. 25G-I !7

2Y-G

/ I I I

x

-----

::

3

2Y-B 11 ----2Y-E

22 19 t

23 I

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12) (A-64)

EE3(c-32) m

(C-69)-m

m m mi ~~1~2~3~4~5~6~7~6~9~10~11~12(13~14~15~16~1?~16~ )19~20~21/22$3~24j25~26~27/26~29/30~31~32~3~34~35]

HRlSM07AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit 4WD>

331

IGNI' SWITI 2B-\ B-W CHARGING

J/B

r63 1%

0.85B-'i

G-R

(D-45)

3 Ii

o.a5B-b 0.858-W

L-R

B-b TURN-SIGNAL

I1

,LftgL;DAND LIGHT

,

L!j(

)* a5G10.sj(

0.85~ ; ’

;M&NG

(F) R-E

j9

16 > 2

STOP LIGHT

COMBINATION

*MFI SYSTEM '&J;FWE;L"U'SE

14 (F-46)

-I B

0.85~ I

G-h

G

G-R

(F)R-B G-E

ii" L1GHT

0.85G G\ 42 /G C -a

R-E

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

c; ic

v

(D-16) 7

G-F

#X;;;NIC SUSPENSION

STOP LIGHT (F-44)

! ;

129

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M07AB

TSB Revision

~

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) cFWD>

332

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)

STOP L IGHT SWITCH

SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH)

FRONTCRH)

REAR(LH)

REAR(RH)

(A-29)

m

(E-19)

(E-

i

1 mm 1

1 CT> B-L

>I----

(c-33) CT> B-L

ABS KI"I"F""" (E-12)

CT> B-F

r

1.------ 6-----

CT) W-l t

1

CT) W-R

14

CT> B-L

(T) CT> B-F i W-R

15

i A 11

33

-7

$Tj

(T) W-L

(T> W-R

1 10 RESISTOR

a

m

1

f

I

\ LJ

T GND

GND

GND V

V -

J i Y-R \

123

r24

T 12

(P)

R-B

Y-R 6

P

B

a A

1 A

20

2

34

W.LE~~~NIC SUSPENSION .FULL AUTO A/C

------ \, (c-34)

'2

.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM

P

1

B 4 A

2B

2E

2B

2B

5 Al

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

HR15M07BA

TSB Revision

333 PJOTES L,

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO. OCTOBER, 1993) FUSIBLE LINK@

FUSIBLE LINK@

3R

L31 ABS POWER

1 &,;---A dIN \/L 1,

3R-E

RELAY

1 (A-02X)

(B-R: ? 1

2R 0.85R ~

[

/ / I I I 1

G-R

1

;i;!jE

-65)

;$y!AULIC

1 ----------------

8 -----------;i

I I-- --T N

~

(B) ~ ---- ----. ---- 1 4 B9

I II

I I / I I I / I 1

E!

i.---

--------

_7- - I

SOLENOID VALVE / I

----

5

Jl.-J 3

ENGINE SKE" G-B R-L'2Y-G 20 0 G-B 1 R-L 2 1.25G-\1 ---- ---- --__----------__ 7_---- 6 ---- 11 G-B

R-L -26

1.25G-k ,27

2Y-G

20

22

35

17

P

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M08AA

TSB Revision

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

IGNI SWIT

-I-2L-B

2B-

CAWD>

335

LY%BsbE -r

ON (IGl)

5W-B

I

---------------

J/B 0 10A

c

@

15,

10A

\/ \X (L-R)

2

0

15A .___-__________ \,

"7 (c-83)

11

(c-69)

0.85B0.85R-B 0.85B-'

B-1 (D-45)

11

STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)

(F)R-E 59

z I

COMBINATION METER (D-04) I $3

0.85G

G-I

G-R 0.85G

G-I:

0.85G

(D-16)

G

STOP LIGHT

G-F

G '5

b

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HRlSM08AB

TSB Revision

336

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (UP TO OCTOBER, 1993) cAWD> (CONTINUED)

SPEED SENSOR r

\ FRONTCLH)

FRONTCRH)

(A-29)

(A-12)

REAR(LH)

(E-16)

(c-33)

(T>G

CT)

(T)R

1 1 .---- ------

6 *-----

(T)W II(T>G 14

I

I

CT>

15

1

r

J

L

I

mvini 3 1 I L

(T>W

REAR(RH)

llJ-Ln

B7

CT>

CT) G

(T>B

(T>R

33

(T)R

31

ABS iX$I;ROL

--I?= _t”” :

T

E-12)

:

GNLI

23

G

1 30 A v

T

Tel ;T WI1:CH

7T 5 Y,

c!

RESISTOR (E-13)

GND

3

24 1

2E

28

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

J B

NOTE Xl:From 1994 models %2:Up to 1993 models

(E-12)

(E-13)(rn(E-19)

\ I(2 (3 (a 15 16 (7 j 6 Is /10~11/12(13(14(15(15(17(181 HRlJMO8BA

1 TSB Revision

-7

337 NOTES

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@

2L-E (c-82) J/B

3R-I

3R-E

(c-69) (L-R)

I

DIODE A-68 G-R

2 1

K

11----------_-___-

0.85R II

I -

kmfi

r

SOLENOID VALVE

M

\/r _-- ----_ I ---- _---1 --f= 1 r2 = u

I

\I

1

0.85L-B 1 j j 3+--J I 0.85L-B

6

I;I

0.85L-k

I----------

,l --J' 0.85L-B

2R-Y 3k

l

0.85L-k

.a

,6

10

G-E

R-L

1.25G-k

a

3 1----- 2----------------+---2R-Y

A2

! \5

G-B

1.25G-Y

R-L 26

9 1 POWER

SUPPLY

1

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HRlSMOSAA

1 TSB Revision

1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>

IGNI' ON SWIT( (IGl)

339

%“sbE

2B-b

5W-E

B-W l----I CHARG1NG J/B 0 15A r 0.85B-k

0.85R-B

0.85B-h 0.858-W

0.85R-B L-R STOP LIGHT SWITCH $1 :2

G-R

(D-45)

.l

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND Ew

B-h 59

1

I

WARNING LIGHT

(F>R-

(c-61) ( c - 6 2 )

COMBINATION METER (D-04)

0.85 0.85G

G-Ii

STOP LIGHT 0.85 G

G-R

(F)R-B

.MFI SYSTEM '&m-~~uISE

(F-1s) ;;;R LIGHT LUGGAGE fP;@$RTMENT

G-R

R0.85 G

(D-16) NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G-R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.

42

[bi$LE;FNIC SUSPENSION

I2

'5

29

;

I

I?-

(D-45)

(E-12)

STOP LIGHT

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

(F-19)

13 (4 / 5 (6 (7 (6 IS (1Oj11/12(13~14/15(16(17(18( 19~0121122~3124125$6127128p9130~31~32~33~4~35~

ml

HR15MOSAB

TSB Revision

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) CAWD>

340

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM NOVEMBER, 1993) (HATCHBACK) (CONTINUED) d

SPEED SENSOR \ FRONTCLH)

FRONTCRH)

REAR(LH)

(A-29)

(A-12)

(E-19) 7

J

L

J

L

1

1 B-F1

CT)

CT> B-L

CT) CT) B-FI I W-R

I 15 A

,\ 33 a

1 U-LJ-L I (E-16)

1

CT> W-R

I5_----

REAR(RH)

CT) W-L

CT) B-R

I 11

31

LST ;T SW :CH

2

7

CT> W-k

I 30

c

28

2 ABS #TRO" (E-12)

1

b

GND

!i 3

GND

1

3

r 24 .FULL AUTO A/C

MFI SYSTEM

2

P

B

B 4:1

2B

2B

5:' 1

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) -

(E-12)

NOTE :'l:From 1994 models :~:UP to 1993 moaeis

ooF-m16)o

1112 \ 3 ( 4 \ 5 ( 6 ( 7 ( 6 19 (10(11~12(13~14~15~16(17(1~~ HRlSMOSBA

TSB Revision

NOTES

TSB Revision

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

342

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDS

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) IGNI'I IN SWITC (IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@

-

2L-E (c-82) J/B

(c-69)

J

3R-E

3R-E

7 1

(L-R: DIODE 1 A-68 I; (c-32) 0.85R m&y-0.85R (D-22) 50.85R 2 1: R &NSOR (D-27) '

i

I I I I I I

I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I

G-R 1 1 I I I I I I / / I I / I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L-

8

WE r/ 1 c-----

&

ON

1----2

2R-1I

0.85L-! .- -------

SOLEN 0 ID VALVE

G-E

_---_ .---- ---------. 1 ' B 3 R-L

10 _-----___ 3----- 1-----

0.85L-I I J

)

0

1. 25G-'

.--- ---- ---- ----_

2R-\I I I G-B R-L 26 !7 A5

1.25G-'

.7 ---2Y-G

2(

7 .---- 6----2Y-G

-

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HRlSMlOAA

TSB Revision

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

343

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Circuit CAWDB

IGNIT

SWITC

09

J/B r 15A

j(c-71)

0.85B-W

G-R

(D-45)

3 I

STOP LIGHT SWITCH (c-61)

0.85B-W L-R

1

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND E%TRD

7 B-W (F)R-B 3KNG 59 COMBINATION METER (D-d4)

0.85G j .85Gi-' STOP LIGHT O-85( 14 (F-46)

I

G .MFI SYSTEM .W;WiS;UISE

0.85(

93 G-k

0.85G

G-R

/

(F)R-B

G C

G-Ii 7

(D-16)

-a

Do;R'LIGHT R-E LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

ST01 LIGHT Fb"NFLE;fNIC SUSPENSION

G-E

(F-44)

7 / !9

15

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

(D-04) o(c-83) cm(c-68)(c-71) ~~ fiTimzmmm1 (F-19) (D-45) (E-12) -1 p J~o,~l,2’2d3:214,~5~6~~,~*~91~o~l~2~3~41~5,

2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 101112131415161716 ‘1

(D-44) (D-16) fzEEi!g~~ (F-46) (F-44)

ml /I:1

f3mEaRjl HRlSMlOAB

TSB Revision

344

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) - Circuit CAWD>

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONVERTIBLE) (CONTINUED)

‘1 ‘LJ

SPEED SENSOR FRONTCLH)

FRONTtRH)

REAR(LH)

REAR(RH)

(A-12)

(E-19)

m

1

1

(A-29)

I 2

(T> B-L

-I L 4

1

(c-33) 2----

I -------

t-

CT) W-f; 7 6 -----

CT> W-L

CT> B-L

t CT> CT) B-R I W-b i

CT) CT) B-L f W-L 14

1

CT> B-R

CT) W-L

.J 2

15

33

31

n

I 11

CT> B-R

I 10

CT) W-I;

I 30

b

1 RESISTOF

f -L-i GND

GND

-i 3

i24

t23 J/B Y-R A

MFI SYSTEM

;;------:~l~

. Ev- A"To

P

1

Y-R P.B 16 8 14 A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

(A_12)(A-29Nm)

B

SUSPENSION

2

;

14

. ;U&?fN I C

(c-34)

B

(F-44) 2B

2B

2E

0 2B

5 A

-FRONT SIDE (E-

HR15MlOBA

1 TSB Revision



~

345 I

NOTES L

i

1 TSB Revision

1

346

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit ’

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) IGE SW1 -

(C-E J/B

r

?fG2)

2L

3R-B 1

LJ

0.85L-Y I5

(C-E 0.85L

3R-L

R-Y

G-E

12 _--___-___--_____-______________________----f;@OID

(I %PNT:

EBP”’

2Y-E I (c-c

21

;-------- e ---_

0.85~ 0.85L-F

2Y-EI

;3

2(

78

4 I

IN x

x

,+ .---. (A-64) 2I

EPRZ

IJUT

IN

OUT

IN

x

1

----

---.

2B-L

2G-:

2G-

.---- 1 0----

I ---_

\\+

.---_ 7

2Y-(;

'0

- - - -

,

4

2Y-( T3

2B-L

31 iI

,,ll

x

- - - - 5

----. 2

2G-R

2G-'

---_ 11 _---- 1.---_

2G-1

2G-'

9

0

6

OUT x

2G-R

2G-\

G-E

58 ti

ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M35AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit

347

IGN SWI' 2B.

5W-B

B-W

2W-B

2)

CHARGING

51-B, 1 (c-68) J/B

HORN

i

o.a5B- -W i:

iE I

0.85B- -W 0.85B-W 13

r:c

TURN-SIGNAL B--W h;$aI;DAND LIGHT

3 O.a5R-BI

2

L-R

---

~H?l?~NG

(F)R-E I

OFF ON -'OFF - O N

Ej9

i COMBINAT ON

I ia

n3 0.85G

METER (D-04)

E

STOP LIGHT SWITCH :1 :2 (c-61) FE)

54

G-.R

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

3 'i

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM. Z2:VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO- G- R CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM.

R-B

0.85G o5 1

G I 130

G

g(c-33)

G t

- ABS CONTROL UNIT (E-12)

HR15M35AB

1 TSB Revision

348

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

IGNITION T;&W&H"G2'

SPEED SENSOR I

\ FRONTCLH)

FRONTCRH)

REAR (LH)

(A-12)

(E-19)

(A-29)

-.A

2 CT) B-L

(T) W-L

(c-33) 2 CT) B-L

1

T

7

-.I

‘1

2

CT> B-R

L

L

L-

1I !!lJG I II II

1-

2

CT> W-F

I

1 7 6 ----------(T) W-L I

=

mJ--I 1

CT> W-L

CT) B-L

CT) B-F

I 6

G SENSOR m

r-4

CT) W-I;

CT> CT> B-R i W-I; I

I

I

I

69

71

72

73

70

v 0.85L-R r-------- 14 I I 0 * 85L-R t1

REAR(RH)

GND

GND

*MFI SYSTEM

1-1

R-B B*m $

;-1.

2B

C

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

HR15M35BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION

K19F0134

R16F0257

Y16FO267

Y16FOO40

., ,,

' Y16FOO41 00002666



Y16FOOO

TSB Revision

349

350

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) Circuit Diode (ABS circuit)

Z16FOO241

1



Data link connedtor”

\

TSB Revision

Y16FO496

351 I

NOTES

TSB Revision

352

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit I

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

d

F'%IBLE LINK@ I 5w-B,,1 (c-68) J/B [ i‘

1.25R-\i

DEDICATED FUSE

J/B F ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

G-k

(F-13)

(D-44) i

5v

G-W L

(G-W:

_____----____________________ R-B ‘ ( F - 1 2 )

------- ----------------

W-B 3 G-B' p(D-16) ---------------------------- 1------ ,,6

W-O 1o W-B 11 (L-0 \ A COMBINATION METER 5 e (D-03)

R-B, 10 ( L (B-Y:

,

(L-C (F-20)

11

B

B-Y 2

0

P) E _ 4 P)

!

P V-l

B-k

RHEOSTAT (A-13x)

(c-68)

FE3

$ la (c-70)

10 -

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-71)

HRlSMllAA

1 TSB Revision

353

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control -Suspension (ECS) Circuit

IN IG2)

IGNI'I SWITC 2L-B

0 10A

BR-R THROTTLE gEiW;;ON

L-R (B-05)

I

BR-R 2

50 L-R

0.85G

I I

V

V

/ L _---.

------. 55 i4 1 G-E G-L ---- 3

- - - - - - - - - - ----_ ------------- -------------53 51 57 Y-W G-BR B G-I 5 9 ,11-----_________ --------______-__-_-----------____ _------------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -Y

4

G-R 0

G-R

6

0

I Y-W (c-14) 6

II I/ I/ I III /I TJ

G-E

G-L 3

y-

Y-W t

Y

I

COMBINATION METERCREED)

SPEED SENSOR (B-05)0

(c-29)

G SENSOR (E-28) (c-53)

cc-so)

STEERING )j& ;E"f& (c-60) (c-61) FE (c-83)

/

HRlSMllAB

TSB Revision

354

CIRCUIT DlAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

i‘;v’ ’

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH)

I 1 1

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH)

I I

2

/---\/

?

1

6---_ 2

B

I3

W-F

fl.----

(A-13)

I

G-O

L-E

,

2

, /-----\I ,2 ,,6

- - - -

R-L

B

B 0

I.---_

(c-36)

---_

I.

G-O

R-L

2B

B i-

L-E

W-I

10----

14 R-h

16

W-G

R-W ) r---/ 3

----_

12

15

W-G

R-k

ti

% 9”

_--_. 13 I3

14i(F-20)

7

\T---

>

,,I-OFF L

~LICIC~~NIC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

i2 (F-13) E

Y-B

'---_ 1.---- 3 F I 3

( r---

5” %-_

----

R-!l

13 ---- 15 .---_ 2B

5%-” -. I

----------------------

----- ----

Ly

V

4

;YNo

l?EMfi SHOCK ABSORBER

IF

B-L

B-W

3.---- 4 ---j

r

I 1

I 3

E

2E

2 ---t 4

TED& SHOCK ABSORBER

HRlBMllBA

TSB Revision

TSB Revision

356

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS) FUSIBLE LINK@ I 1.25R-k

G-h I

s(c-69) -

J/B L

180

R-B ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

G-k (D-44)

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

(F-

;2---------

8

4

G-W

(G-W:

------- ---------------R-B ----------------------------‘(F-12) I-----------:---------------G-B 2 1

p(D-16)

3 R-B 10

1oW-O

l------l

W-B 3 6

W-B

11

-

(L-C (F-20)

(P 2_-.

(L-0

(P

( L (B-Y I B-k

(A-11X) (D-06)

2B

B

“2 ma 2Bt RHEOSTAT A =

R-E F V-R 6 \ 14 4 5 A A A h1 DATA LINK (c-7 3 CONNECTOR

B

B

(c-70) 11213/41516/716 9 ~10~11~12~13j14/15~16 u

(D-16)

(D-41) (D-44)

(F-

m

(D-03) n 112]31415161716 1 2 1 10~11/12/13/~4~15)16~17

(F-20) HR15M12AA

1 TSB Revision

357

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

c IGNIl IN SWIT( (IG2)

ENGIm FEE?" __\ *I

2L-E

(F) BR-R

1

0.85R-B I2

/

w

t 1l

mrli7~TTT,E

hlKC~i IN SEIUSUK

OF&

0

I

(F)BR-R 2

60

0.85G 50 L-R

I

0.85G

$ _----

GND

-I5 J----II

ir

I

I

f?ED& SHOCK ABSORBER

(A-13) Gi725) G33)

(c-36)

=

IL q y;/p SHOCK ABSORBER

o(F-12)

I

213

(F-13)

(F-20)

(F-32)

HR15M13BA

1 TSB Revision

1

363 NOTES L

TSB Revision

364

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) FUSIBLE LINK@ 2W-B

1.25R-\i

@

R-B

15A

i

41

G-V (c-69)

J/B

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

i (c-71)

R-B

R-B MFI SYSTEM IOD OR -------7 STORAGE R-B 7 CONNECTOR (A-11X) (F-13)/I 62

4

G-h (D-44)

G-h G-W i---z . TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT ELC4A/T METER AND GAUGES

r

-__________-_-__---------__------------60 R-B ‘m (L-0) 4cP) ---------------------------- -----_ ‘3 “14 (F-44) 13 G-B W-B R-B p(D13 -__-----------------________ ,1 ------ ,6 (F-48) 14 t+--:+---J R B W-O 1o W-B 11 - 10 (P) /\ COMBINATION 1 K-4A/T ;$L AUTO METER SYSTEM (P)

B '11 0

B-Y 2

(c-79) DATA LINK CONNECTOR

(A-11X)

cm(m)

(c-70)

(c-71)

(c-77)

OFRONT

SIDE

(D-03)

HR15M14AA

TSB Revision

Lj

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control 3uspension (ECS) Circuit

NOTE

IGNIl ON SWITC (IG2) 2L-B

365

:l:NON-TURBO(VIHECLES FOR FEDERAL) :2:TURBO,NON-TURBOwIHECLES FOR CALIFORNIA) :3:VEHICLES WITH AUTO-CRUISE :&VEHICLES WITHOUT AUTO-CRUISE

20

0 MFI SYSTEM

10A .----__z

(c-83; (F)R-:

11’ L-R

I\

A

THROTTLE ~~$Q;~ON

4

L-R

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

L

OF?- ON

(B-05)

(F>BR-R 2 G o-8=$.3 0. 8% 1 0 " BR-R,,13 (c-29) 0.85G,.14(F-46) (c-62)*4 BR-R 0.85G o BR-R f 43 MFI SYSTEM ~~~LE;;L"N'C BR-R 0.85G I? lam AUTO-CRUISE SUSPENSION + 8 CONTROL UNIT BR-R 59 ( F - 1 3 ) 'ONTRoL __----___--____~_-_-___

a(F-48)

L-R 51

r------

STOP LIGHT

L

I

(F>R-E I-

I

R-EI

(c-79)

GND A

w -R

55------.

G-BR

16

W-R

14

&i;$A;QGHl ', COMPARTMENT LIGHT

F

B 0

4

W-R (~-42)

G-R

B

!

56 (F-13)

G-L 19 (F-48)

G-R G-R

5p &I&gJISE

W-R 45 Y-W ) ( c - 1 4 ) ::6

METER AND GAUGES Y-W 7

G-B!? ! ,2 ,>

G-R SP 1

B

I 3 A

B i ,,l

/\,p

G-B , ,,‘/\ 3

G-L

1 6-DATA LINK CONNECTOR

HR15M14AB

1 TSB Revision

366

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION (ECS) CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCLH) 1 I

I

\/

v

2

B

W-R

0

'3

L-B

1

G-O

I (c-33)

R-L

(c-36)

3

G-O

I

W-R

1

~,

\,

----_

13 R-W

W-G

R-W

W-G

R-Y

,,s ---- ,2 ----

,,1 ----

,4 ----

t ,? \

,,5

B

t ,,4

/\

6

R-G

I

_

/\

,,l

1.251

I

I R-G ----12 R-G 7-----

&EFU?~NTC SUSPENSION CONTROL UNIT

tE

11

52 (F-13)

I

R-Y

B

,J3---- 15 ---,,14 B

2

4----_

R-L L---3 (F-44) 11 0 L W-R L-B R-L G-O -- --------p-----p--- _4 _--_---------- ----- ---J$---:I II i I,I &f 4&f II 5" 5" II . II II ~~q qg I

213

7

3 4 (A-13) '--------

(A-25)

,3 ---- 4 ----

B d

T

i

1

5

,,6 ---- ,,2 ---- ,,l ---- ,,4-___ B

I

I

1

V

4

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERCRH) I

I

(F-20) Y-B ,,3 (F-32) Fmj‘ ,,3

\

B-L

B-W

B

B

1 ,,2 ---,,3 ---- 1 3----- .---1

,,3 ----- -

--- 4

i

t ,p

1

213

B ,,2 ,\

1

ml- i I -~gi~ n Y

,

TfDJ SHOCK ABSORBER

OFGN

06

l?D&? SHOCK ABSORBER

II

=

HR15M14BA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) Circuit

367

COMPONENT LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

Data link connector (from 1994 models)

D

G sensor

E

Data link connector (up to 1993 models)

F

Steering wheel angle speed sensor

B

ECS control unit

G

Throttle position sensor

A

Engine control module

C

K19F0134

016FO257

Y16FO267 00002609

-

II

Steering wheel angle speed sensor I,

\

X12FOO72



module

/

T16F0292

TSB Revision

\

Y16FO496

368

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Electronic Controt Suspension (EC9 Circuit

-

-1

1-1 - - - c - k - T -

\\crl

\

\‘\

,.

J \

1 TSB Revision

369

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM L/ COMPONENT LOCATION Name

Symbol

Name

Symbol

Active exhaust control unit

C

Engine control module

B

Actuator assembly

D

Power window relay

A

Tl6FO268

119FOl34

00002666

module #

/ TSB Revision

/

T16F0292

370

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

;;ik\IGHT

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I

(c-82)

r0

1.25R-W F;E&CATED

6

O.S5B-W

15A

J/B

B-W I r-h 6

0.85B-W G-W

59 (D-04)

J/B

5 g

[

\/I

G-W

COMBINATION METER R

112 (D-05)

G-Y 6 ,\

( I

3 ACTIVE &BMT

---------_---OFF -TON

SPOR

(D-38)

B-Y I 28

RHEOSTAT

20 2B

HRlSM15AA

TSB Revision

371

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

2R-B 5(c-o1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

2R-B /

(c-14)

< OFF t-

20

POWER WIV~~WS

--------___

2L- B

R-\

I

ACTIVE EM:: MODULE (F-26)

i

GND V

I FULLL L

z 3

“:

CY & w-

I m 2

5

.--

CLOSE

(c-54) (c-01) o(c-14) (c-29) faq @ plzER@q -1 i

;

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY (F-29)

JLL 'EN

(F12-26) 34 (Ff-29) m m 5 6 7 9 9

2 3 4 5 6

HR15MlSAB

TSB Revision

1

372

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

ACTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM CIRCUIT (1994 MODELS)

;HT

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I

1.25R-h I

G-h I

,,a (c-69)

J/B 7Tr

1

i

~;M;NATION R

8 (c-71) G-W 8 (D-44) G-W

1

( I-

I\

----------_____

I LL

i

OFF ‘TON

4

1 I

ACTIVE Ei%T

SPOR

‘OUR

J

B

B-Y

/

2B

RHEOSTAT

z(D-41)

2B

-

(c-82) 1234 5678 km

(D-04)

(D-05)

El (D-38) (D-41) (D-44) pGjlq \ @ fiMI7Rq

~ ‘d

HRlSM16AA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Exhaust System Circuit

373

b

INPUT SIGNAL .CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

jgE 2R ‘(c-01)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

2R

F

2R

3 R-B

1

35 R

(c-53)

R-W

(c- ,,8

POWER WINDOWS RELAY (c-07x)

-____---_

F- 01N

12 (c-29)

4

3

L-Y

-B

KkF"

T7

I

@I-+

f GND

Ir-k2

G-R

5 B

R-B

I

ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY lEgI

2B i

(c-01)

o(c’14)

m

(c-53)

(F-26)

HRlSMlGAB

TSB Revision

374

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit I

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (UP TO 1993 MODEL)

2B:2

(c-31)

2B-

s5 (A-67) 2B- Y

2B-Y

WITH ---iE GOUT ;ygKJiALARM $yG 'FT-ALARM LSTEM I (1992 MODEL) I (il%L3gg3)

2B-'

r'Q

2B-Y

!?%#&iTR&kY~ I'SWITCt

(B-26):’

I

2B-R 0

I3 V

Y

(D-25

-3-

SAFING INPACT SENSOR

i -

.---5

I

0

0.85B-R

0.85B-R

I

0.85B-Vv

SRS ;iHAfNOS I S 1 0 I

9 T

2B-R

M/T

0.85B-Y

CT> CT) 0. 85' 0.851

----10 CT) CT) 0. 851 0.851

A/T lm

r

CT> CT> 0.85B 0.85

I

-------- ----7 CT) CT) 0.85B 0.85' 1

(A-38) 2

0.85B-,Y

lr-/

FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(LH)

~ ~~FF‘ToN

f

FRONT IMPACT SENSOR(RH)

HR15M17AA

1 TSB Revision

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit

375

IGNI SWIT 28-I

0

@

15A

(c-77) .6

(c-71) 5

0.85B-\n

1

I

10A

0.85B-W

B- -W

COMBINATION

0.858- W

1

0.85B-k

V

---_I

.--- ------

20

CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH -

-

-

0. 85

' -1

19

0.85B I f----f, gz

(c-79) &I8

t

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CAUT I ON ‘&y;;’

I

T

I

read and observe the SRS S E R V C E PRECAUTIONSlRefer 6 recautions) Ofior t o any s e r v i c e .

to GROUP 52B-

q

HR15M17AB

TSB Revision

376

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Circuit

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) STARTER RELAY

.$##JISE

2B-Y



AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (CONTINUED) d J/B MULTI-PURPOSE i FUSE@ 1

MAIN SWITCH

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE t FUSE@ !

D

MULTI: ! FUSE


AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA)

GND

J/B &,

34

81

(F>BR-R , (F)G-Y (c-83)

92 (F> B7 (F)1,25B MFI i"'"" 1.25B (Fly-1 i 18 l(F>B 4 ,\ THROTTLE W;P;;ON (B-05)

CONNECTOR

2L

38

1’

BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R t5

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

L

20

G

r; --------

I 1 I I-

cI

Y-l AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

L

I

Y-l

.a

GNI: ) V

G

3

14

I

1

B-Y im

B

B

2

B-h

2

1

CLOCK SPRING

B

d c L i ;

ll

-

(c-29) (c-30)0 (A-11X)0 ~fzfas2J~5161718;1 9 )10~11~~1ej13/14~15(161171118/19 (c-7o)(c-82)0

(1

~%%Jp$i$q~

HRlSh421AA

1 TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>

NOTE Xl:Hatchaack X2:Convertible

HORN

J/B

L (c-83 i

:ON

;;L#IGHT

FUSIBLE LINKQ

389

I(IG1)

2R-Wt 1.25R-W" #iCATED E 5W-B 151 i G,lB P

B-W

2B-

7m

1 I

70 B-1 0.85B-'

i

E(D-44)

G-W (F)R-I 3 i

. MFI SYSTEM R-B I O-STORAGE . FULL AUTO A/C CONNECTOR (A-11x) ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION !16

Y

S(c-71)

.HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' 'FULL AUTO A/C

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

Y19

24

MAIN SWITCH

(F)R-BI* DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

k-E

2B

-ll B

I

5 A DATA CDNNE

1

j

W-R

B

L-B

0-Y D

MFI SYSTEM

B

4

IA

Y-E

(c-15:

MANUAL A/C o FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;$W$;TE

1

0-Y

6

3

4

@)Y 1 SPEED SENSOR

0

HR15M21AB

1 TSB Revision

I

390

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4Vb

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) TURBO, NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) (CONTINUED) J/B

J/B

J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSE@ 1 C

0.85B-W 0.85B-W 13 L-R -7

;fEfi+NG

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

I

r -P

1 (D-42) 9

LG-R

L-l 0.85R-B

I1 LIGHT

I

111

(D-05) #;~NATION

___-_-_--

1

OFF ‘J,[ +,

4

B--W 5 1T2 j;

----

0.85c

64 I

ION

LG-.R +

21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41) G

L-E

3

2E

2

,,E

LG-

LG-B

I

2 -

L-O !5

L-B -

26

~8~%kON

L-Y 13

12

I

LG-

15

4

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT o-F23 mE)

(c-37)

(c-61) eTz9 (c-84) m

(D-05)

-1 (D-41) (D-42) HR15M21BA

TSB Revision

391 NOTES

TSB Revision

~ I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit CM/T>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

:d IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

2LI j4 (F>BR-R

i

37 (F) l.25B MFI TIM

'(F>G-‘

O(c-83)

?+-----I *_

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

THROTTLE ;E"$B&ON :B-o5)

ON

3 Y-R t

BR-R 13 (c-29) BR-R 5 t

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

10

Y-I Y-I AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

GND

GND

GND

V

'8

+

14

1

B

-1 z i0

!2 _ 2 E . . m b

i;;yRgfUISE SWITCH (1 L

HR15M36AA

TSB Revision

I

I

393

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit 4/T>

GHT

FUSIBLE LINKa

xi 2R-W: 1.25R-W: FwCATED

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE HORN

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

5W-B ,,l 4,

J/B [

G-

(c-68)

0 15A j

T(c-77)

B-k 8

(F)R-I

.MFI SYSTEM .FULL AUTO A/C

R-B

IO-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X) I 16

6

O.BSB-W

G-W

'HEATER .MANUAL A/C G-' .FULL AUTO A/C

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37)

24

METER AND GAUGES B-1

I

. COOLING (c-151 . MFI SYSTEM

B

4

5

16

B-Y

21

B-YI 1.l

B-1 I 4

. MANUAL A/C . RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER . E;;/WiE;TE

i

(F>Y

RHEOSTAT 2B 1

SPEED SENSOR

5M36AB

TSB Revision

~

394

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

J/B MULTI-PURPOSE ( FUSE@ i

MAIN SWITCH D

(

B

1 -RY

a -it,

J/B MULTI-PI JRPOSE FUSEQ I

0.85Bu. mt(-w

Y

0.85R-B

I TURN.53IGNAL. L!GHT HNU HALAHLl LltiH'!

L-R -7 rYGRKNG

L-B

L-R

I ,,l 'P

I

I

I

I

(D-42) 9

LG-R

0.85R-B 2,, \ 0.85R-B 2 /\\ ,

L-E

I

B-' 11

(D-05)

j9 ,- 1 II

1

ENNECTION m

LG-B \ 14 II-----------_ II LG-B I ,\ I II I

L-E

L-O 15

L-B ,26 v

I

2

2E

I

G

i .b Is1 x II \, I I "4 "3 I L-O L-B L-Y :--+E--+? ______ $>6 (c-02)

LG-B

I

2E IF1 SYSTEM (D-41)

/

LG-F

L-Y 13 V

I

30

.5 V

I

P P P

5 J

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

HR15M36BA

TSB Revision

~

395 NOTES

TSB Revision

1

396

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

IA



4m

BR-R

J/B

64

G-Y 1.25B

2L 1 p A

Y-F

(,I B/,4 /\

,j

V - - - - \, (c-70)‘3 '4

2L-w ,,3 /\

" 72

"61

@ 10A

I

GND A

+

ENGiNE CONTROL MODULE

THROTTLE PO~PO;~ON

31

:B-o5) BR-R 2Y-R

(A-11X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

"3

9 Y-F

jm3 Y-F 2 AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

L

GND V

GND V

GND

6

14

3

B

B

I

ijiXJR;,U'SE SWITCH 0

2B

Y-E

CONNEC

HRlSM22AA

TSB Revision

397

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit -R 1 L-R

:3 L-R

I L-R I\ 6

-If--

LJ

L- “I BATTERY 11 (B-30)

R-!

5 2B-!

R-h I

L3-R

(c-29 1,:15 .-- --- --- --

20B-RI 3B-RI

R-W

L -R

STARTER

14

R-!

/ A‘ -

11

.O

CEi

1

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT (c-37) (B-23)El aI

(c-30)

(c-45)

/ (c-47) i HR15M23BB

TSB Revision

,

404

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit c/Vi’>

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS)

\

(FEDERAL)

d

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) 2L ,$ (c-82) /\ J/B Gill 10A (F>BR ---_ \/ "lo (c-83) (c-70)3 " 4 2L-w 2L 1 2L ,,3 ,4 /\ (A-14X) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR $8:

2L i

L

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

BR-R

20 (c-37)

Y-R 1 I4

I5

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

GND V "-

b

B

GND V "..

tl

B

GND V ". .

14

B

u

Ed 1230

(c-70)

(c-82)

d,

1 2 3 4 Ei

HR15M24AA

1 TSB Revision

1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit

405

i

FUSIBLE LINKa

HORN

J/B

5W-B

2 2R-'

[GHT

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

PWATED E 151 c G,,l (c-68) \

, “8 ag t

I

r

LI1

5 B-k

(F>.R-B

.MFI SYSTEM .FULL-AUTO A/C .ELECTRONIC CONTROL SUSPENSION

B-h

G-1

4

I O-GE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

.HEATER 'MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C

16

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

5" i

) '

24 L

W-R

(F)R-Bl--

MAIN SWITCH (D-32)

1

*

fl$jR LIGHT LUGGAGE ~~~~~RTMENT R-1

$#;&INIC SUSPENSION METER AND GAUGES

W-R

\/

,

"4

,

B B-Y

"1 L-B D

7

B - Y 28

B 4 rA

ELC-4A/T MANUAL A/C FULL AUTO A/C RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER E;~~K;;TE

B 5 A

1 A

4

(F>Y 1

RHEOSTAT 2B t

SPEED SENSOR

HR15M; !4AB

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit AUTO-C b.& CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (FEDERAL) (CONTIP

J/B MULTI- JRPOSE\ t FUSEa I

MAIN SWITCH D v

O.&B-U O.B5B-W

L-R

O.B5R-B 7 TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

$J;LJRESJISE RELAY (c-84)

(D-42)

2

L-I 2

(D-05) COMBINATION METER

B-h 11

E 5’ 6 ----

LG-I;

0.85G

21 MFI SYSTEM (D-41) 21

LG-B

.STOP LIGHT *~i&Q&NIC SUSPENSION

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

(c-62) I B 2

3 LG-Ii

LG-k 15

TSB Revision

j7' ( D - 0 4 )

NO CONNECTION

I

L-E

I I9

-1

;4

I

)VVI&NG

30

407

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit

IGNI TION

l,25;;yyTE'

v2By;y

~'~--

mli -

2B-Y

L-R

(c-47)

L-I;

37

;mfJ "lo (c-29) L-R I PARK/ NEUTRAL ;;y#ON (8-26)

L-R 196 OVER DRIVE AND POWER/ K~R!'

(c-45) l----f?-

2B-k

(8-23) ,I (B-24) 20B-R

-I

OFF ‘00 N $5 !5 R-W

(c-29)

3B-R

L-I;

15 ---____---_

R-Y

1-----_~_--___--_---_

14

1

L-Q-4 M

v

R-W

MFI SYSTEM

L-F

R-Y

SYARTERI

SUPPLEMENTAL @;$b'NT

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

(c-37)

HR15M24BB

TSB Revision

408

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL CIRCUIT (1994, 1995 MODELS) (CALIFORNIA)

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I

-? GND 6 "

-

-I10 (c-83) (F)BR-R

h

A

1

svENGINE i 3

CONTROL MODULE

81 92 97 (F) MFI SYSTEM (F>G-Y 1.25B (Fly-1 a I 1 (F)1.25B 16 l(F)B 4 /\ A THROTTLE g;i';&ON

?

I:B-05) IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

OFF

- -:'ON

"2 "3 (F>BR-R (F>Y-R

2L RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

?,,! II

+

ELCdA/T

Y-Id1 -

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

f

GND

CGND

;rl

3

'14

I E

B

B

L [ I

r

a

I

) 0-w 1’ 25 E-!z i i _ 1TTr: .l-3 . 2E

I

~;~~RJEUISE SWITCH 0

2B

1 2 3 4

(c-70)

(c-82) HR15M25AA

TSB Revision

409

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Auto-cruise Control Circuit Y

n (A-11X)0

MFI SYSTEM

Y-W

SPEED SENSOR (c-58)

(c-68)

0773 OFRONT

(D-42)

SIDE

(c-81)

(c-83)

(F-27) HR15M31AB

TSB Revision

432

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

ACTIVE AERO CIRCUIT (FROM 1994 MODELS) (CONTINUED)

FUSIBLE LINK 0 r_

/

6 2R-B

2G-I

_------------ 51 --------_r

2B-I 56 ------

L-G

“2

R 4------

i 52

UP

"1

L-G

2B-I 13 5 _-----_

(C-31) 5$--------2R-B

"4

5

2G-I

DOWN

I

B-R ------ ,,5 (c-03)

B-R Ri i 5 4------ ------11 -____-_ I / 1 I I / I I I I I / I I I

OFFd

‘-7-pr OFF?

GND

*----v-j

A

A '

V - - -

V

57 2R-W

0.85f 3

4

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

12

53 2R-L

Y-L

ACTIVE AERO CONTROL UNIT

a-.-----------------------AJ IIsm

BR-F

o '2 ---- --3*------>+ ---- -10

2R-W ] 2R-L r,,,,-, ~BR-k ) 0

,7 /&

,,6

,,5

B t

,,4

SLANT

,,3

FLAT

------213

OFF

0

REAR SPOILER (F-04) 2B

d tiil

n Z

q

HR15M31BA

TSB Revision

433

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit COMPONENT LOCATION L/

I Active aero control unit

Symbol

Name

Symbol

Name

E

Data link connector (from 1994 models)

Active aero front venturi skirt

C

Data link connector (up to 1993 models)

Active aero rear spoiler

D

B

I

--r-l

El9F0134

i

‘\{\ j \ \ -

is/y 218FO233 00002694



I

7

front venturi skirt

218FO24:

[ TSB Revision

\

Y16Fo4!

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Active Aero Circuit

1 TSB Revision

435

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit

;

CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1992 MODEL)

ii

(VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT) IGNIT 3N SWITC (IGl) 3I E

EKBsE

r)

m I 25

70

DOOR %P"""

D-46

,,l (c-68)

0

D I 11

@y

‘1 (E-04)

15A

(c-80) 3 h

a

;Ek%;HONE

T--

ci I. E*I

I3 d

(E-01) aI

I

3

I

I

I:

I & F-

h

uII dc

r

1- E I -

m

I

4

(F-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT >

L

c I y 1 m :

/p

4

3 II II III II II 1IL

a:I 2

h

6

7

$2 I$

02 % _-I : cdi= s 1 -+

c c

s h

J 55 3 2 -t A *

4 A

5 A

6 A

7

-

A

(F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)

(A-11X) (Fme=m

(c-80)

3

5 6 /\ ,\ ,\ A

I 6

/ L:

(D-35)

II "4 (D-34) 3

s

3

cA

*

5

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

L

n

SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85) h

I ?J

1 F-36

IOD OR $;~;&-JR (A-11XI t-

1

(c-82)0

(E-01) (D-42) -1

J

JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39) ( OR HAND FREE CONTROLLER >

(c-85)

(FmcEz)

g@;ER (D-13) (RH)

(D-35) rmB

HR15M32AA

[ TSB Revision

436

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Car Telephone Circuit

CAR TELEPHONE CIRCUIT (1993 Models) (VEHICLES HARNESS WITHOUT TELEPHONE COMPONENT) IGNI: SWIT( 3/ :

DOOR Qg;fKER

D-46

\0 15A c (c-80)

\/ 3

"m 1 1

3

(c-83)

\I 27'

c

;E&;;H"NE

2-- 1m > PL d: i ,,2 ,.l

h 2 "

ci

10A

0 E\

(E-01) u I

F-36

?

_-. 16 I :

1

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

r

iF-37) SPARE CONNECTOR WIRELESS ( TELEHONE UNIT )

m

m &

s -

SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE MICROPHONE) (c-85) I+

h

1

2

5 ', I II *, I,;z ' s ' $A I v I f II Lf 3

h

A

3

4

h

h

5

T

6

h

7

8

25

ss2z & A v G v Ll -

a: d

G

5 6 7 3 2 1 4 IA A A * A A * (F-38) SPARE CONNECTOR (HAND FREE CONTROLLER)

8 *I

I I-\

Lz 1 El 2

)

cl.2 I I w $

L: v

5

/\\

6

/\ A

R e

7

8 ,\ ,\

HR15M33AA

TSB Revision

437 NOTES

i

TSB Revision

438

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit

TOP STACK CIRCUIT (1995 MODELS)

TOP SWITCH 6

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

1 !l

5

SPEE DS

2L-B G-L

Y-I

L-‘

FcFF2y)

Y-E

7 2---.

3 ----_

4 .----

(F) Y

J/B

5

L0

Y-W

- 15

1

-W 6 o ELC-4A/T Y- .W Y-W

3. 851

0.85R

METER AND GAUGES

45

W- R 18 (D-42) i

0.85R

t

-1

W-,R 1. 85'

0. 85\

1.85-b

3. 851

W-R

44

W- R

CTRtINIC % sus :gs iION 0-dWISE ‘%I TROI

0.851

.85(

3

I. 85'

11 .----

3.----

3. 853

).85F

17

i

W-R

0.85G 0.85i

16

TOP STACK HARNESS

3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR

1 cA-

\1r(D-50)

K%i"

HR15M34AA

TSB Revision

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit

UMPER 3NNECTC

FUSIBLE L

'ER lECTl

$: (E-44)

'ER IECT

2Y-F

2Y-

(E

3 _--_

2G-I

2Y-I

2Y-

---- i ---_

;.---- 3.---_

---_

7.---

2Y-R

2G-Y

2Y-R

2Y-

(E-42: 2R

A l(E-41)

2G-

2G-R

2Y-R

2Y-c

(c-01:

(E-40

1----

I----

---_

I

2F

2G-Y

2G-k

2G-

2G-k

2Y-R

2Y-(

2G-Y

1.----

,

T

(F-47

2R

2G-

(F-43) [

(F-41

(c-01) Fm) (F-41)

2G-R

2Y-G

2G-F

439

3

(E-41) (F-43) Fm (F-49)

TOP STACK HARNESS Em

HR15M34AB

1 TSB Revision

440

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Top Stack Circuit

TOP STACK CIRCUIT (FROM 1996 MODELS)

IGNI SW17

3N (IGl)

s-

- -TOP SWITC -!H - (D-48) T r i

11

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

1

Jn

1

2L-E

2B-'

G-b

z-u .2-t c

(

5a

P a

c

c

J/B i-1

0 10A

0.85k

0.85R

j-1

-

0.85R I

1 3-Y

?HEOSTAT

!RUISE IL SYSTEM

z a, 6

0.85R

2 19 I

8 -

\TA L INNECiurc (c-91)

j

6

REAR HARNESS (F-48)

HR15M39AA

1 TSB Revision

1

441

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - TOD Stack Circuit

:1 *BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH *PARK/NEUTRAL $2 POSITION SWITCH I

(F)I

Y-W .

1

MT:!” .MFI SYSTEM

5W-B

(Y-W)

IJ’B. @

R-G

E

l(c-68)

(F) "k"L"

ELC 4-SPEED 10A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE &i ---- ::,

Y-V

R j(c-14)

Y-Y 0.85R

.---i Ok”$

R-Y ,,l /\

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

,,2

0. B! R-I 0.85B-W

IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

&#lgJP

Y-W COMBINATION METER

W-F

O.S5R-G :ER .8 (D-42)

3B-R

W-F L-G 2Y-R

NOTE gi !$;q

2B

REAR HARNESS (F-48)

(D-53)

\

HEADER

#+” (c-14)

, -4

Y HARNESS

REAR HARNESS

0 (c-66)

(c-68)

pm)

(c-74)

(c-77)

REAR HARNESS

(F-47) E!l (c-82)0

HR15MSQAB

TSB Revision

442

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit

SUNROOF CIRCUIT (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) 2B-W ,,? (c-82) J/B' A . @H

FUSIBLE LINK 0

kw ATED 07 20A(

10A \,

0.85~~

1.25R-B

16 (c-77)

,,4 (c-01) 0 1.25R-B 1 B-W --------------__________ J m 1.25R-0 2 ------------------______R-W,,6 (E-46) 1.25R-B 4 R-W 3 w%lE U N I T

ii]

4 2 LG ,,3

4

(

"1 LG-Y

"15 Y-L

,,7

v

,,5

"

"

14

Y-0 ?.25R-L 1 1.25R-Y 1 ,,6 ,,l ,,2

SUNROOF MOTOR (E-48)

E

1.25E

CIRCUIT BREAKER

LIMIT SWITCH

MOTOR I

"a

D

HR15M40AA

TSB Revision

443

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - Sunroof Circuit

1

CPU i

INPUT SIGNAL

1

SUNROOFrI (3WllLH .._-^,. (E-47) 1 OPq&B /

DOOR SWITCH (E-21)

HR15M40AB

TSB Revision

NOTES :L)

16-1

id

ENGINE ELECTRICAL CONTENTS CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

GENERATOR . . . . ..*.............-....... 12 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test . . . . . . . 6 Output Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

i;

Crankshaft Position Sensor Check . . _ . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS) Ignition Primary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave-form Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._.

37

Regulated Voltage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Ignition Timing Adjustment . . . Refer to GROUP 11

Wave-form Check Using An Analyzer . . . . . . . . .

10

Spark Plug Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Spark Plug Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31

Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31

IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Camshaft Position Sensor Check . . . . . . . . . . Refer to GROUP 13A (ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION OF MFI COMPONENTS)

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *. .

31

Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32

STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 General Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

Service Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

~

~

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . .-a.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

I L

I

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem

CHARGING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR Items

Up to 1995 models

From 1996 models

Type

Battery voltage sensing

Battery voltage sensing

12fllO

12l95

Rated output

VIA

1 Electronic type

1 Electronic type

1 Voltage regulator

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS GENERATOR

I

1 Standard value 1 Limit

Items

1 -

I Regulated voltage Ambient temp. at voltage rkgulator V

1 -2O’C ( - 4 ° F ) ( 14.2-15.4

I

I

I

1 80°C (176°F)

1 13.1-14.5

I-

1 26.7 (1.05)

/ 26.1 (1.03)

1 Approx. 3-5

I -

I-

/ 70% of nominal output current

60°C (140°F)

1 Slip ring O.D.

I

mm (in.)

Field coil resistance

13.9-l

20°C (68°F)

Q

I Output current

TSB Revision

4.9

13.4-14.6

I

I

I

I

I

I I

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

16-3

TROUBLESHOOTING L (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNI: ON SWIT( (IGl)

r0

2B-'MI

B-W J/B

15A

(c-01:

7a

1

0. a5

B-W B-W

0.85 B-W

2F B-W

5 9 (D-04)

COMBINATION

)XF&ATOR r i

L 1140 L

L 10 (D-45)

L

Ld2i-‘(B-18)

i 3

i i! -

GENEARATOR

TSB Revision

I

16-4

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

(FROM 1994 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 3 E 3 b -

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-WI

B-\nr J/B (c-01 D r7

(I

2B-W 7 ,\ 0

(c-82)

15A \,

6

0.85

(c-71)

B-W B-\ hJ (F) 8W-

:F> IW-F

r

J

s

gfF;E$ATOR r -77

--COMBINATION @ METER z 7

3

METER AND GAUGES

(A-1OX)

IL JL

?

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

I_)

-

lo (D-45) DEFOGGER

(F tc

(F> L

1 1-8

\

----- -------. 3

i

; (

COIL

ILTAGE YEGULATOS

i

-

:

L

~ -

GENEARATOR

HR04MOlAA

TSB Revision

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System OPERATION When engine is stopped

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

When the ignition switch is switched to the “ON” position, electricity flows from the ‘I” terminal of the generator to the field coil, and at the same time the charging warning light illuminates.

When engine is being started/has started When the engine is started, charging voltage is applied to the ‘I” terminal of the generator, with the result that the charging warning light is extinguished. In addition, because battery voltage is applied to the “S” terminal of the generator, this battery voltage is monitored at the IC voltage regulator, thus switching ON and OFF the current to the field coil and thereby controlling the output voltage of the generator. Power is supplied to each load from the “B” terminal of the generator. NOTE The generator relay functions as a back-up for the flow of electricity to the field coil if there is a disconnection or damaged wiring of the charging warning light.

COMPONENT LOCATION Name 1 Generator relay

16-5

/ Symbol 1 I

A

TSB Revision

I

1. Charging warning light does not go on when the ignition switch is turned to “ON”, before the engine starts. l Check the bulb. 2. Charging warning light fails to go off once the engine starts. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 3. Discharged or overcharged battery. l Check the IC voltage regulator (located within the generator). 4. The charging warning light illuminates dimly. l Check the diode (within the combination meter) for a short-circuit.

16-6

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE GENERATOR OUTPUT LINE VOLTAGE DROP TEST

Voltmeter

+I I.=-@=

Battery

6EN0962

This test determines whether the wiring from the generator “B” terminal to the battery (+) terminal (including the fusible link) is in a good condition or not. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator ‘73” terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of 0 - 100 A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the ‘73” terminal, and then connect the

1 TSB Revision

(-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. The reason for this is if a vehicle in which the voltage may have dropped due to an imperfect connection at the generator “B” terminal is being inspected, and the generator “B” terminal is loosened when the test ammeter is connected, the connection will be completed at this time and the possibility of finding problems will be reduced. (5) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator “B” terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the battery (+) cable.)



16-7

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System / L

(6) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP - On-vehicle Service.) (7) kkconnect the negative battery cable. (8) Leave the hood open. (9) Start the engine. (lO)With the engine running at 2500 rpm, turn the headlights and other lights on and off to adjust the generator load so that the value displayed on the ammeter is slightly above 30A. Limit value: Max. 0.3 V NOTE When the generator output is high and the value displayed on the ammeter does not decrease to 30A, set the value to 40A. Read the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. In this case the limit value becomes max. 0.4V. Adjust the engine speed by gradually decreasing it until the value displayed on the ammeter

is 30A. Take a reading of the value displayed on the voltmeter at this time. (11) If the value displayed on the voltmeter is above the limit value, there is probably a malfunction in the generator output wire, so check the wiring between the generator “IS” terminal and the battery (+) terminal (including fusible link). If a terminal is not sufficiently tight or if the harness has become discolored due to overheating, repair and then test again. (12)After the test, run the engine at idle. (13)Turn off all lights and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (14)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (15)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (16)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (17)Connect the negative battery cable.

OUTPUT CURRENT TEST

Charging indicator

30A

Voltmeter

t Load

Generator

Ammeter

Battery

6EN0893

1 TSB Revision

16-8

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

This test determines whether the generator outputs normal current. (1) Before the test, always be sure to check the following. l Generator installation l Battery (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) NOTE The battery to be used should be slightly discharged. The load in a fully-charged battery will be insufficient and the test may not be able to be carried out correctly. l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator “B” terminal and connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100 A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.)

Caution Never use clips but tighten bolts and nuts Otherwise loose to connect the line. connections (e.g. using clips) will lead to a serious accident because of high current.

(5)

(6) (7)

(8) (9)

NOTE A clamp-type ammeter which enables measurements to be taken without disconnecting the generator output wire is recommended. Connect a voltmeter with a range of 0 - 20 V between the generator “B” terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to the ground.) Connect a tachometer. (For the procedure for connecting the tachometer, refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) Connect the negative battery cable. Leave the hood open. Check to be sure that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator “B” terminal and the battery (+) terminal.

TSB Revision

(1O)After turning the light switch on and turning on the headlights, start the engine. (1l)lmmediately after setting the headlights to high beam and turning the heater blower switch to the high revolution position, increase the engine speed to 2,500 r/min and read the maximum current output value displayed on the ammeter.

Limit value: 70% of nominal current output NOTE For the nominal current output, refer to the Generator Specifications. l Because the current from the battery will soon drop after the engine is started, the above step should be carried out as quickly as possible in order to obtain the maximum current output value. l The current output value will depend on the electrical load and the temperature of the generator body. l If the electrical load is small while testing, the specified level of current may not be output even though the generator is normal. In such cases, increase the electrical load by leaving the headlights turned on for some time to discharge the battery or by using the lighting system in another vehicle, and then test again. l The specified level of current also may not be output if the temperature of the generator body or the ambient temperature is too high. In such cases, cool the generator and then test again. (12)The reading on the ammeter should be above the limit value. If the reading is below the limit value and the generator output wire is normal, remove the generator from the engine and check the generator. (13)Run the engine at idle speed after the test. (14)Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (15)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (16)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (17)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (18)Connect the negative battery cable. l

16-9

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging Svstem REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST Ignition switch (IGl)

- Load

Generator

Ammeter 6EN1029

\:

This test determines whether the voltage regulator is correctly controlling the generator output voltage. (1) Always be sure to check the following before the test. l Generator installation l Check to be sure that the battery installed in the vehicle is fully charged. (Refer to GROUP 54 - Battery.) l Generator drive belt tension (Refer to GROUP 00 - Maintenance Service.) l Fusible link l Abnormal noise from the generator while the engine is running (2) Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. (3) Disconnect the negative battery cable. (4) Connect a digital-type voltmeter between the generator “S” terminal and the ground. (Connect the (+) lead of the voltmeter to the “s” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the voltmeter to a secure ground or to the battery (-) terminal.) (5) Disconnect the generator output wire from the generator “B” terminal. (6) Connect a DC test ammeter with a range of O-100A in series between the “B” terminal and the disconnected output wire. (Connect the (+) lead of the ammeter to the “B” terminal, and then connect the (-) lead of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.) (7) Connect a tachometer. (Refer to GROUP 11 - On-vehicle Service.) (8) Reconnect the negative battery cable.

(9) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and check that the reading on the voltmeter is equal to the battery voltage. NOTE If the voltage is 0 V, the cause is probably an open circuit in the wire or fusible link between the generator “S” terminal and the battery (+) terminal. (1O)Check to be sure that all lights and accessories are off. (11) Start the engine. (12)lncrease the engine speed to 2,500 r/min. (13)Read the value displayed on the voltmeter when the current output by the generator becomes 10A or less. (14)lf the voltage reading conforms to the value in the voltage regulation table, then the voltage regulator is operating normally. If the voltage is outside the standard value, there is a malfunction of the voltage regulator or of the generator. (15)After the test, lower the engine speed to the idle speed. (16)Turn the ignition switch to the “OFF” position. (17)Disconnect the negative battery cable. (18)Disconnect the ammeter, voltmeter and tachometer. (19)Connect the generator output wire to the generator “B” terminal. (20)Connect the negative battery cable.

VOLTAGE REGULATION TABLE

b

Inspection terminal

Voltage regula- Standard value Inspection terminal ambient (V) tor temperature (“C PI)

Terminal “S”

-20 (-4)

14.2-15.4

20 (68)

13.9-14.9

TSB Revision

Terminal “S”

Voltage regula- Standard value tor ambient (V) temperature (“c PI) 60 (140)

13.4-14.5

80 (176)

13.1-14.5

I

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charqinq System WAVE-FORM CHECK USING AN ANALYZER MEASUREMENT METHOD Connect the analyzer special patterns pick-up to the generator B terminal.

I

“B” terminal

Z7ELOlSl

I

STANDARD WAVE-FORM Observation Conditions 1 SPECIAL PATTERNS

FUNCTION

I PATTERN HEIGHT

VARIABLE Adjust while viewing the wave-

{

I Engine speed

Curb idle speed -

0.4 0.2 I Voltage at g e n e r a t o r 0 p7r-\fTfTfi/\AJ\ I+ h A fi 4 n r B terminal -0.2

-

-0.4 t lime 27ELOl15

1

NOTE Furthermore, the voltage wave-form of the generator B terminal can undulate as shown at left. This wave-form is produced when the regulator operates according to fluctuations in the generator load (current), and is normal for the generator.

TSB Revision

I I :L.J ,

16-11

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System ABNORMAL WAVE-FORMS EXAMPLES

NOTE 1. The size of the wave-form patterns differs largely depending on the adjustment of the variable knob on the analyzer. 2. Identification of abnormal wave-forms is easier when there is a large output current (regulator is not operating). (Wave-forms can be observed when the headlights are illuminated.) 3. Check the conditions of the charge light (illuminated/not illuminated) also, and carry out a total check. Abnormal wave-forms

Problem cause

Example 1

l

Open diode

AAL

ZELOlZO

0 Short in diode

Example 2

Z7EL0121

0 Broken wire in statorcoil

Example 3

27EL0122

0

Example 4

Short in stator coil

Z7EL0123

0 Open supplementary diode

Example 5

1

r2rrirl 27EL0124

4t this time, the charge light is illuminated.

TSB Revision

16-12

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Charging System

GENERATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Pre-removal and Post-installation Operation Removal and Installation of Right Bank Warm Up Three-Way Catalytic Converter (Refer to GROUP 15-Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler and Catalytic Converter.)

l

24 Nm

lo-12 Nm 7-9 ft.lbs.

14-18ft.lbs.

216FO346

Removal steps 1. Air hose E

l b

2. Air hose C 3. Suction hose clamo nuts BA -

IGI SW -

ZRY -

(A/T> ION HCST)

2B-Y

2B-

B-1I

2B(c-31

/\ 7r

MFI SYSTEM

1

3 PARK/NEUTRAL &~#ON

3.

3

28-R

1

r

3B-

1

8 OF?- $J i

(c-64)

lmB 0

------

i

,.; ,

MFI SYSTEM 2BWARNING LIGHT

(8-23)

7:1

G-B

1.25B-y\

(B-30:

ij

(B-26) g:2

0.85B-Y I

1

2B-Y

G-B

2B-

SUPPLEMENTAL gf;EEiINT

AUTO-CRUISE CONTROL

1 1.25y 2B-Y

STARTER RELAY ------;;OFF (A-09X) AL 20B-R \I 2 ;

2B(A-67

5(A-67)

B-k I 4

!

2B-Y

2

2B-

20B-F

IGNI ION SWIT HCST)

BA TTIZRY -

I

____ ii-

2B

STARTER MOTOR

d 0

=

= STARTER MOTOR

NOTE %l:FROM 1993 MODEL %2:1992 MODEL I (c-31)

(c-64)

q

HR02MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

16-21

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNITION iWITCH 2B-k

zJ==%~,

B-l

2B-k

(c-31: 2

J/Br 1

2B-k

B-j 4

rwER (A-OSXI I28-k IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

----------

B-L

SrOFF ON

2 G-B (c-02

0.85B-Y 3

0.85R-B

G-E

R-B

1

1

E;$gAb;GHT AND EW';RTMENT

i

R-B

2

I - - - - - -

. BUZZER . MFI SYSTEM . fl@+NG .DOME #T, LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT

PEDAL &~#,;~ONB

2B-Y

'TE

LG-B 21

20B-R B-l B-L

3B-F

WHEN KEY IS REMOVED (B-23: r-

!

r

(c-65)

*;~F$K& DOOR .ACTWE AERO 4EHE;iALARM

G-313

B-l Q STARTER MOTOR

mf3t7) (c-02)

d 6 (c-31)

I ms (c-56) (c-64) (c-58)

HR02MOlAA

1 TSB Revision

16-22

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System



I #d

f 2B-kT

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNITION iWITCH (ST)

(c-31:

2

.----

1 2B-Y STARTER RELAY @liB MFI SYSTEM

B-Y

I

4 --____----------------.

-*OFF ON

2

2B-Y

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

23 B~yg$!y”IsE

O.a5R-B

11 1 II I 1 I

13 /1

G-B 3 I (c-02: .----A

2B-Y

R-B

3 PARK/ 'BUZZER . f~[f,\6[!?.+~~ [#~f#hI

eQsCIAk;GHT AND COMPARTMENT LIGHT

CYLINDER ILLUMINATION tIGHT

(B-26)

R-i

L’\ 2'

r’”

D-'

9

:2

,:1

NOTE Xl FROM 1993 MODEL :2 1992 MODEL

2B-R BATTERY

'l.25B-W

( 2B-R

MFI SYSTEM

(B-30)

208-R B-1

WHEN KEY IS REMOVED

3B-R (B-23)1

(B-24)

1

SUPPLEMENTAL gEyL&E"i I NT

B-L $FRIW& DOOR .ACTIVE AERO *TWF;~ALARM

B-I

h STARTER ~0~0:

HR02M02AA

1 TSB Revision

~

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

OPERATION 0

L

l

16-23

For models equipped with the M/T, the clutch pedal position switch contact is switched OFF when the clutch pedal is depressed; when the ignition switch is then switched to the “ST’ position, electricity flows to the starter relay and the starter motor, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated. NOTE If the ignition switch is switched to the “ST position without the clutch pedal being depressed, electricity flows to the starter relay (coil), the clutch pedal position switch (contacts) and to ground, with the result that the contacts of the starter relay are switched OFF, and, because the power to the starter motor is thereby interrupted, the starter motor is not activated. For models equipped with the AIT, when the ignition switch is switched to the “ST’ position while the selector lever is at the “P” or “N” position, the contact (magnetic switch) of the starter is switched ON and the starter motor is activated.

The starter motor does not operate at all. l Check the starter (coil). l Check for poor contact at the battery terminals and starter. l Check Park/Neutral position switch. l Check clutch pedal position switch. l Check starter relay. l Check theft-alarm starter relay. l Check key reminder switch.

i

STARTER MOTOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Refer to GROUP 22 - Manual Transaxle, or GROUP 23 Automatic Transaxle.

INSPECTION PINION GAP ADJUSTMENT

Fieldcoil wire

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal. (3) Set switch to “ON”, and pinion will move out.

/’ L&J

Ii ?

Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (4) Check pinion to stopper clearance (pinion gap) with a feeler gauge.

Standard value: 0.5-2.0 mm (.020-,079 in.)

Stopper

I

Pinion gap

Pinion

Z6EL003

TSB Revision

16-24

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System (5) If pinion gap is out of specification, adjust by adding or removing gaskets between magnetic switch and front bracket.

ZlEL113

MAGNETIC SWITCH PULL-IN TEST (1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and M-terminal.

Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (3) If pinion moves out, then pull-in coil is good. If it doesn’t, replace magnetic switch. 27ELOOlQ

MAGNETIC SWITCH HOLD-IN TEST (1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between S-terminal and body.

Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. (3) Pull out the pinion by hand until it comes into contact with the pinion stopper. (4) If pinion remains out, everything is in order. If pinion moves in, hold-in circuit is open. Replace magnetic switch.

FREE RUNNING TEST

Carbon-pile rheostat

5 0

Starter motor I

-I-

Battery i 12v I Voltmeter 7I

27ELOO22

(1) Place starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter motor as follows: (2) Connect a test ammeter (loo-ampere scale) and carbon pile rheostat in series with battery positive post and starter motor terminal. (3) Connect a voltmeter (15volt scale) across starter motor. (4) Rotate carbon pile to full-resistance position. (5) Connect battery cable from battery negative post to starter motor body. (6) Adjust rheostat until the battery voltage shown by the voltmeter is 11 V. (7) Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifications and that the starter motor turns smoothly and freely.

Current: Max. 90 Amps

1 TSB Revision

16-25

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System MAGNETIC SWITCH RETURN TEST

L

(1) Disconnect field coil wire from M-terminal of magnetic switch. (2) Connect a 12 V battery between M-terminal and body.

Caution This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent coil from burning. Field coil wire

27EL0021

(3) Pull pinion out and release. If pinion quickly returns to its original position, everything is in order. If it doesn’t, replace magnetic switch.

Caution When pulling out the pinion, be careful not to have your finger pinched.

STARTER RELAY (1) Remove the starter relay from the relay box. (2) Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded. Power is supplied / Power is not supplied

216Fo264

00002526

i

TSB Revision

3-4 terminals

No continuity

3-5 terminals

Continuity

3-4

terminals

/

Continuity

3-5 terminals

No continuity

l-2 terminals

Continuity

1

16-26

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System I

DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY

Disassembly steps 1. Screw ;. f$gnntic switch

4Ab 4A,

Lj~

12. 13. 14. =I:.

4: Screw 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Rear bearing 9. Armature ;;. paF assembly .

Packing A Packing B Plate ;an$ary gear

+B, .A+ 17: Snap ring 4B, .A+ 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket

TSB Revision

, I !Lj ’

16-27

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

27EN0628

1'0

4A, 4A,

Disassembly steps 1. Screw 2. Magnetic switch 3. Screw 4. Starter cover 5. Rear bracket 6. Brush holder 7. Brush 8. Bush 9. Armature ;y. Fap assembly .

12. Packing A 13. Packing B 14. Plate 15. Planetary gear 16. Lever 4B, .A4 17. Snap ring 4B, .A4 18. Stop ring 19. Overrunning clutch 20. Internal gear 21. Planetary gear holder 22. Front bracket

DISASSEMBLY SERVICE POINTS +A,ARMATURE / BALL REMOVAL Caution When removing the armature, be careful not to lose the ball (which is used as a bearing) in the armature end.

TSB Revision

16-28

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System +B,SNAP RING / STOP RING REMOVAL (1) Press the stop ring, by using an appropriate socket, wrench, to the snap ring side.

Stop ring

Z6EL0097

(2) After removing the snap ring (by using snap-ring pliers), remove the stop ring and the overrunning clutch.

Z6ELOO96

STARTER MOTOR PARTS CLEANING Do not immerse parts in cleaning solvent. Immersing the yoke and field coil assembly and/or armature will damage insulation. Wipe these parts with a cloth only. 2. Do not immerse drive unit in cleaning solvent. Overrunning clutch is pre-lubricated at the factory and solvent will wash lubrication from clutch. 3. The drive unit may be cleaned with a brush moistened with cleaning solvent and wiped dry with a cloth. 1.

REASSEMBLY SERVICE POINT ,A+TOP RING / SNAP RING INSTALLATION Using a suitable pulling tool, pull overrunning clutch stop ring over snap ring.

INSPECTION COMMUTATOR INSPECTION (1) Place the armature on a pair of V-blocks, and check the deflection by using a dial gauge.

Standard value: 0.05 mm (JO20 in.) Limit: 0.1 mm (.004 in.)

TSB Revision

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System

16-29

(2) Check the outer diameter of the commutator.

Standard value: 29.4 mm (1.158 in.) Limit: 28.4 mm (1.118 in.)

ZiELllS

Undercut I

(3) Check the depth of the undercut between segments.

Standard value: 0.5 mm (.020 in.)

BRUSH HOLDER Check for continuity between brush holder plate and brush holder. The normal condition is non-continuity.

OVERRUNNING CLUTCH 1.

2.

While holding clutch housing, rotate the pinion. Drive pinion should rotate smoothly in one direction, but should not rotate in opposite direction. If clutch does not function properly, replace overrunning clutch assembly. Inspect pinion for wear or burrs. If pinion is worn or burred, replace overrunning clutch assembly. If pinion is damaged, also inspect ring gear for wear or burrs.

FRONT AND REAR BRACKET BUSHING Inspect bushing for wear or burrs. If bushing is worn or burred, replace front bracket assembly or rear bracket assembly.

TSB Revision

16-30

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Starting System BRUSHES AND SPRINGS REPLACEMENT 1.

E

qC-- Wear limit line

2.

Brushes that are worn beyond wear limit line, or oil-soaked, should be replaced. When replacing field coil brushes, crush worn brush with pliers, being careful not to damage pigtail.

-

3. 4.

New brush Soldered (Make sure that there is no excess solder on brush surface)

5.

Sand pigtail end with sandpaper to ensure good soldering. Insert pigtail into hole provided in new brush and solder it. Make sure that pigtail and excess solder do not come out onto brush surface. When replacing ground brush, slide the brush from brush holder by prying retaining spring back.

Surface A marked Zl EL049

Growler

ARMATURE TEST ARMATURE SHORT-CIRCUIT TEST 1. Place armature in a growler. 2. Hold a thin steel blade parallel and just above while rotating armature slowly in growler. A shorted armature will cause blade to vibrate and be attracted to the core. Replace shorted armature.

ARMATURE GROUNDING TEST Check the insulation between the armature coil cores and the commutator segments. They are normal if there is no continuity.

ARMATURE COIL OPEN-CIRCUIT CHECK Check for continuity between segments. The condition is normal if there is continuity.

TSB Revision

do

16-31

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

IGNITION SYSTEM i/

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CRANK ANGLE SENSOR cup to 1992 model> Items

Specifications

Type

Contact pointless type

Identification No.

Tl T49371

Part No.

MD1 53464

Advance mechanism

Controlled by engine control unit

Firing order

l-2-3-4-5-6

IGNITION COIL r

I

Items

Specifications

Type

Mold 3-coil

Identification No.

F-536 j MD152648

Part No.

I

SPARK PLUG

L

Items

Specifications

-

NGK

PFRGJ-11

NIPPON DENS0

PK20PRPll

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS Standard value

Items Ignition coil

Primary coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) R

Limit

0.67-0.81

Secondary coil resistance at 11.3-15.3 20°C (68°F) kc2 1.0-l .l (0.39-0.43)

Spark plug gap mm (in.)

1.3 (.051) Max. 22

Spark plug cable kQ

SPECIAL TOOLS Supersession

Tool number and name MD998464 Harness connector (4 pin, square) ii

TSB Revision

Application Check of ignition primary voltage (connection of ignition coil connector)

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - lanition Svstem

TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION

hiITCH(IG1)

2B-X

7m

J/B 0 15A

c

1

@%t”

DETECTION CONNECTOR

5

(c-71)

2B-Y (D-44) 5 2B-W

(B-14) 1.25L-R 1.25L-B ,, 1. 25L-Y 2B-W

(D-15) 4 2B-W 1.25B-W 2B-W y;

,,2 ;,l ;,4 23 _

I

'$

1. 25 L-Y ----- ,\22----- ,,ll (B-22) A6 ,P \ /\ ,h ,\ IGNITION COIL 1-4 -

CAPACITOR (B-15) 1 /

IGNITION I POWER TRANSISTOR!

IGNITION COIL 2-5 r--

rl

2

(D-15)

4

2

5

3

6



3% (TAC

4TION

) 1.25B

III III I1I IL /

SPARK PLUG

“-6% 5v

“-6

“-4%

v

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

.IGNITION SWITCHtST) .CRANKSHAFT .(CTP) S W I T C H POSITION SE:NSOR .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR';#$;~L;oc IULE .KNOCK SENSOR *ENGINE COOL:ANT .VOLUME AIR ;ED&f$AT"RE FLOW SENSOR 4;ig;f;HERIC

IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

HR03MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition Svstem

(UP TO 1995 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W

1

33-W 70

CHARGING

J/B

WE DETECTION

0 15A

CONNECTOR (c-71)5

2B-Y t 2B-W

\I / 1. c5L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l I' (F>1.25L-Y J,4 (FlPR-W

CAPACITOR (F)2B-W (B-15) ,x6 -------r----= ,\ iI -

:

3

,,ll (B-22) ,J3-----,_12 ,\ ----- ,\ I\ IGNITION ' ""TL 1-4

IGNITION COIL 2-5

IGNITION COIL 3-6

1

i

----- _---2 '1 (8-21) 3

____-----1_____ 5 (F)E (F)W

&i&AND

101;; (C-54) r-,58 (c-90)

1o ----A ------ 23

I/

A

~~$yqppQ !I

1. 2513

0

A

k-_""_---- 52~1 B-G 104g2

A

siKz&G

ll(c-52)

A

INPUT SIGNAL .INTAKE AIR gE;g;EATURE '&$AT~~;HER'C

. (CTP) SWITCH .CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR .KNOCK SENSOR .VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR

if;INE CONTROL

2 (A-18) I IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT CONNECTOR

(B-22)FE) CFm) (B-14) Em3 EFZTJ /$J $mb @f-@

SPARK"PLUG

.CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR *TRANSAXLE CONTROL MODULE .ENGINE COOLANT $~~~~~ATURE

NOTE

:l:TURBO,NON TURBO (CALIFORNIA) x2:NON TURBO (FEDERAL) (c-54)

(c-71)

ok4 Oh, HR03MO 1AA

( TSB Revision

1

16-34

ENGINE ELECTRICAL - Ignition System

(FROM 1996 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W i CHARGING

J/B Eiwi" DETECTION CONNECTOR

/ (c-73)“5 2B-Y (D-44)“5 2B-W -I

2B-W MFILS

(F>B-W

(B-14) (F)l. 25L-R,,2 (F)1.25L-B;,l (F>1.25L-Yj,4 (F>2B-W ),3-

-

- -

.

,cl

(F>2B-W 13 ,B

34 (D-04)

B

IGNI ON POWE TRAN STOR

2B (D-41)

----

i3

c

2

16 m

1

2B 2B t -

mm (c-14) (c-71) =plzF@gjm m (F-14)rE$FTg p$J

-

(c-82)

HRlOMOlAA

TSB Revision

54-15

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

;;Tli,;IGHT

J/B v7

1.,&q-DEDICATED w/FUSE BA

J/B

\I G-W 8 (c-71) ‘8 (D-44) G-W

, 13--------1

II /I ,

/ / I I / I

T

/ i

1 B-Y J,

!/ L

t2: / f1 i I

-T

T

t;52 / F5 ’ 0

I

(Z~Z~~NATION (D-09)

I

Y-l

R-

R-l :c-14)

R[NE rROL MODULE

-7r -1

(D-15: AL

(F)Y-I

2

3 tc 2E3 (F)R-\I 2 2E3 11

(c-69)

I

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT (B-01)

HRlOMOlAB

TSB Revision

I

54-16

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

METERS AND GAUGES CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W CHARGING

J/B \, 0. 85B-W“' -

O.B5B-W t

s(D-44)

O.B5B-W L-R I t WARNING LIGHT

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

B-W

--

COMBINATION METER

--,,59 (D-04)

r

/\

-..I

64 B-W I

\L -------------____

-----

(D-C 109 Y -W E \: S(c-14) ---. --------------___ -W

B-1

53

)Y

I6 (D-44)

2 B

.MFI SYSTEM

IGN: ION R3 ISTOR

i 2E

(F: )B ' 0 2B

2B

n =

NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE

(B-34) (c-14) (c-71) m m m z ~~~~5&4 60161(6216~64165166167 ( D - 4 4 )

(F-14)

(Fm (ml'

TSB Revision

‘d

B

13 2E

54 (D-04)

4

16 (c-71)

1j(c-82)

I

54-17

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

B-lIv NOTE Zl:HATCHBACK :E:CONVERTIBLE

G-W ELC 4A/T

I G-W

,,13---------

I

'-'I8 2

, I

COMBINATION

I

I

z8 m

Ii-1

I

L R-B

B-Y

3 RHEOSTAT (D-40)

ILL

33 : T

2E

20

=

i

I

c 1

k L

, Y-l ‘5

R--Y

, _____------_-------_-~~~~ (D-15) 2I (F>Y-R

E

213

2L

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

L T

if=

7

I

R-B 1 (C-14)

Y-R

2,

t; ?

'r

(F>R-

1

r

OIL tzi&PRE / UNIT Z(8-36)

TEMPERATURE

(c-69)(D-03) (B-01) mm Em cm) D @JB ~,~I:::.:aa-J~~~l (D-40) (D-41)(m) =qJ p$Egq TSB Revision

HRlOM02AB

~

54-18

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

OPERATION l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the fuel gauge is activated. l When there is much fuel, the unit’s resistance is small and the current flowing in the circuit is great, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “F” area. l When there is little fuel, the unit’s resistance is high and the current flowing in the circuit is small, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “E” area. l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the engine coolant temperature gauge is activated. l When the engine coolant temperature is high, the unit’s resistance is low and there is a great flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “H” area. l When the engine coolant temperature is low, the unit’s resistance is high and there is a small flow of current in the circuit, so the gauge’s indicator indicates in the “C” area. l Pulses are produced in accordance with the vehicle speed, and vehicle-speed signals are input to systems (the MFI system, etc.) that regulate according to the vehicle speed. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The fuel gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel pump and gauge unit assembly; the ‘F” side is indicated when terminal (5) is then grounded. l Check the fuel gauge. 2. The engine coolant temperature gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The “l-l” side is indicated when the connector of the engine coolant temperature gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the engine coolant temperature gauge unit. 3. Systems dependent upon control according to the vehicle speed do not function correctly. l Check the reed switch (mechanical speedometer type) l Check the speed sensor (electrical speedometer type)

TSB Revision

coil pressure gauge> l When the ignition key is at the “ON” position, the oil pressure gauge is activated. l When oil pressure is high, the internal contacts of the gauge unit are kept closed for a longer period of time. This causes more current to flow in the circuit, and the gauge pointer swings to the high pressure side. l When oil pressure is low, the internal contacts of the gauge unit open in a shorter period of time. Therefore, there is less current flowing in the circuit and the gauge pointer swings to the low pressure side. l When the ignition key is set to the “ON” position, the gauge indicator will be at “0”. l When the engine is started, the indicator will move from “0” to the minus (-) side, and then, as the boost level increases, it will move to the plus (+) side. l When the ignition key is placed in the “ON” position, the voltage gauge operates and indicates a battery voltage of approximately 12 V. l When the engine is started, the voltage gauge indicates a battery voltage of 12 to 16 V, indicating that the battery is on charge.

4. The oil pressure gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. (1) The “H” side is indicated when the connector of the oil pressure gauge unit is disconnected and then grounded. l Check the oil pressure gauge unit. 5. The meter illumination light does not illuminate. (1) The tail lights illuminate. l Check the rheostat. 6. The voltage gauge doesn’t function, or shows the incorrect indication. l Check the voltage gauge.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges COMPONENT LOCATION Engine control module

/

S16FOZS2

TSB Revision

54-19

I

54-20

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGN IT1 ON SWI'TCH (IGl)

J/B

rG 15

0.85B0.858. COMBINATION BMETER r------------------------------. II I III I d < 10 III 2 II

59

L--- ----- -G6? ~

L-R

12 (D-03)

Y-B

Y-B

Y

c

rGiD-15)

Y-B

Y-B I

(F: )Y

FUEL GAUGE UNIT m J

Y-B

I I

Y

Y-G 3

2B 1

Y-E

1 OIL $$#RE

I

Lm

/\

@F&NG SWITCH OFF - ON km

HRlOM03AA

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

IGN: sw1:

ION -I (ST)

IN (IGl)

IGNI SWIT

rG151 1

2B-' 2B-I

B-‘ _-11 1

z(c-31)

1

1

.'OFF IN

kTARTER IRELAY im 1 3 /

3

(A-67)

Ei(c-71)

/

Ei(D-44) 0.85B-' B-1

G-E 3 i (c-02) .--J

2B-I 3

G-E

2B-1

1.25B-\ l(D-15) DIODE u

1.25B-\1

r---I

cI(D-45)

1 I I I

EL

B-1

4ws III I EW 1 OFF '*ON SENSOR II *q (A-30) j Y-G L----~\ 9

EK” &#ON

L

'(c-82)

0.85B-'w

B-‘

2B-I

i

J/B

54-21

(Y-G)

0 Y-G

D-10

66 COMBINATION METER (D-04)

1

B

64

2B

p(D-41)

28

(A-09X) (A-30)@%?')

(c-02)

(c-31)

(c-71)

(C-82)0

/

HRlOM03AB

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

I dl

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM cl995 MODELS>

IN

IGN.

SWI:

(IGl)

2B-

R-W

‘(c-82)

2B-

1

J/B

CHARGING

I-

I

15 A

E

0.858- W

E;(D-44)

0.858- ,W 0.85B-W

13

+ L-T TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT B- ,W COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT METER AND GAUGES METER $3----539_______--_---------------1

LL,

-. ) ; --i .-----l 31

12 (D-03)

‘d i

Y-I Y

J(D-15)

‘Y

Y-i

Y-B I

Y-i l(B-06)

Y-C

Y ,\ 1T- -iniT NOTE ::CONVERTIBLE

2B d

OFF -

r--

0

FL =

HRlOM04AA

1 TSB Revision

54-23

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

LJ IGNI ION SWI? H(ST) 2B-k 2B-k

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I B-Y

I

CHARGING

z(c-31)

J/B

17-1 2B-k B-Y I 4 1 / /STARTER ;RELAY --------__

Y

r

sPOFF IN

s(c-71)

0.85B-W

jm

f

s(D-44)

0.85B-W

2B-Y (A-67) 2B-Y

CLUTCH PEDAL &j+$HON

1.25B-Y

/

I

:i:

MFI SYSTEM

lm 1.25B-Y jTARTING

DIODE u D-10

(Y-G)

Y-G

0

Y-G

66 A COMBINATION METER 90 (D-04)

SUPPLEMENTAL l@TE"#'NT

HRlOMOIAB

TSB Revision

54-24

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters -and Gauges

WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGN ITICIN SWI'TCH (IGl) 282B-

B-W

G----l CHARGING

J/B AL1 '6 (c-71) 0.85B- .W “6 (D-44)

NOTE ;;i;EW;EElg jV;V;O&ABS

0.858, -W 0.85B-W

13

‘8"11 :B:CONVERTIBLE

-W TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT COMBINATION AND HAZARD LIGHT c METER AND GAUGES METER ~r-----------r -------- -- _______7Tcj9 , I I I ii z y I c, , z I I LL L--------‘:67 o '3 .2 (D-03)

Y-L

I

-----JI 61 Y-B

"9 (D-16)

Y

0

Y-L (

y-L‘18 (F-44)%3

Y-B

c

‘y-1

I

Y-L

Y-B “5 (c-15)

(F) ,Y

Y-B

“2 (D-45)

Y-B 4:1 ;>6:*=

1

B-R t

;

I

1

s,2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL OFF '*ON SENSOR *(I (A-24)

31

1

1

OIL ;@SRE

((B-37)

TSB Revision

/

;~M&NG SWITCH (D-28)

a

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes

i

IGNI SW17 2B-\1

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

28-l J/B 2B-\I

0 ml 15A

---------.+OFF IN 1

2B-‘1 (A-67) 3

“6 (D-44)

3 G-B (c-02) 3--

B-W

G-B 2B-Y

METER AND GAUGES

i

0.85B-W (13

0.85B-W

B-W r----+$

i B-W

30

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT

1.25B-Y

L/

+

MFI SYSTEM '(D-15)

1.25B-Y STARTING

9

DIODE u I i;yEKNATION (D-04)

SUPPLEMENTAL ~E~&~J$NT

HRlOM05AB

TSB Revision

54-26

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE



INSPECTION SPEEDOMETER CHECK (1) Assure tire pressure at standard value. (Refer to GROUP - Specifications.) (2) Gt the vehicle on a speedometer tester. (3) Set free rollers securely on the floor according to the wheelbase and rear tread of the vehicle (when rear wheels are to be set on free rollers). (4) Raise the rear wheels on a jack and place rigid racks to support the specified positions of the side sills (when rear wheels are to be raised on a jack). (5) Make sure the parking brake has been set. cPWD>

Free r&Hers -

Sear wheels raised on jack>

?qi&%!g Rigid rack oooo2297

Anchor plate -w 216AO864

(6) Attach anchoring bars on the tie-down brackets and secure their ends to the anchor plates. (7) Make sure the tension on the right and left bars is the same. Also be sure there is enough tension on each bar. (8) Attach a chain or wire to the rear tie-down hole. Make sure the end of the wire or chain is secured firmly. (9) Take all other necessary precautions. (1O)Use a speedometer tester to measure the speedometer’s indication error. Standard value: Standard indication mph 20

19-22

40

38-44

80

57-66

80

1 76-88

1 100

1 94-110

1

I

--I

Caution Do not operate the clutch or accelerator abruptly or decelerate during the operations.

bracket

/

Allowable range mph

Z16FO133 00002298

TSB Revision

d

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

I,;

\

L:

c I\

zl6F 024;

54-27

TACHOMETER CHECK (1) insert paper clip into the engine revolution speed detection terminal provided in the engine compartment, and connect the engine tachometer to the inserted paper clip. Caution As the tachometer is negative grounded, do not connect battery conversely to prevent damaging transistor and diode. NOTE For tachometer inspection, use of a fluxmeter-type engine tachometer is recommended. (Because a fluxmeter only needs to be clipped to the high tension cable.) (2) Connect the engine tachometer and compare the engine tachometer and tachometer readings. Replace tachometer if difference is excessive. Standard value: 1,000 f 100 rpm 3,000 + 150 rpm 5,000 f 250 rpm 6,000 f 300 rpm Caution The engine speed signal output from the engine is one-third of the actual speed. When the engine speed is measured, make sure that the engine tachometer is placed in the 2-cylinder range. (The real speed is indicated.)

FUEL GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Connect a test light to the harness connector.

Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

Check the test light and gauge conditions. 1 (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

/-.-I Replace fuel gauge.

[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)

/-.--I Replace fuel gauge unit.

1

1 (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

k-1 Correct harness.

I

TSB Revision

54-28

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges FUEL GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove fuel gauge unit from fuel tank. (Refer to GROUP 13F - Fuel Tank.)

16FO115

00002300

Fuel Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Check that resistance value between the fuel gauge terminal and ground terminal is at standard value when fuel gauge unit float is at point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Standard value: Point F: 3 If: 2 G Point E: 110 It 7 Q (2) Check that resistance value changes smoothly when float moves slowly between point F (highest) and point E (lowest). Fuel Gauge Unit Float Height Move float and measure the height at point F (highest) and point E (lowest) with float arm touching stopper. Standard value: Point F: 18.6-21.6 mm (.73-.85 in.) Point E: 193.4-196.4 mm (7.61-7.73 in.) FUEL SENSOR CHECK Connect fuel gauge unit to battery via test light (12 V-3.4 W). Immerse in water. Condition good if light goes off when unit thermistor is in water and lights when unit is removed from water. Caution After completing this test, wipe the unit dry and install it in the fuel tank.

16Fo255

00002383

TSB Revision

w

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauaes ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK Remove the water temperature gauge unit coupling connector.

Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.

t Place the ignition switch in the ON position. (12

I

v’3.4

w) \ //

Z16FO13l

Check the test light and gauge conditions. _____c Replace water temperature gauge.

i(1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

Replace water temperature gauge unit.

[ (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)

[ (3) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

/-------I Correct harness.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT CHECK To check, remove engine coolant temperature gauge unit from the thermostat housing. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Resistance (1) Immerse unit in 70°C (158OF) water to measure resistance. Standard value: 104 f 13.5 Sz

(2) After checking, apply the specified sealant around the thread of engine coolant temperature gauge unit and install on the thermostat housing. Specified sealant: 3M Nut Locking Part No. 4171 or equivalent

i

TSB Revision

I

54-30

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK Remove the oil pressure gauge unit coupling connector.

Connect the harness connector via a test light to the ground.

-1 Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-

Check the test light and gauge conditions. (1) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge.

1 (2) Test light lights. (Pointer of gauge swings.)

k-1 Replace oil pressure gauge unit.

1 (2) Test light does not light. (Pointer of gauge does not swing.)

/

-1 Correct harness.

VOLTAGE GAUGE SIMPLE CHECK

Check voltage gauge for conditions. (1) Voltage indicated by voltmeter differs from voltage indicated by voltage gauge (position indicated by pointer).

(2) Gauge does not operate.

-1 Replace gauge.

/--I Correct harness or replace gauge.

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Meters and Gauges

54-31

COMBINATION METERS L

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

76FO222 00002364

L/

NOTE *: 1992 models

Removal steps 1. Knee protector (Refer G GROUP 52A - lnstiument PineI.) 2. Column cover, lower 3. Column cover, upper 4. Meter bezel * ’ 5. Combination meter

:i:

6. Adapter* (Mechanical speedometer type) /Washer tank (Refer to GROUP 51 - Windshield Wiper and Washer.) 7. Vehicles speed sensor (Electrical speedometer type)

REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS

Front of ve

dAbCOLUMN COVER LOWER / COLUMN COVER UPPER REMOVAL After the screws have been removed, remove the covers, while making sure not to break the grippers.

219FOl;

dB, ADAPTER REMOVAL R-B

'7 E%~TUP R-E 3 3 1

2R-L

2R-1

(F>R-B

IGHT

2R-1

2R-

I

IGHT

I

I

J 4 DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

(F>Y

=

TF;fi SWITCH

HROBMOBAA

TSB Revision

54-61

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

HEAI RELi

AUTOMATIC /FF UNIT

;HT KEI ,lC IY

'T;TikIGHT

A

2R-W'& 1.25R-W 0%

DEDICATED FUSE

15A

(R-Y ) G-W 1x6 (c-69) J/B ,,f

5

G-W

\/ '3 (c-71) ,,a (D-44)

G-W (R-Y ) c

/

4 IN OFF‘ c 9 1 (R-W)

G-Y G-Y i,

5

7r

TAILLIGHT,PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

I \

(R-Y

r

G-Y 3---------

10

(R-W)

G-W 19

I

G-W

,,3 " g;FTbHGHT @cD-ol, \/ "4 B-Y

I RHEOSTAT 11m

_. 5

L

c

2B ,y (c-78) J/B A0 \/ 50 2B Q

0

,,3 (c-76) \

NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS

HRO6MO8AB

TSB Revision

~

54-62

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

OPERATION l When the fog light switch is placed in the ON position with the lighting switch in the HEAD position and the dimmer switch in the LO position, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the coil of the fog light relay, the fog light switch, the dimmer switch and ground, causing the contacts of the fog light relay to close. When the contacts of the fog light relay close, current flows through the dedicated fuse (4) to the contacts of the fog light relay, the fog lights and ground, causing the fog lights to come on. l When the dimmer switch is placed in the HI position or the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or OFF position while the fog lights are ON, current supply to the fog light relay or headlight relay is cut off. As a result, the contacts of the fog light relay open, and the fog lights go out. NOTE The fog lights are included in the light automatic shut-OFF system. (Refer to P.54-37). The indicator lights are also included in the same system. Fog Lights Operation Conditions Fog light switch ON position

Lighting switch

Dimmer switch

1 OFF position or TAIL posi- 1 LO position tion HI position HEAD position

Fog lights 1 OFF OFF

LO position

ON I

HI position

OFF

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. The right or left fog lights only go on. 0 Check the bulb. 2. Fog lights do not go on when the fog light switch is set at ON. 0 Check the dedicated fuse (4). 0 Check the fog light relay. (Refer to P.54-108). 0 Check the fog light switch. NOTE For the light automatic shut-OFF system troubleshooting hints, refer to P.54-38.

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

54-63

COMPONENT LOCATION Headlight relay / Foglight relay

Light automatic shut-off unit

1 TSB Revision

Light automatic shut-off unit

54-64

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

TAIL LIGHT, PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNIl SWIT(

FUSIBL ,E I.INK@ 2R-1

T

FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-BI

7

10 J/B 1OAb

r (c-77)

fi:-31)

12; I I I I I 1 I I 7r I I I I I AL I I I : I I I I / I I I I c ----A

3

R-B

1

16

I 1E A kJ O.S5B-1

6

R-l

11

I

‘r2

1m

R-Y 1 R 2 .,* (A-11X) ,\ " IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

3

G-Y tt-

---_

(c-83

IBJ*. i-l-

LIGHT AUTOMATIC %YT-°FF (E-17)

1 Y

G-Y 523

dGi OFF T1 i 1

28 (c-78) 7

r1 &

J/B =

5

TFi# SWITCH

28 f

0

HR08M04AA

TSB Revision

1

54-65

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

~ I

A

1.25R-I nr

FWATED G-hI MC I

G-W

J/B------

E 7T-

(c-69)

-+IJL . ,

E

6

.-- ---- ----

G-W

3

J

"4 (F-30)

REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH)

3 &

i

I

4 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)

(F-10)

I

I I

B

2B

G-W

2

IG-W I

!T ,2

B 1 (F-18) B FJ

i HROBM04AB

TSB Revision

I

54-66

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS)

IGNI SWIT

FUSIBL#E LINK@ 2R-13 2R-B

IN (IGl)

FUSIBLE LINK@

2BB-W

5

c

.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT

CHARGING

6 10

I (c-7'i

16

O.S5B-

1. 25R-1 3

(c-8:! (F>R-

R-B

E I\ j -xTAILLIGHT RELAY r , .--__--

----

1m 1 2 R-Y 1 R 2 10 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

t

0.85B-W

1

1 RK#TUP 1

2T

I

(F>R-B iDOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 1 LIGHT

LIGHT AUTOMATIC KK-""" (E-17)

3 _---12

-

14

G-Y r ‘I

&

G-Y

I

DOOR LIGHT AND ~JJ$C&GE COMPARTMENT 29

(F>Y

'I

(F>Y ,,2 (E-21)

7:;; SWITCH

0 cFE0 (c-02) (A-11X)

(c-10)

(c-68)cm~ 07)

HROEMOBAA

TSB Revision

54-67

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

TAI REL

IGHT

2R-\I

0 15A

G-W

I G-V

COMBINATION

3.------ ----

G-W

t ~~~~~W&JJ'SE %kT"E'RTE :;~KJ+E~UTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

FRONT COMBINATION LIGHTCRH) (A-62)

I 8(F-19)

cl

G-W

G-W

i/

i(c-69)

I.v I 5 1

1 g$iq$ J T - ^^

.! - - - - \ (F-10) 1

1 -G-h

1 I I I I

G-W

G-W 2 (LH) (F-21)

2

II I1 I

14 REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)

B

2B n

HROBMOSAB

TSB Revision

54-68

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W

FUSIBLE : LINK@ 2R-B 5

B-W

/

f=-

.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT

FUSIBLE LINK@

6

2B-W

CHARGING

r

,,7 (c-82) m 10A

\/ O“16 0 .85B-W

I

I

P

I

(c-83: (F>R-

(c-02),,

1.25R-B

4:

R-B

@ 0.85B-W

5

0 .85B-W

6

,8

RE%ffTUP

I

(F>R-B DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3 LIGHT

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT

'4 1.25R-W

G-Y

(E-17)

q----J

12 A

G-Y 6

G-Y DOOR LIGHT AND kY;k+GE COMPARTMENT

(F>Y (F>'

it

yE[F SWITCH

1 TSB Revision

7

54-69

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

GHT

TAIL RELf 7 1.25R-W

G-W G-W

G-W I G-W

r G-W

i

i

G-

[,

4W&$JISE X;$CXv;;TE +'~F'~E~UTO A/C sRADI0 AND TAPE PLAYER

G-wi5

I

REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCLH)

G-W 2

4

REAR COMBINATION LIGHTCRH)

B 0

(RH) j (LH) + 2%FE LIGHT m/ m B"1 B“l I (F-18) ;$5-----------J 0

28 h

28 n

HROBMOGAB

TSB Revision

I

54-70

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

OPERATION 0 When the lighting switch is placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, current flows through the coil of the tail light relay to the lighting switch and ground, causing the contacts of the tail light relay to close. Then current flows through the contacts of the tail light relay to the dedicated fuse (2) the individual lights and ground, causing the tail lights, parking/side marker lights and license plate lights to go ON. If the driver’s door is opened after the ignition l switch is turned to “OFF” or the ignition switch is turned to “OFF” after the driver’s door is opened when the tail lights are lit, the current which flows to the coil side of the tail light relay will be cut off by the light automatic shut-off unit opening the contact point, and the tail light relay will be turned “OFF’ to automatically shut off the tail lights, parking and front side marker lights and license plate light. To turn on the tail lights, parking and front side l marker lights and license plate light again after they are automatically shut off, turn the lighting switch to “OFF” once and to “HEAD” again, or turn the ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON”, and the automatic shut-OFF will be cancelled and the current will flow from the light automatic shut-OFF unit to the coil side of the tail light relay to close the contact point. Thus, the tail light relay will be turned “ON” to turn on the tail lights, parking and front marker lights and license plate light. NOTE When the lighting switch is at the “HEAD” position, the light automatic shut-OFF system will be also activated for the headlights. (Refer to P.54-37.) The same system will also be activated for the illumination lights, etc.

1 TSB Revision

TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS 1. All lights don’t illuminate. (1) The headlights don’t illuminate, either. l Check the fusible link (3). (2) The headlights illuminate. l Check the tail light relay. (Refer to P.54-108.) l Check the dedicated fuse (2). l Check the lighting switch. (Refer to P.54-113.) l Check the light automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.) 2. Some light does not come on. l Check the bulb. l Check the grounding circuit. 3. Some light is not automatically shut off. Check the driver’s side door switch. l (Refer to GROUP 42- Door Assembly.) l Check the automatic shut-OFF unit. (Refer to P.54-108.)

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

54-71

COMPONENT LOCATlON Light automatic shut-off unit

.

:Vehicles without keyless entry system>

i;

Light automatic shut-off unit :Vehicles with keyless entry system>

1 TSB Revision

54-72

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IGl)

FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /\

(cL-74) R-B

2B-w,,7m \ J/B 03

@ 10A

(c-81)

(c-83) I1

R-B

I "3 (c-80)

IO

0.85R-I B-W

R-E

b IOOR

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

R-E

;gF" jl 52 ___-_________ _----__--_-_--,

$

DOME LIGHT :E-05) ( (LH) (RH: Z-67

/

/ , I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I

KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION

R-c

d

R-G R-G (c-74)

(c-83)

J/B r

R-G ) -------

-----

1

0

CONNECTOR

I

R-G

j

R-G

I

2E 27

m(c-34)

(c-58)

\

(RH)

Y DOOR SWITCH

(LH) I

n

d, HR08MlOAA

/ TSB Revision

54-73

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I 2B-W 7m

FUSIBLE L!NK@ I 5W-B 10

1.

15A (> \/

\I

(c-74: 1

ll(c-83) (c-81) (F> R-B

R-I

R-B

‘1

'3 (c-80)

(c-77)

O.B5R-E

R-B

B-W

IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-?1X)

R-B

1 c-35 < ) ( > FQO? LIGHT LH) (RH) '-67 ,

ETACS 51 _---------_____-_ 52 __--!!1T--,

!GNITION KEY

3 > CYLINDER ILLUMINATION \g E LIGHT i(c-58)

TIMER CIRCUIT 6sec. .ND

V

R-G

R-G

R-G

AJ j7:1 jgZ2

0 R-G

R-G

R-B

R-G

,i

,,4 (c-34) R-G

B B lE4 9 5

IA A * Al DATA LINK CONNECTOR

R-G

(c-74 J/B

(RH)

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WI THOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM :2:VEHiCLES WI TH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

(c-77)

OFRONT SIDE (C-80)

(LH)

DooR SWITCH

(c-81)

(c-82) AA

TSB Revision

54-74

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS) AND (1995 MODELS)

10A -

b

L

\,

,

(c-8’ il3

C-67 c-35 R

s$4 fY I \7/ “5

ITION KEY INDER UMINATION HT

R-.G

R-G

(C R-c

(c-74 J/B

R

R-E

R-,G

R-B I

,l (c-83) --------------------- -77

(E-05) (c-83) (c-81) (A-11X) ( c - 5 8 ) (c-68)cm) (c-74) (c-77) ~plmp?JJ ~I~~~IRi~l~

HR08Ml2AA

1 TSB Revision

54-75

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

J/B

GND V .

. ,

R-G

R-B ,,4 (c-341

R-G

A

16

A

9

B h

4

,,l

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM %2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

I

(c-34)

(c-65) :I

\

5

2B

OFF--ON

(E-15)

A

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

R-G ,,l

B

B-L

I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I

Y

z

(RH)

(LH)

(E-21)

A=

I

DOOR SWITCH ic-65) ?;2

(c-66):1

(C-66)$

OFRONT

sm

0

HROBMlPAB

1 TSB Revision

54-76

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1996 MODELS)

FUSIBLE LINK@

J/B

R-B

R-B

(F)R-E

0.85RR-B IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11XI 0.85R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND UGGAGE COMP !A RTMENT LIGHT

R-E

I I

R-E

R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

R-

R-E

1

FOOT ~REAR LIGHT ICOURTESY I > ;LIGHT(RH: ( > > (LH) (RH) ( > C-67 C-35 /pg [(E-50) II R-C R-c R-C I '-i/ R-G R-G R-6

R-E

(

IGNITION KEY CYLINDER > ILLUMINATION LIGHT

l(c-58)

R-

R-E

R-G

RI

B ----I

I

J/B (c-s3)

HROBMlSAA

TSB Revision

54-77

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

IGNI’ SWIT( 2B-b

J/B

2B-b

CHAkGING

B-W

52 -------------------------------~ ------j p?" NOT '

i/

C

10

R-G

r

EC$gAk;GHT AND E#+RTMENT

R-G -J

4(c-34)

R-G

(c-66) 54

R-C

J/B A R-B B-L 16 i DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) 2B (E-21)

X

(RH)

(LH)

DOOR TWITCH (c-34)

(c-651

ic-66)

(c-82) (E?(m)

OFRONT sIBi5 (C-80)

ilR08M13AB

1 TSB Revision

1

i

54-78

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

OPERATION l Battery voltage is always applied to the dome light. When the dome light switch is turned to “ON”, the dome light will remain lit. After either door is opened if the dome light switch is at “DOOR” position, the dome light will come on. l With the dome light turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position and with the dome light switch in the DOOR position), close all doors, and the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be activated to gradually vary the voltage for approx. 6 seconds owing to the duty control, and the voltage will be output to transistor Tr. Since the voltage applied to the dome light gradually decreases, the dome light will be dimmed. l If the ignition switch is turned to “ON” while the dome light is lit (while the timer is activated), the timer circuit will be opened to turn “OFF” transistor Tr. This will immediately turn off the dome light without dimming. l Battery voltage is always applied to the foot lights and ignition key illumination light. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, open any door, and all lights will come on. l With all lights turned on (with the ignition switch in the OFF position), close all doors, and the timer circuit inside the ETACS unit will operate in the same manner as the dome light to dim all lights. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with all lights turned on (with the timer in operation), the same operation as the dome light will take place. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Phenomenon Check the door switch input signal.

Dome light does not come on when a door is opened with the dome light switch in the DOOR position.

Check the door switch. (Refer to GROUP 42 The foot lights and ignition key cylinder illumination light illuminate.

l

Check the dome light switch.

l

Check the dome light bulb.

Dome light, foot lights and ignition key illumination light go out at once when doors are closed.

l

Check the door switch input signal. (Refer to P.54-80.)

Even if ignition switch is turned on while lights are being dimmed, lights do not go out at the same time.

l

Check the ignition switch input signal.

(Refer to P.54-80.)

COMPONENT LOCATION Data ‘link connect&

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System Data link connector

L!l



\ ~ id ~

Y2OFOl64 00002231

#\,I

k

Qwnd

\

When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

\

!Lj U2OFO163

[ TSB Revision

54-81

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT L

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FUSIBLEI LINK@

I

(F>R-E

=)R-B

IOD OR STaRAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

.f;;$yik COOR .POWER WINDOW ';;gX$MALARM .TENSION-RE3UCER TYPE SEAT 3ELT v

i .ELCdA/T . MFI SYSTEM

(F>R-E ) -----1 r-----

I / / I > II1;I I c

(D-44; R-i

COMBINATIONr METER )

; ~ R-B I

iX;? LIGHT >

, i-----

51 $I 1' ,

R-c (D-43)

10

l(E-32)

R-G R-G

(F)Y

(c-34) 4-----

*FOG LIGHT .HEADLIGHT

(F)Y

0.85R-1

10

m

Y

/

----J

1C

1 SO

/

R-E , DOOR LIGHT/ (RH) (E-09: Y-b (E-01)

(c-71)

11 (c-83) R-B

0.85R-I r----' / I / I

IIIR-i /I II II ( /I II /I i R-B" IR-G": /I L----.

=I

.BUZZER 'L"RN;RP.k DOOR .DOME LIGHT. FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY.CYLINDER 6 &L#'NAT'ON -STARTING .;yE;;iALARM j

7(F-19)

E -2-l

R-G

R-G

R-B" R-G";

(F)Y 1

\

(RH)

(LH) DOOR SWITCH

/

NOTE :l:UP TO 1995 MODELS %2:FROM 1996 MODELS

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SWITCH

HR08M14AA

TSB Revision

54-82

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL. - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FUSIBLE LINKG 2W-B 5W-B (c-68) ,,l /

J/B

HORN

m

@ 10A

\I

t

\,

(C-70)y-----3

R

R-Y

(F)R-I

(:F)R-B I

(c-71)

11 (C-83)

9

.ELC-4A/T .MFI SYSTEM

-1 (F)R-I

.O R-B (D-44) .O R-B jl

R-f3 DOOR -2

I

2

r - - - -

2

0 1

11 I/ I I

.----J

R-B

\ (1995 MODELS)

(c-34)

(F>‘

l(F-46) '

FOG LIGHT HEADLIGHT v

(F>‘

f COMPARTMENT

I---_

R-G

FROM 1996 MODELS) ,

30 R-G

R-G

-fE#& DOOR *DOME LIGHT, FOOT LIGHT AND IGNITION KEY CYLINDER ILLUMINATION LIGHT -STARTING jtjg&ALARM

R-G

(

I-----

R-B QJ

;0

' I R-l II 2

I C

t

3

(A-31X) 2_---7

0.85R-B

(F)'

NO CONNECTION r

=

(RH)

(LH) DOOR SWITCH

o(C-34)

(c-68)Fml m

(c-81)

(c-83)

(D-04)

(D-43)

HROBM15AA

1 TSB Revision

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

L- i

OPERATION Battery voltage is always applied (via sub-fusible link No. (6) and multipurpose fuse No. (19)) to the luggage compartment light and door light. l When the door is opened, the door switch is switched ON and the door light illuminates. l

l

54-83

When the liftgate is opened, the luggage compartment light switch is switched ON and the luggage compartment light illuminates.

GLOVE BOX LIGHT, VANITY MIRROR LIGHT AND INSPECTION LIGHT OPERATION l When the lighting switch is.placed in the TAIL or HEAD position, and the contacts of the tail light relay close, battery voltage is applied via the dedicated fuse (2) to the glove box light, the vanity mirror light and the inspection light. l When the glove box is opened, the glove box illumination light switch is switched ON and the glove box illumination light illuminates.

i

TSB Revision

l

l

When the vanity mirror lid is opened, the vanity mirror light switch is switched ON and the vanity mirror light illuminates. When the engine hood is opened, the inspection light switch is switched ON and the inspection light illuminates.

NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the glove box light, vanity mirror light and inspection light. (Refer to P.54-37.)

54-84

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

TAILLI GH:T RELAY :I

NOTE Z'l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:UP TO 1995 MODELS

2R-W 1.25RFUSE I DED1CATED

G(c-69) s J/B

(EXCEPT CONVERTIBLE 1996 MODELS> rI ----- -------_____ II I I I I

r

&

L I I L I I I

8

I I I I I I / I I

J 1

(c-74)

GG-W

GG-W I

G-W 100 __-----_____ /I (F)G-W II (G-W) 20 I t

I 1 I L

“II\VIY,”

G-

GLOVE BOX ILLUMINAT ION( LIGHT o -11

I I I

. ELEPiDnhll P gaTROL yyu&N 3 :& ER AND GAUGES ‘#~;G;v#low $Sa#AL ‘ZYE HA2 ARD LIGHT

/

---------_ I

ELC-4A/T

G-i

INSPECTION LIGHT SWITCH

GLOVE BOX ILLUMINATiON LIGHT SWITCH 1 /

I/ \ I

/ I

(RH)

=

(LH) /

I VANITY MIRROR LIGHT

HROMOQAA

1 TSB Revision

I

I/ II I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

54-85

BACK-UP LIGHT i./’

I

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM CUP TO 1993 MODELS>

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) I J/B

r---1

-_--__-__________-_-

I

M/T

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (8-26)

ii

II L_-----------_--_-_------

110

r----- ---__--__-_____ III I 0.85R-L II BACK UP LIGHTCRH)

I B i-~~~~~~~~~~ B

2B !

NOTE x1:1992 MODEL X2:FROM 1993 MODEL

HROSMOGAA

TSB Revision

54-86

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1994 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W

,,7 (c-8)

CHARGING

J/B 63 10A

0.85B-W lS(c-77) 0.85B-R

0.85B-W PlEADLIGHT TAILLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND k];$ySE PLATE FOG LIGHT ;;k#TALARM

.---------------------

r-

r M/T (F)O.85B-W 2 ,\

I6

F>O.85R I

BACK UP LIGHT SWITCH (B-25) OFF& (F)O.85R-L

SUPPLEMENTAL f$Eg$giiNT

2 A/T

(F>O.85R-L

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

I

5

I I I

:-___-____-____________ 3 (c-30) O.S5R-Lt

0.85R-L

B" NOTE ::UP TO 1995 MODELS

28 f

HR09M07AA

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

54-87

~

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (FROM 1995 MODELS)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-W

CHARGING

,,7 (c-82)

J/B

"16 ( c - 7 7 )

0.85B-W O.S5B-W .!lEADLIGHT .TA!LLIGHT. PARKING/ SIDE MARKER

r-----

1 I I

28)

O.B5B-R

0.85B-W 452 M/T ,, A/T I

;~$..t!$TAL SYSTEM

----_____-----___

.FOG LIGHT

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

0.85R-L 5>4 (F-46) 0.85R-L 0.85R-L

R-L 2

2

0 2B n NOTE =:UP TO 1995 MODELS

(B-25) f?EJ

(c-82) (F-11) (rn(F-46) (c-30) cm ~1’~‘~~~ m -1 HROSMOEAA

TSB Revision

I

54-88

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

COMPONENT LOCATION Park/Neutral position switch 11

OPERATION When, with the ignition switch at the “ON” posil tion, the shift lever (or the selector lever) is moved to the “R”position, the backup light switch (M/T) is switched ON (or the park/neutral position switch (A/T) is switched to the “R” position), and the backup light illuminates.

1 TSB Revisibn

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Lighting System

L

L

TURN-SIGNAL LIGHT AND HAZARD LIGHT OPERATION 1. When operation is normal When the ignition switch is switched to the l ON position, battery voltage is applied (via the multipurpose fuse (11) and hazard switch) to the turn-signal and hazard flasher unit. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the LH position, Trl (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of the relay 1 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light LH to flash. When the turn-signal switch is switched to l the RH position, Tr2 (within the flasher unit) is switched ON and OFF repeatedly. Then the contacts of relay 2 (also within the flasher unit) repeatedly switch from ON to OFF, causing the turn-signal lights and turn-signal indicator light RH to flash. 2. If one of the bulbs is burned out If the LH (or RH) turn-signal light bulb is l burned-out, the resistance of the turn-signal circuit as a whole increases, resulting in shorter ON and OFF intervals of the LH Trl (or RH Tr2) and a higher flashing rate of the LH lights (or RH lights).

COMPONENT LOCATION

TSB Revision

54-89

l(A-48)

"1 (A-50) B

E

[ GE

NOTE ::UP TO 1995 MODELS

!( 2E

=

0 (A-47) oFa (A-49) ofiml (c-02) HORN

=

'TCH

(c-57)=

1993 MODELS) (FROM 1994 MODELS) El

HROSMOSAA

1 TSB Revision

I

54-117

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn

I

i

FUS LIN

.BsE b L

5W-B

J/B

I

I

5W-B l(c-68)

DEDICATED FUSE

0 10A

R-B R-B L ------ -----_. (C-7E

J 14

R-B ,,l ,\

,5 I\ ------___----____

(c-76) \/

R-E L-C

ON,;-OFF

"3 G-B

HORN RELAY (A-06X)

'4 G-R

R-E

L

-=-FF DIODE c-12 R-B

;r;EK HORN

KF

r (c-80)

(1

(UP TO 1993 MODELS)(FROM 1994 MODELS) HROSMlOAA

TSB Revision

54-I 18

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Horn

HORN SWITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

(UP TO 1993 MODELS) ~

Y16FO207

Removal steps

(FROM 1994 MODELS)

1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 - Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Horn contact switch 3. Horn contact plate and wire 4. Horn switch

T h e horn switch is not supplied by itself. If it is faulty, replace the steering wheel assembly.

RELAY INSPECTION HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 1 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

2

i-.

-L 16FOO61 00002400

~1

THEFT-ALARM HORN RELAY CHECK Connect battery to terminal 2 and check continuity between terminals with terminal 4 grounded.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter

54-119

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

/

Li

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Items

Specifications

Max. input W

120

Reset time second

Within 18

1 Thermal fuse fusion temperature “C (OF)

180-250 (356-482) I

/ LJ TSB Revision

54-120

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter

TROUBLESHOOTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

‘d

IGNI

SWIT 2R-W* 1.25R-W"

1

DEDICATED FUSE

21

15A

10

0.851

l(c-81) I

G-’

0.851 REMOTE CONTROLLED G-' 1 MIRROR --_____-----____ ----- -- _----- --__. -HEADLIGHT 1 .&v&ALARM ; G-’ I . WINDSHIELD ' ;AiXRAND I G-’ I l(o-18)

0.851

$iEtX;;ORY -J

1

0.85E

0. 851

/ CIGARETTE ; LIGHTER / III I

I III

1 G-W

2

r

G-W

,

ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION > LIGHT (D-17)

L-

0.85

l(D-19)

B-‘

I / I I I

0.85 I I L------------0.85

.------------- __-__ 3

B-‘ B-‘

2

RHEOSTAT NOTE Xl:HATCHBACK %E:CONVERTIBLE

HR14M08AA

1 TSB Revision

~

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter i L

54-121

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SW1 TCH(AC0

;&I""' I ;&$CATED

21

(c-82)

0 15A \I

0.85L

10

0.851

"5 (c-83) G-W

/ G-?3z4 G-W 0.851 I+ ;:3#E;"@ CONTROLLED _______--____-_ --__--___----______ 223

* HEADLIGHT ~~~~;&A""""

0.85L

0. 851

.WINDSHIELD ;ft;;ERAND

L

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

1

G-W

/ I I I

0

r/

1m

.HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C

G-W G-W

0.85 0.85 ----------- ----- .--- p

L--------------

323 5:4

0.85i

+ B-Y gG4

ll(c-15) B-Y 213 I

(c-82)

(c-15)

t RHEOSTAT NOTE :l:HATCHBACK :2:CONVERTIBLE :3:VEHICLES WITHOUT ABS :4:VEHICLES WITH ABS (D-22):3

(D-22):4

p$$g'Tqgq

, ii

HR14MOQAA

1 TSB Revision

~ I

54-122 NOTES $4

TSB Revision

~

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Cigarette Lighter

54-I 23

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

L

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

216FO274

Removal steps i,

1. Console side cover (RH) 2. Plug

5. Plate 6. Socket 7. Protector

3. Fixing ring

4. Socket case

INSPECTION l Take out the plug, and check for a worn edge on the element spot connection, and for shreds of tobacco or other material on the element. Using an ohmmeter, check the continuity of the element. l

TSB Revision

54-I 24

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

L.1

TROUBLESHOOTING CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) FUSIBLE LINKa 5W-B J/B 1

,.l (c-68) /\

I

-r -_ -_ 2L

I

lOA&

10A

.o (c-81 .o L

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-31X)

2B-W ,,4 -------_-_____

3m

4

2L T 4

2L-w

3

B-W

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

------

r-----

MOTOR : &g/g~ i RELAY ! i -

C i hI I --- UP :

(F-31): I / I I I I I I

!6

i

I I I I I \L \I, I \, I L-35

(R-B:

6 B

c 4,

L

xx MOTOR -@+- ANTENNA

2i ‘y-g-6

d

is% E ZE

F

1 IL

,

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

(A-11X) OEm) (c-7’71 (c-78) (c-80) rc-81) (c-82)0 pqpJ ~1~~1~~1~‘~~ (D-34) (D-35) m-3 [%FRj H] [gq HR14MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH KHUIU

*LA‘1

REL/

54-125

,IGHT

1.25R-\I DEDICATED -l FUSE

c G-h J/B -------

r1

S(c-69)

50

G-W

a(D-36)

(D-34) I; I 1 I -r - - J 1 ---7

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER :--_---- ______

2

(T>GR-

2

(T)GR-

10

3,l

(c-15)

(T>GRB-k :T>GR-I

RHEOSTAT (LH)

(RH) REAR SPEAKER

HRl4MOOAB

TSB Revision

~

54-126

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1992 model) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA CD PLAYER Y F! & Ez g2

Y s u z Cl RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

2G-R 2Y-R 2W-B 2B-R

,,7 ::8 ::5 1 1:s JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)

I

a i= f; v

:, (E-32) ,23_-3 a A & c v G ” ,,l

(c-15) cm: J A A A G v G ” j1 DOOR SPEAKER (RH)

(RH)

(LH)

DOOR SPEAKER (LH) (c-15)

. -7 m 2 ”

I

\ FRONT SPEAKER

(D-02) (D-13) (D-34)

(D-35) (D-42)

(E-01)

(E-04) (E-29) ETz9

(F-39) HR14MOOBA

TSB Revision

54-127 NOTES

i

1TSB Revision

54-128

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models)

’ d IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

FUSIBLE LINK@ J1B /T\

J/B

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

4 ------------__

r jm

(c-78:

3

I

f \/ -------_ V 2 "3 CmTg

.o (c-81 11 0

0.85 R-E

2L I ,,4 \

L

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)

2L-w

,,3

B-W

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR IA-11X)

I

I

MOTOR I #$@E;'ti I RELAY / (F-31);

1 SPARE CONNECTOR (CD CHANGER I (F-40) I 3

L

(R-B

I \/ L-;(

0 ----------------

l(D-47)

B 2B n

R-E .------ ---------.

6

(D-34)

2 ‘-1

d

\/ , ,\

\I

\ \ A MOTOR --@3- ANTENNA

P 30

2 3 SaL EE 22

P 30

r RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

(A-1Ix) (c-ss)Crn) (D-34) o(D-47)

(c-77)

(c-78)

(c-80)

(c-81)

(c-82)\

(F-31)0 HR14MOlAA

TSB Revision

1

I

54-129

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

;;;M;IGHT I

A-L-1

G-W

II II I ----- ------ ----v --- -i 9 v7 3 2

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

I

cD-35,Y2 ------------- -x5 1 GR-L

GR-R B

S(c-69)

B

Y-L

II I II III I/ I I

Y-R B-Y

Ll (D-47)>5 -------------- '5 '5 ------------------- - -------'>-'>-----'$f--'"12 ---- 2$f--5$-2 _______ J (T>GR-R (T>Y-L (T>GR-L tTjY-R' (c-34),;3----__ ,,6 --_--_ ,3------ 10

:? (c-15) :P

(T)Y-L (T>GR-L B-Y

(F-19):5-----+1 (T>Y-L (T>GR-L

(T)Y-R (T>GR-R

t I

\

(LH)

\

\

(RH)

RHEOSTAT

/

REAR SPEAKER

(D-47) (D-34) (D-35) (D-36) (c-57)-m (c-15) (c-34) m ‘pggg ml m] pqg#q fiR?ml [zF/q f?Iiz@m m] LJ

(F-06) Fm)

(F-33) (c--T--) (2)

ia Mm//J

q HR14MOlAB

TSB Revision

54-130

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1993 models) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \ /T\ Y z ~ci EE kg

CD PLAYER Y z z a

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 7 ml3

6 t

a i s

I

JUMPER CONNECTOR (F-39)

4

\ WE &A g.2 “Liv

1i
I

ci CL g

/+

-\

DOOR SPEAKER (LH)

Lli: CL g u

?- 2o (D-42) EC lx & A g c

2

1

/+\ (LH)

2

~(D/+

FRONT SPEAKER

(RH)

-\

2 i c

/ EtY AA gs ii

oc, F-2 2 Lv

Gi & 2 & c;v r.2 -cl

-9

LlI i w G ti”

1 -- l6 (E-01) [li: cz A c;i g I$ 1

2 (E-04)

+ ~ DOOR SPEAKER (RH)

HR14MOlBA

TSB Revision

54-131 NOTES

i

iJ TSB Revision

~ I

54-132

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier)

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

IGNI: [ON SWIT( 1(IGl) I 2L 2B-h ,4 ----------____

FUSIBLE LINK@ 5W-B ,.1 (c-68) J/B

I

r \/

.o

--------

2L

2L-w I ,,4

I

v

“3 (c-70)

4

B-W ,,3

1 IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-13X)

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x) I

R-B (R-E A

'D UT0 'HAMGER (F-40)

MOTOR I ANTENNA j CONTROL- I

1

"2 B

/\

L-35 6

2 0 z E 2B 13 n

B 0 2B n

3

,\

fi MOTOR -+@+ ANTENNA tr: z & GE !2g

1

3

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

HR14M02AA

TSB Revision

1

54-133

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

IGHT 1.25R-W

I

DEDICATED FUSE

G-W

G-W ---1

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER L

(D-47)

11 --- _;

.2

i

B-k

B-I

RHEOSTAT

HR14M02AB

1 TSB Revision

1

~

54-134

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (From 1994 models-Radio and Tape Player with Amplifier) (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

;

IL., ----.L--

v ---_

--_ I

13 14 3 II II I cY II y 7II < Ci II 5: i: 03 ::J : I II c d c 5 II I L-+-- .---_ 5 13 .I -II z rt: co :0 d c5 e [ 2-' I

I5 ~~~-I *3 ?z Ck co ;0 d c5. $ (/ 2 1

------- ----

AMPLIFIER

-- E I

-- - ---- __.

6

15

CL I 5

6

.--_

j- I‘1 -7 A L2 L "

_-

4 Di A G CL v

a 0h ;: ri\5

I : < c '

2

6m

(F-19) =

2 7 (E-04) F33) - \ (RH)

(LH)

(c-15)

(c-89)

DOOR SPEAKER (D-02) ~~ (D-16)

(F-06)

+ F=7 (LH) \



FRONT SPEAKER (c-34)

JI % s

>7 E

1

-

?H) ,

3 -- 6

0c d\3 Ed,

CY i= e

+I cb e

(c-34)

1:2

1 -- 1

3 __I\1 4

I (LH)

.-------- ____

D: I :::

ok2 +

- 1I

(E-01)

(RH) , *

REAR SPEAKER (E-04) (E-29) (E-32)

HR14M02BA

TSB Revision

I

54-I 35

1 TSB Revision

54-136

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl)

I

B-W 2B-w

2W-B 2L

1

I

HORN

J/B

d

5W-B ,,l (c-68)

I

CHARGING 2B-W ,,4 ------___----_ cl\

@ 10A

I

Ii(c-80)

t

I

3m

(c-78: 10 (c-81 0.85 R-B

‘(c-82,

L B-W

I

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

1

1.------

IOD OR STORAGE B-W CONNECTOR (A-11X)

.BUZZER .@;&ALARM

L

R-B

d

R-E

W4igfUISE

ID ,UTO :HAMGER

r 2E

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

HR14M03AA

1 TSB Revision

54-137

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

J/B

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

J/B

'T;Tk\IGHT 2R-W -T-

3(1 CLOCK I SPRING

I

(Fgyiiz/g~-

Y 3_-----*m (Y-W) ! (UP TO 1995

Y .FULL AUTO A/C

MODELS)

4 ----1I I I II II

-r1 - - - -1 - - - - - - - - - - r - - ‘i

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

L;

@$*------=.E-----) 1 (T>Y-L (T>GR-12

7

(T)Y- R (T)GR-R

12

.FULL AU .MANUAL I i%A'C .ELC-4A/iP

B-Y

(c-34),> 3-----_ E;-----. -;t_3_----_,, 10

21>

B-Y

B-Y (T)Y-L (T>GR-' L lhll (c-15) 1

------

(T)GR-I

22

(T>Y-IR (T>GR-R 1 2 4m + (RH)

-

+ (LH) \

jE;EW&AND .FOG LIGHT

B-Y

1

Y

B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT

/

REAR SPEAKER

(c-34)

(c-

(c-57)00

(D-36),(D-47) (F-06) FTC9 ~~l~~[~!~~l~ -1

i

(F-33)(1

B

czD2

fzi%$pJ

q

HR14M03AB

1 TSB Revision

~

54-138

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA I \

I

-1 I: 7 (D-02) I 1+

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

r

-___------------

14

-f

1

CT> W-L

14 (E-32) CT> B-L

CT> B-L

I r----

(c-15)

CT> W-L

1

(LH) DOOR SPEAKER

CT> W-R

2

----

‘0 (D-42) (E-01)

CT> B-R

CT> W-R

3,

I

2

(D-13)

(E-04) El.-.(RH)

(RH)



16

(T) B-R

I

I

(LH)

\

CT> B-R

!.--_l

CT> B-L

I

; 1F- -

CT> W-R

4) IXlnR ---..

SPEAKER

FRONT SPEAKER

HR14M03BA

1 TSB Revision

I

NOTES

TSB Revision

54-140

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

FUSIBLE LINK@

J,

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1) B-W 2B-\i

HORN

CHARGING2B-y

,4 -- ------- ----_

,,I (c-68) J/B 1

1

2L 5W-B

0

I

1

10A

B-W I

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR

T

I---I

IOD OR STORAGE B-w CONNECTOR (A-11X)

4

1 ------ 5I----__-------__-------

-1

DvOW -

MOTOR I #&#L" I UNIT I (F-31):

+

'BUZZER TW&ALARM

rc

'tT0 jHAMGER (F-40) ! * 4,

\/ \, ,\

L-35

4,

,\

6

_-i 2

B 2B

0 2B n

Y 2 ii& Ei

F

(D-47) RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 1

HR14M04AA

TSB Revision

54-141

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2

AMPLIFIER

a--____----__

---- --__. 3 I I I 1

I b

&B-l

CT> 0.85B-L

(T) 0.85W-F

CT> 0*85B-r;

v :------Ec)

(T)2W-I>

E

(T)2W-F

------__

CT> 0.85B-L

(T) 0.85B-L 0

(F.T)W-I>

(c-

1.------__

(TjO.851

CT> 0.85R-E

;

CT> 0.85BF

-

\

5

3 ------__

(D-16)

(T> 0.85B-Ii

(T>W-I 2 1 ,o cm, -

/’

(LH)

(RH)

0

(F*T)B-L

(F*T>W-6 14

(T>B-L

(LH)

:.T>B-I i 1------ 16 ,\

(T>W-F )

1 r L+ L

(T>2B- R

t

(E-3E 3 113 * 1-------_

16

-----___ 1.l 1 12 CT) CT> 0.85W-i; 3. 85B-1 i

10

(T)O.85W-I 4

-I

Y

15

(T)2B-1 2

II I Lee------

(T>O.85W-I

-----_

(T>B- R 2

1

(RH)

J

FRONT SPEAKER

HR14M04AB

TSB Revision

~

54-142

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

,1

AMPLIFIER

------- - -----v 3!7 18

(T:i25

< TRY F

j

0

CT) Y-L (F-19) CT> Y-L

CT) GR-L

;)._----_

E T

------_ -----3 1

‘2iY

2B

-(E-39) 9

2E

1

0

1

CT> GR-1 2

CT) Y-R

,,l 2) (F-33)& + \ (LH)

r

1. 25 Y-R

/

-----7

-

CT> GR-I

2E

1 -

/+

(RH) Y

J

REAR SPEAKER

HR14M04BA

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

54-143

i

@;X&GHT -i-q-

.HEATER .MANUAL A/C .FULL AUTO A/C

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER ---2

(D-47)

12 .FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C .ELC-4A/T

B-E

1 L 1 ------. Y

3.1 (c-15)

L

1 CLOCK

t_I SPRING B-k t .. i

0

.FOG LIGHT

0-Y RHE

?ADIO REMOTE :ONTROL SWITCH

. ,$&AND

'TAT

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

HR14M04BB

TSB Revision

54-144

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FUSIBLE LINK@

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

\ d’

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

SW-i

p&J-B

2

2L

1 HORN

CHARGING 33-W ,$ -----------___ ,,7(c-82)

5W-B ,,I (c-68)

I\

J/B @ 10A

(c-83: ‘1 01

R

21

L ------__

--------

l-2

(c-70)2

2

i I I IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR , 0 L

R-B R-P my,

A $

_J (c-80)

R-Y t R-B

1

L

y3(c-70)

1 ;;;4i;eUISE R-B

:ZiTO

B-W I

r----- -------

I II

7 IOD OR STORAGE BUZZER :TOR (~-11~) B-W --------_--___ ----1 B-W F-:

d

1 ,,l II ,\ , I

I '

CHAMGER (F-40)

2L r.l E ; 2e c

i----_-_---

MOTOR ANTENNA

*l 0 -

(D-47)

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER i

I

HR14MOSAA

TSB Revision

54-145

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

J/B REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA --l-RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2

AMPLIFIER -

-___---_

CT) 0.859-L

CT> 0.85W-F

CT) 0.85B-F

------__ 3

-------_

CT> 0.85W-L

LJ

-------- ., 3

------__

13

.4

I II L--------. E

v -------_ v -----_ t3 3.5 (T>2W-I

(T>2%-I 2

(T>O.85W-L

CT> 0.859-! >

-----. 4 12 CT> :T) 0.85W-I;! dI. 85B-1 R

0 (F.T)W-1 1 ------__

(c-15)

(T>O.85F

11

CT) 0.85B-L

CT> 0.85BF

CT) 0.85R-E

0

(F.T)B-1

(T>W-I

14

(T>B-I >

1 ----_.

(T)W-F?

1

;

\

(LH)

,+

\

(RH)

I

-

/+

\

(LH)

1

16

(T)B- R 2

1

7 -1

0

(F*T)W-R! :F'.T>B-Ii

13 ---- --__.

CT) 0.85B-F

1E

(T>2W-F? (:T)2B- R

10 (T)O.85W-1

Y

rx -

/+

(RH)

/

HR14M05AB

TSB Revision

~

54-146

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

1.25R-W

G-W J/B

,,6 (c-69) n

AMPLIFIER ------ - _----7 1

a

_----- E

--1 E

/(E-39)

. HEATER .MANUAL A/C *FULL AUTO A/C

I

tT:i2E

i (

%-i?

:*tL2' :T~R12-t 5

4

2B

2B . FULL AUTO A/C .MANUAL A/C

0

.ELC-4A/T

CT) GR-1 7 ,,l ---___

15 .------ ,/l 6--__-CT) Y-J

CT> Y-F

CT) GR-L

a

(T) GR-r.?

28

I ‘4 d(F-( -

1

L \

(RH)

(LH)

/

REAR SPEAKER

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

RHEOSTAT

HR14M05BA

TSB Revision

54-147 I

NOTES

TSB Revision

54-148

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

FUSIBLE LINKB

2L CHARGING 2B-w ,,4 -------------- ,,7(c-82)

\

J/B 10A

+

I

@ 10A

69

- - - - - - - .o

‘2

2L t ,,4 /\

2L-w

\/

\/

"3 (c-70) "3 (c-80) ,,3 \

B-W B-W

39) I

I

IOD OR STORAGE 3 CONNECTOR (A-11X) B-W 2

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR T@m

1

_----------------------

,,l ,\

: z c z

I I I I I I / I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I

,I I I I I I , I I / I I I

oy-;

:D lUT0 :HAMGER (F-40)

----,

I

R-B R-E

flW&UISE R-B

+

i

1I /I II I I

B 2 i * J 15 B

I L

I I

I L

k--J

BUZZER

I



4 I &----- J 4

2B d

11 -

(D-47)

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I

I =

o(A-79) (c-83)

(c-68)Gm)

(C-92)0

(c-77)

(c-78)

(c-80)

(c-81)

(c-82)

mm) (F-46) HR14MOGAA

TSB Revision

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

GHT

KK 1

r@ 1

1.25R-k

CLOCK SPRING J/B

r

I

;@ATED

6

i

G-W . HEATER . MANUAL A/C . FULL AUTO A/C

G-W

G-W

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER I -----_ ----_OV2 -“,8

i

(T)Y-L CT) GY-: L

v

-----1

_---_----___--____ 7 . FULL AUTO A/C . MANUAL A/C . ELC-4A/T

CT> Y-li (T>GY-I

13 (c-34),: _-----_ .,~ 6------_ 3_------

(T>Y-L (T>GR- L

1 B-Y

CT> Y-F (T> GY-I

,l (c-15) . b&&&AND

.-----(F-44)>? _----__ q'- ------. 15 16 17 18

B-k

. FOG LIGHT

B-Y (T>Y-L (T)GR-I 2

1

CT> Y-F (T>GR-F

:2 /\ 1 mz7LL/-I: + (LH) \

1 -m /+

B-Y RHEOSTAT

(RH)

/

REAR SPEAKER

(c-57)00 (D-36) (D-47) (F-06) ~~~~1~1~~~ (F-33) Fm) m B(iisiEa (c-15)

c

(c-34)

HR14MOGAB

TSB Revision

54-150

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tabe Waver

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA

tr: z ?..I i& EEi g I

I

i I

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

5

lCT> W-F?

CT) W-l

CT> B-R

(;L; !O (D-42) (E-01)

(c-15) CT> W-L

1 k+ - \ (LH) DOOR SPEAKER

CT> B-R

CT> W-R

1 CT) B-F

$Tj 1

1 -

,+

(RH)

(LH)

16

(D-13)

(E-04) /

(RH)

FRiNT SPEAKER

HR14MOGBA

TSB Revision

54-151 NOTES L

i

TSB Revision

54-152

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

vj

FUSIBLE LINK@ B-W2B-W

2L

I

+ HORN

CHARGING 2B-W

5W-B

10A

lOA AL cI

(c-ss

---- \/ (c-77) (c-78)‘ 1 ‘1 O(c-81

21

(c-82)

,,4 -------------_

,.1 (c-68) ,\

J/B

15A

T -------10

2

2L 1 ,,4

L

2L 0.g;

1

2L-w

"3 (c-70) ,,3 /\

B-W B-W

( B

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X)

2

L A :r

3

MOTOR t%%W UNIT (c-95)

WTO-CRUISE :ONTROL

i,:

\ ‘d

5 77

N vi- -Id

-

f

UP f-

DOY

It-

21

-

t

AL-

"6

1

km 11 -

BUZZER

T I I _--

:O

7

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-~IX) B-W

4m 2 7 MOTOR - ANTENNA (A-79) #m#"d" CABLE

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

P

3

---I HR14M07AA

TSB Revision



54-153

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

J/B B

REAR WINDOW GLASS ANTENNA / \

2LP II II I II I II I III I III

i ;

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER 2L I'

Y 3 z E;

2L 2L 2 A

AMPLIFIER 10 (E-39) (NO CONNECTION) * L 13

CT) 0.85W-' L

14

CT) 0.85B-I

,

I

CT> 0. 85W-1

CT) 0.85B-F

.-------. 13

------__

5

(T>2W-1

5

(T)2B-

(T>2W-Ii

(T>2B-1

(T)O.E5W-L

CT> 0. 85B-1

--------_ 11 (T) 0.85W-R

I :T) ).85B-I

(F*T>W-L

(F.T)B-I

(F.T)W-R

:.T)B-F

6

I I I i

Lee------

5

(T>O.E5W-I _1

(c-15)

(T>O.E5F7

10

CT) 0.858-L

1 ------ -_

14

CT> 0.85BF

(T) 0.85R-E

2 ( D - 0 2 ) + (LH) L

CT) 0.85B-R

(T>W-L

(T>B-1

-----_

(T>W-R

-

\

* FRONT SPEAKER

(RH)

,

\

(LH)

(T>B-F

-

/+

Y DOOR SPEAKER

(RH)

I

HR14M07AB

TSB Revision

54-154

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

TiIL IGHT RELA 1.25R-W

G-W

J/B

r1

S(c-69)

G-W ( AMPLIFIER

_-----_ 7

-

.------ 8

(T:Jt25

G-W 7

(E-39)

HEATER 'FULL AUTO A/C 4 '---7 -1

----L

i

_ L

2B

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

-

(D-47)

3(D-36)

0

12

(Y-W)

*FULL AUTO A/C .ELC-4A/T

CT> GR-F

CT> Y-R

CT> GR-L

CT> Y-L

1--r i

Y F

6

NO

17 " -

18

CONNECTION 2E

i r rr RADIO REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH

RHEOSTAT

HR14M07BA

TSB Revision

1

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player I L/

COMPONENT LOCATION Motor antenna control unit ___

i

1 TSB Revision

54-155

54-156

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM l

When power supply is reconnected after set has been removed from vehicle (after BATT line of set has been disconnected for more than one hour), what can be effectively performed is only supply of power made by POWER button operation. (If power supply is connected within an hour, operating state before disconnection of power supply is resumed.)

IGN key of vehicle is in ACC position and set is in no display state.

No display

Abnormal segment op-

*[Faulty

t Is it possible to set identifi

No m-Faulty Yes

Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number

Is a beep heard and “1 Err” displayed for two seconds before c displaying “code”?

No Faulty set

No

t Check if identification number on card is input and set correctly.

Is a beep heard and then does radio operate when PROG button is placed to ON position after setting four-digit identification number on card aaain?

I

No

Is a beep heard and “2 Err” displayed for two seconds before displaying “code”? Yes

Press POWER button to erase “code” (to change to no display state).

I

Yes -----+ NomxJ (Error made in input during first setting)

Yes

Continued to next page.

TSB Revision

Faulty set

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio-and Tape Player

54-I 57

Continued from previous Page I

Is changeoverto normal operation made by placing POWER button to ON position while pressing EJECT button?

Faulty set

Yes

t Is power supply cut off automatically to return to no display state after three-minute operation?

Does manufacturing numberof set agree with identification number on card?

Faulty set

Error in attaching card (For set manufacturing number identification location, refer to F!54-183)

Yes Yes Is a beep heard and does radio operate when identification number - Normal (Error in first and second setting) indicated on card is reset and PROG button is placed to ON position? No Is “OFF” displayed after three-minute beeping togetherwith display of “3 Err”?

Faulty set

Yes

t 0 l

In this state, only POWER button operation is accepted (“OFF’is displayed) and no other button operation can be made effectively. In the “OFF” state, continuation of the BAlT, ACC line ON state for more than one hour will allow identification number checking operation again and placing the POWER button to ON position will display “code” and wait for input.

1 TSB Revision

54-158

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player CHART A. NOISE A-l

Noise appears at certain places when traveling (AM). hYes Do the following measures eliminate the noise?

Is there a particular st

Find out the following information from the user:

1. Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. 2. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. No

1. Place 2. Locality conditions (valley, mountain, etc.) 3. Name and frequency of stations affected by noise

I

t

t

If due to vehicle noise:

1 If due to external noise:

It may not be possible to prevent noise if the signal is weak.

In almost all cases, prevention on the receiver Weak signals especially are susceptible to inter-

t If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.

i

i

TSB Revision

54-159

54-160 A-2

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Noise appears at certain places when traveling (FM).

Iji

Do the following measures eliminate the noise? l l l

Change to a different station with a strong signal to boost resistance to interference. Suppress high tones to reduce noise. Extend antenna completely. (Whip antenna)

Yes +3cl

No

t If there is more noise than other radios, find out the noise conditions and the name and frequency of the receiving stations from the user, and consult with the service center.

NOTE About FM waves: FM waves have the same properties as light, and can be deflected and blocked. Wave reception is not possible in the shadow of obstructions such as buildings or mountains. 1. The signal becomes weak as the distance from the station’s transmission antenna increases. Although this may vary according to the signal strength of the transmitting station and intervening geographical formations or buildings, the area of good reception is approx. 20-25 km (12-l 6 miles) for stereo reception, and 30-40 km (19-25 miles) for monaural reception. 2. The signal becomes weak. when an area of shadow from the transmitting antenna (places where there are obstructions such as mountains

FM Broadcast Good Reception Areas

or buildings between the antenna and.the car), and noise will appear. 3. If a direct signal hits the antenna at the same time as a signal reflected by obstructions such as mountains or buildings, interference of the two signals will generate noise. During traveling, noise will appear each time the vehicle’s antenna passes through this kind of obstructed area. The strength and interval of the noise varies according to the signal strength and the conditions of deflection. 4. Since FM stereo transmission and reception has a weaker field than monaural, it is often accompanied by a hissing noise.

FM Signal Characteristics and Signal Interference

For home stereos: 80-90 km (SO-56 miles) Z16A0663

TSB Revision

:.:,.::. .:,.::. ‘; :

‘,

“.‘l’..



. 216AO664 00002401

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player A-3

i

L

Mixed with noise, only at night (AM).

The following factors can be considered as possible causes of noise appearing at night. 1. Factors due to signal conditions: Due to the fact that long-distance signals are more easily received at night, even stations that are received without problem during the day may experience interference in a general worsening of reception conditions. The weaker a station is the more susceptible it is to interference, and a change

2.

to a different station or the appearance of a beating sound* may occur. Beat sound*: Two signals close in frequency interfere with each other, creating a repetitious high-pitched sound. This sound is generated not only by sound signals but by electrical waves as well. Factors due to vehicle noise: Generator noise may be a cause.

the lamps OFF? Yes

t 1 Do the following measures eliminate the noise? 1 yes cl/ l l

Tune to a station with a strong signal. Tune to a station with a strong signal without comcletelv extending the antenna. No

ii

54-161

Does the noise fade away when the vehicle harness is moved away from the radio chassis? (if the harness is not in the proper position). No

If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center.

i

TSB Revision

I

54-I 62 A-4

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Broadcasts can be heard but both AM and FM have a lot of noise.

(1)

(2)

Noise occurs when the engine is stopped.

J

Noise occurs when the engine in running.

Yes

Do the following measures eliminate the noise? @ Tune to a station with a strong signal. l Extend the antenna completely. (Whip antenna) l Adjust the sound quality to suppress high tones. No Is the radio body ground mounted securely?

Securely tighten the nuts for the body ground.

Yes

Yes

Clean the antenna plug and ground wire mounting area. Mount the antenna securely. On a vehicle with a motor antenna, check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-1, 2.)

Yes

If there is more noise than other radios, consult a service center

NOTE About noise encountered during FM reception only. Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated by typical

TSB Revision

noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2.)

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver s

A-5

54-163

There is more noise either on AM or on FM.

1. There is much noise onlv on AM Due to differences in AM and FM systems, AM is more susceptible to noise interference. Were conditions such as the following present when noise was received? l l l l l l

Lightning was flashing. A motorcycle was passing. Avehicle passed close by, but it appeared to be avehicle generating a particularly large amount of noise radiation. Passed beneath a power line. Passed under a bridge. Passed beneath a telephone line. Passed close by a signal generator. Passed close by some other source of electrical noise. .I-

NO

I

Yes

Continue to check for static; whe the conditions listed above No

!

Yes

. .

F- Norse prevenoon on Me radro srde IS difficult. If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.

t If the problem is particularly worse than other radios, consult a service center.

2. There is much noise only on FM Due to differences in FM and AM systems, FM is not as susceptible as AM to interference from engines, power lines, lightning, etc. On the other hand, there are cases due to the characteristics of FM waves of noise or distortion generated

TSB Revision

by typical noise interference (first fading and multipath). (Refer to A-2)

~

54-164 A-6

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

There is noise when starting the engine.

Noise type Sounds are in parentheses ( ).

Conditions

AM, FM: Ignition noise (Popping, SnapCracking, ping, Buzzing)

0

Other electrical components

-

Static electricity (Cracking, Crinkling)

l

0

l

l

Cause

Increasing the engine speed causing the popping sound to speed up, and volume decreases. Disappears when the ignition switch is turned to ACC.

l l

Mainly due to the spark plugs. Due to the engine noise.

Parts to be Location of inspected parts or remedy (next page) Noise condenser

1

Ground cable

2, 3

Noise may appear as electrical components become older.

Repair or replace electrical components.

Disappears when the vehicle is Occurs when parts or wircompletely stopped. ing move for some reason Severe when the clutch is en- and contact metal parts of gaged. the body.

Return parts or wiring to their proper position.

Various noises are produced de- Due to detachment from pending on the body part of the the body of the front hood, vehicle. bumpers, exhaust pipe and muffler, suspension, etc.

Ground parts by bonding. Cases where the problem is not eliminated by a single response to one area are common, due to several body being parts imperfectly grounded.

Caution 1. Connecting a high tension cable to the noise filter may destroy the noise filter and should never be done. 2. Check that there is no external noise. Since failure to do this may result in misdiagnosis due to inability to identify the noise source, this operation must be performed. 3. Noise prevention should be performed by suppressing strong sources of noise step by step. NOTE 1. Condenser The condenser does not pass D.C. current, but as the number of waves increases when it passes A.C. current, impedance (resistance

1 TSB Revision

against A.C.) decreases, and current flow is facilitated. A noise suppressing condenser which takes advantage of this property is inserted between the power line for the noise source and the ground. This suppresses noise by grounding the noise component (A.C. or pulse signal) to the body of the vehicle. 2. Coil The coil passes D.C. current, but impedance rises as the number of waves increases relative to the A.C. current. A noise suppressing coil which takes advantage of this property is inserted into the power line for the noise source, and works by preventing the noise component from flowing or radiating out of the line.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player NOISE SUPPRESSION PARTS MOUNTING POSITIONS

1/ N

o

i

s

e con::;;,

1

TSB Revision

54-165

54-166

CHASSlS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player I

A-7

Some noise appears when there is vibration or shocks during traveling. ‘d No ---+ Ensure proper connection

Are connectors properly connected? Yes

t Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the No vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station? Yes

Static electricity noise: L Body static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.

t Is the radio correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely?) 1 Yes

t Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the No antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Reoair or reolace radio.

1

TSB Revision

c If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.

~

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player A-8

54-167

Noise sometimes appears on FM during traveling. No

Is the antenna completely extended?

t Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)

Yes

+

Yes

Does the problem clear up when re 1 No

i Does the problem appear only in certain locations and only with yes certain stations? No

~ Due to electrical field conditions. (Multipath noise*, fading noise*).

Are connectors property connected?

Check connector connections.

Yes

1

t Does noise appear when the radio switch is turned on while the vehicle is stopped and the radio is struck while tuned away from a station?

No

* Static electricity noise: Sody static electric from the shock absorber rubber bushings used to prevent vibration, tires, etc. occurs because of separation from the ground, causing a buzzing noise. Since no measures can be taken on the radio side, steps should be taken to discharge the static electricitv of the vehicle bodv.

Yes

No

Is the radio body correctly grounded? (Is the mounting screw tightened securely? )

-) Tighten the screw securely.

I

Yes

If rust is present on the antenna ground screw, clean and tighten the ground securely.

Is the antenna correctly grounded? (If noise appears when the antenna is moved, this means the ground is not securely connected.) Yes 1 Repair or replace radio.

*

l

1

About multipath noise and fading noise Because the frequency of FM waves is extremely high, it is highly susceptible to effects from geological formations and buildings. These effects disrupt the broadcast signal and obstruct ‘reception in several ways. Multipath noise This describes the echo that occurs when the broadcast signal is reflected by a large obstruc-

1 TSB Revision

l

tion and enters the receiver with a slight time delay relative to the direct signal (repetitious buzzing). Fading noise This is a buzzing noise that occurs when the broadcast beam is disrupted by obstructing objects and the signal strength fluctuates intricately within a narrow range.

54-168

I

A-9

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Ever-present noise.

I

Noise is often created by the following factors, and often the radio is OK when it is checked individually. l Traveling conditions of the vehicle l Terrain of area traveled through l Surrounding buildings l Signal conditions l Time period

For this reason, if there are still problems with noise even after the measures described in steps A-l to A-8 have been taken, get information on the factors listed above as well as determining whether the problem occurs with AM or FM, the station names, frequencies, etc., and contact a service center.

B. RADIO

I

B-l

No power is supplied when the switch is set to ON.

I

I

I

Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open? No

Replace fuse or repair harness.

Is the connector at the back of the radio connected properly?

Connect connector securely.

Yes t No Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the ACC / Repair harness. power (12 V) being supplied to the radio?

I

1 J

Yes

1 Reoair or reolace radio.

1 B-2

I

No sound from one speaker.

Check to see if there is any sound when attached Repair or replace radio unit. to another radio. I-=----[ No

*Speakarj check the speaker harness for conductance.

out.

No

Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.

t Repair or replace speaker.

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio -and Tape Player

54-169

There is noise but no reception for both AM and FM or no sound from AM, or no sound from FM.

Example: in an underground garage or

Is proper performance hicle is moved?

t t Is the antenna completely extended?

No

Check the antenna itself. -W (Refer to E-l, 2.)

Yes

Yes

Does tuning solve the problem? NO

t Are the antenna plug and radio unit properly connected?

No

- Reconnect

1

Yes

Does the problem disappear if connected to another radio? No t Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.)

i:

TSB Revision

Repair or replace radio.

1

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

pziT---wm Is proper performance’obtained when the ve-

4

t

No

Is the antenna completely extended?

Check the antenna itself. (Refer to E-l, 2.)

Yes t

Yes No

Is the problem limited to the reception of a specific radio station yes ) from a specific position?

Electrical field condition related*. (multipath noise or fading noise)

No

i Is the antenna plug properly connected to the unit?

Ensure proper connection.

Yes

Does the problem disappear when a different radio is connected?

Repair or replace the antenna. (Refer to E-l, 2.) *

For multipath noise and fading noise problems, refer to P.64-167.

1 TSB Revision

Repair or replace radio.

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player 1 B-5

54-I 71

Distortion on AM or on both AM and FM.

Are the speaker cords in contact with the cone paper?

Remove cords away from cone paper.

No

Remove the speakers and check for tom cone paper or foreign objects.

Repair or replace speakers.

INo i Check for deformation with speaker installed.

Yes - Install speaker securely.

No

\ Repair or replace radio.

j

Distortion on FM only

B-6

)- Due to weak electrical field of radio station

Does the distortion persist when the radio is tuned to another No station? Yes

Yes

Due to multipath noise

Does distortion increase or decrease when the vehicle is moved? , / No

1

Repair or replace radio.

TSB Revision

1

1

54-172 B-7

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Too few automatic select stations.

t

No Check the antenna itself. 1

Is the antenna completely extended? Yes

Is the antenna plug properly connected to the equipment?

Ensure proper connection.

Yes

Does the equipment work properly if the radio is changed?

B-8

Repair or replace radio.

lnsuff icient memory (preset stations are erased).

Is multi-purpose fuse No. 19 blown or is the circuit open? No

Replace fuse or repair harness.

Disconnect and check the connector at the rear of the radio. Is the memory backup (battery) . power beina- supplied? I Yes

Repair harness.

t Repair or replace radio.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

54-173

C. CASSETTE PLAYER C-l

Cassette tape will not be inserted.

Are there any foreign objects in the cassette player? /No

Remove the object(s)” “1 Attempting to force a foreign object (e g.. a coin or clip, etc.) out of the cassette player may damage the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.

Does the cassette player work if another tape is inserted?

Replace tape **

No *2 Ensure that the tape label is not that the tape itself tape of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

Repair or replace cassette player.

C-2

No sound (even after a tape has been inserted).

Is multi-purpose fuse No. 4 blown or is the circuit open?

Yes - Replace fuse or repair harness.

No

+ Is connector at rear of radio connected tightly?

No - Connect connector firmly.

Yes

Disconnect connector at rear of radio. Is ACC power being supplied to the yesPW Repair or replace caSSette player. radio?

1 TSB Revision

54-174 C-3

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

No sound from one speaker.

t Replace the cassette player and check again.

Yes Repair or replace cassette player.

No

___c It conducts electricity but is shorted out.

the speaker harness for conductance.

+ Repair speaker harness and ensure proper connection of relay connectors.

Check the speaker for conductance. No

t Repair or replace speaker.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player c-4

54-175

Sound quality is poor, or sound is weak. Yes

,/ l l

Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-i 20 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used. Yes ccl

No

t

Yes

Is proper operation obtained when the ca /No

1 Repair or replace speaker.

c-5

1

Cassette tape will not be ejected.

The problems covered here are all the result of the use of a bad tape (deformed or not properly tightened) or of a malfunction of the cassette player itself. Malfunctions involving the tape becoming caught in the mechanism and ruining the case are also possible, and attempting to force the tape out of the player can cause damage to the mechanism. The player should be taken to a service dealer for repair.

1 TSB Revision

1

54-176 C-6

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Uneven revolution. Tape speed is fast or slow. Yes No

Are there any foreign objects inside the cassette player?

Remove foreign object(s).

No

Is the head or capstan roller dirty?

I-

Yes

Z16AO668 No

j Reoair or replace cassette olaver.

C-7

Automatic search does not work.

I

Does the MSS (automatic search) button” depress properly? Yes 1

Button improperly operated.

Yes

c Tape used is bad.

No l l l

*2 l

When the time between songs on a tape is less than three seconds, or when there is a three second period in the middle of a song in which the volume level is extremely low, the automatic search function may not work properly. Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

t 1 Repair or replace the cassette player.

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player C-8

54-177

Faulty auto reverse. -1 Yes

Does the player play OK if the tape is changed?

I

*m

No l l

Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

1

No

+vreplace

Yes ,1 , Is the cassette player properly installed to the vehicle?

No */I

Yes 1 Repair or replace cassette player.

C-9

Tape gets caught in mechanism*‘.

I

l l

When the tape is caught in the mechanism, the case may not eject. When this occurs, do not try to force the tape out as this may damage the tape player mechanism. Take the cassette to a service dealer for repair.

Does the player play OK if the tape’2 is changed? No l

2 Ensure that the tape label is not loose, that the tape itself is not deformed and that the tape is tightly wound. Also, tapes of C-120 or greater length often get caught in the mechanism and should not be used.

Repair or replace cassette player.

i

1 TSB Revision

Tape used is bad.

54-178

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and TaDe Plaver

D. CD PLAYER D-l

CD will not be accepted.

Does the shutter open when a CD is inserted? Yes

l

Take out the CD.

l

1 Yes

t Though CD is completely inserted once, “e CD is rejected? l 3 Yes

No -l

t Check CD. l Is the labeled side faced downward? l Is the recorded face of the CD dirty? l Does dew exit on the recorded face of the CD? No

- Yes - Insert the CD correctly or check to see if the CD is defective.

t Replace CD. l 1 ‘2 ‘3

If the CD is already loaded, doesn’t the shutter open to allow insertion when another CD is inserted? If the key switch is not at ACC or ON, the CD stops at depth of 15 mm below the panel surface even when it is inserted, and it will be rejected when pushed farther? Even though the CD is loaded, E (error) is sometimes displayed with the CD rejected because of vibration/ shock or dew on the CD face or optical lens.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player D-2

/

54-179

No sound.

1

L

Yes - Replace defective CD.

Does it play if an existing proper CD is inserted? ) No

F ture, and recheck operation. Does it operate properly?

No

I

C;_T

Yes *I

I No

Are the radio set and CD player connected

-

Repair or replace CD player.

(The combined radio cassette must operate properly.)

D-3 1.

CD sound skips.

Sound sometimes skips during parking. Is CD face scratched or dirty?

i

CD is defective, or clean CD.

No

Does it play properly if CD is replaced with an existing proper CD? Yes . 1 Replace CD.

2.

Sound sometimes skips during driving. (Stop vehicle, and check it.) (Check it by using a proper CD which is free of scratch, dirt or other abnormality.) No Does sound skip when the side of Yes

t Securely mount the CD player.

I

TSB Revision

Repair or replace CD player.

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Taste Plaver D-4

1

Sound quality is poor.

Does it play properly if another proper CD is loaded?

Replace CD.

No

Repair or replace CD player.

1 D-5

CD will not be ejected.

Is the key switch (ignition key) at ACC or ON?

Turn the key to ON.

Yes

t Is the combined amplifier or radio set connected securely?

Securely connect the subjected one.

Yes

If CD is not ejected, don’t reject it. The player may be damaged. Therefore, contact a service shop for reoairs.

D-6

No sound from one speaker.

Is CD player securely connected to the combined radio set? Yes

Securely connect them.

Does it play properly if another CD player is combined? No

Repair or replace CD player.

I Repair or replace the combined radio set.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

54-181

E. MOTOR ANTENNA L

E-l

Motor antenna won’t extend or retract.

Clean and polish the surface of the antenna rod. Is the radio power switch ON?

Switch it ON.

Yes

Is voltage (approx. 12 V) emitted to the radio’s motor antenna terminal’? Yes

Repair or replace the radio.

t Is the antenna bent? No

t Is the antenna relay OK? Yes

Replace the antenna relay.

i

No

Is the motor OK? Yes

Repair the harness.

I

-

TSB Revision

c . Replace the motor.

i

54-182 E-2

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

Motor antenna extends and retracts but does not receive.

Is the antenna’ itself OK? Yes

Repair or replace it.

Is operation normal when a new antenna assembly is directly installed to the radio?

Refer to B. “Radio troubleshooting”.

Yes

/ Replace the feeder cable.

Checking the antenna * Ohmmeter measurement locations

Result

Circuits from F to A, B, C, D and E

Continuity

Circuit between G and H

Continuity

Circuits from H to A, B, C, D and E

Hz+

216N0087

-I

1 TSB Revision

No continuity

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio- and TaDe Plaver

54-183

PROCEDURE FOR INPUTOFSECURITYCODE FOR RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER WITH ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

Card

Security code

216N1034

Typical name card

The radio and tape player does not operate in the following states. (1) Power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour continuously by removing the cable from the battery terminal or disconnecting the harness connectors. (2) The power supply to the radio and tape player has been suspended for more than one hour owing to blown fuse or discharged battery. (3) The radio and tape player has been replaced. If the radio and tape player does not operate for these causes, input the security code by the following procedure to operate it. 1. Using any of the following methods, confirm the security code. (1) Read the security code indicated on the cards retained by the user. (2) If the security code is unknown owing to the user’s loss of the cards, a. Remove the audio panel and then pull out the radio and tape player partially. b. Read the serial No. shown on the name card of the radio and tape player. c. Look up the anti-theft code corresponding to the serial number in the serial number-anti-theft code table; or, make inquiries to Mitsubishi Motor Sales of America, Inc.

(3) When the radio and tape player is replaced Read the security code on the cards attached to the upper surface of the replacement radio and tape player. NOTE Deliver the cards (two) to the user.

A Cards

TSB Revision

54-184

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver 2.

TYPE 1 POWER button Disp’ay

PROG button

Return power supply for the radio and player to the normal state. 3. Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” position. 4. Press the POWER button, and “code” will be displayed on the display.

\ ,ij

~ TYPE 2 Display

I

PROG button

Memory select button

I I

ZHllA004

POWER button

TYPE 3

Memory ,1r select

PROG button

\, LJ POW’ER button

I Display section

H’llAlM 00002402

5.

Typical security code “5283”

Press No.1 through No.4 memory select buttons and set the 4-digit security code indicated on the card. Every time each digit key is pressed, the number changes as follows: 40

+l

+2--e

9+0

**-

6.

ZHllFOOl

Press the PROG button. After a beep is heard, the radio and tape player will be in the operating state. 7. If the input security code does not agree with that in memory, “1 Err” is displayed on the display. In a few seconds, it will change to “code”. So, repeat steps 4 and 5.

NOTE (1) The security code can be set three times at the most. (2) The second error is displayed as “2 Err”. If the third error is made, “3 Err” is displayed and then it changes to “OFF”. (3) When setting is attempted four or more times, keeping the ignition key in the “ACC” or “ON” position for about one hour will automatically erase the “OFF” display. 1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

54-185

After the erasing, therefore, repeat step 3 and up. If the ignition key is turned to the “OFF” position during one-hour period of keeping it in “ACC” or “ON” position, the “OFF” display will be erased. With the ignition key placed in the “ACC” position again, press the POWER button, and the “OFF” display will be resumed. Therefore, keep this state for another one hour or so.

TSB Revision

54-186

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

RADIO REMOTE-CONTROL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAUTION: SRS



Before removal of air bag module, refer to GROUP 52B Service Precautions and Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.

When removing and installing the remote control switch, don’t allow any impact or shock to the air bag module.



cup to 1993 models>

2.5 Nm 1.8 ft.lbs.

Z16FO491 00002403

Removai steps 1. Air bag module (Refer to GROUP 528 Air Bag Module and Clock Spring.) 2. Radio remote control switch

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2

4

Vehicle without

Removal steps 1. Radio panel 2. Radio and tape player 3. CD player

1 TSB Revision

4. Radio bracket 5. Front console assembly (Refer to GRbUP 52A - Console Box.)

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Plaver

54-I 87

SPEAKER L/

~

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ,/$‘I ./$I/’ j /$/” 1 ,*: ...

4 :” ., /,,$’ ,A’ I ._.

./’

I I’ ? ;I

_I ‘7.. ,, .-Y_.,

: ,’



16FOO97 00002404

Door speaker removal steps

Rear speaker removal steps

1. Door trim (Refer to GROUP 42 - Door Trim and Waterproof Film.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker cover

1. Quarter trim (Refer to GROUP 52A Trims.) 2. Speaker garnish 3. Speaker 4. Speaker box

TSB Revision

54-188

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

MOTOR ANTENNA / ANTENNA FEEDER CABLE / AMPLIFIER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

\

Z16FO497

4

Motor antenna removal steps Rear side trim (LH) (Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims.) 1. Ring nut 2. Base 3. Antenna pole 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 5. Motor antenna l

Amplifier removal il. Amplifier (under passenger’s seat) NOTE

l ‘: Refer to GROUP 52A - Trims ‘*: Vehicels with glass mounted antenna

1 TSB Revision

Antenna feeder cable removal steps Rear side trim (LH)*l Quarter trim (LH)” Rear side trim*‘, ** Quarter trim (LH)*t, ** l Quarter upper trim”, l * 0 Liftgate upper trim*‘, +* l Ligate side trim (RH)“, l * l Rear console assembly (Refer to GOUP 52A - Console Box.) l Radio and tape player (Refer to P54-176) 4. Antenna feeder cable and motor antenna connection 6. Rear seat cushion 7. Rear seatback 8. Inner seat belt 9. Console side cover (LH) 10. Antenna fedder cable l l l l

54-I 89

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player REMOVAL SERVICE POINT

+A,REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL Raise and remove the seat cushion with the lever pulled.

INSTALLATION SERVICE POINT .AqREAR SEAT CUSHION INSTALLATION (1) Securely fit the attachment wire of the seat cushion under the seatback. (2) Pass the inner seat belt buckles through the cushion. (3) Securely fit the lock plates of the seat cushion into the holes in the floor.

INSPECTION ANTENNA MOTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the motor antenna control unit connector, connect the positive terminal of the power supply to terminal (1) and connect the negative terminal to terminal (4) to check that the antenna goes up, and that when the connections are reversed, the antenna goes down.

Antenna going down

Antenna going up

16FO203

MOTOR ANTENNA CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION (1) Connect the harness connector to the motor antenna. (Body harness) (2) Disconnect the antenna motor connector. (3) With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, operate the radio switch and check the voltage between the terminals during the period when the antenna is going up or going down. I Antenna operating Voltage (V) Terminals to check direction I Down 10-13 l-3

I

UP

16F0198 00002406

TSB Revision

3-4

10-13

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player ANTENNA POLE REPLACEMENT (1) Remove the ring nut. Ring nut

I (2) Set the radio switch to ON. After the antenna pole has extended, remove the antenna pole and rack cable as an assembly. _.

7

Tboth side of rack cable

Rack cable

,8Loa1

Tooth side of rack cable

(3) Extend the antenna pole up to its farthest point. NOTE If the motor end of the rack cable is bent, straighten it. (4) Force the rack cable into the motor assembly with the tooth side of the rack cable toward the luggage compartment.

16LO427 00002407

I I vi ~ I

(5) Turn the tooth side of the rack cable toward the rear of the vehicle (90” clockwise) to bring the rack cable into mesh with the motor gear. (6) Lightly pull the rack cable. If it comes out without resistance, it means that the rack cable is not in mesh with the motor gear. Recheck that the rack cable end is not bent before repeating the above-mentioned steps (2) and (3). (7) With the antenna pole upright and the radio switch at OFF, take up the rack cable. As the rack cable is taken up, insert the antenna pole toward the motor antenna. (8) After the ring nut has been tightened, set the radio switch to ON and OFF to check the operation of the antenna pole.

~ d

TSB Revisidn

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Radio and Tape Player

54-I 91

CD AUTO CHANGER L

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Z16FO495 00002408

L

Removal steps 1. CD changer cover l

Lu gage compartment floor carpet, big\ floor center board.

2. CD auto changer 3. CD changer bracket (front) 4. CD changer bracket (rear)

TSB Revision

54-192

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SPECIAL TOOLS

e rear window defog-

e rear window defog-

‘d ,

I

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

54-193

TROUBLESHOOTING 8,

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (UP TO 1993 MODELS) ;&iL#GHT I

3R-B 5

L

G-W

I I

I 8=

i

n

F;

2B-R -

REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR (HEATER>

ILL

1

\L

B

“1

I

+j m DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3B n Z

G-W t

2B

JI \I

II I

(B-Y) 4 0

I II II I

B-Y (i&y,2 ---------- - ---- ----1

DEFOGGER :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (c-65):1

f RHEOSTAT

(c-65)

HR13MOOAA

TSB Revision

54-194

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNIl IN SWIT( (IGl)

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

FUSIBLE LINK@

GENERATOR (L TERMINAL)

B-W

(F>L

7m CHARGING 7

1 1OAb

I

(D-45) JO

15A

3m 3R-B I ,,5 /\ ------_____---______--~~~~~

L ,,3 ,\

1

L

6s)

imGER CHARGING

OFF-,=ON

L

'4 3B-R

G-Y

B-R

(c-15) :$

(1,J pa-u

7?a-D

.y "I u" "I =" :‘I

v

L I

'3u-0

I I

MFI

&STEM

t %!E, i Cl? bUI” I KUl2~C” MIRROR

(c-65)

I,"::

L-7

52

(c-66)

(c-65) 2%

r

4

I47i7I GNO

EW

c&+;;;

B 3B-R 0

2B

n 6

NOTE al:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :3:1994 :4:FROM MODELS 1995 MODELS

HR13MOlAA

TSB Revision

54-195

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B

TAILLI GH'T RELAY 2R-

2W-B

Zz&P”‘“” G L

5W-B

HORN

,,l (c-68) J/B

15

10A ----__

(c-83)(F>R-E ‘11

(F)R-B

R-Y

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE ) C O M P A R T M E N T a

G1m

I' R 2

S(c-69)

J/B

1

I

(A-11X)

G-

II e(c-71)

2B-1 IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR

.HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

4 (D-41)

ETACS ECU

G-W

1

F.ELC-4A/T '#&AND (G-!'I

2

lOFd,ON I

1

*

IND’

3

1

ILL

-

1

B-L

16

I

v

2B B

(D-41)

1 6

2

RHEOSTAT

2E

i

:;f'g-$;T (B-Y *G"~$&AND

4

E

i-

B

R-B I

1

(C-79)FRONT SIDE (c-83)

2B

I =

H

(D-06)

(D-41) (D-42)

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. X2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.

(D-44) HR13MOlAB

TSB Revision

54-196

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2) -

F'JSIBL E LINK@

3R-I3 (c-01)

2L-B I

IGNIl IN SWITC (IGl) 28-h B-W

2B-h 2-----------___. 7m

,

J’Bp

3R-E

L-RI

GENE (L TE

TOR INAL)

(F>I CHARGING

(D-45)

10

I 30

B-k

I

e-

DEFOGGER RELAY (c-06x)

CHARGING

3B-F

T

(c-15)

MFI SYSTEM

-

3;:

52

(c-66)

REMOTE #JJ&LLED

GNI n I

'57 :1 59 $2 B 38-F

!B NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. 22:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.

HR13M02AA

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

ii

FUSIBLE LINKa I

TAILLIGHT RELAY q-

2W-B

:;&"A'""

5W-B

HORN

,.1 (c-68) ‘J/B

69 10A

(F>R-I

(F>R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT :I,

\/ ------ A/1 (c-70)

11 1

R-Y ,,2 /\

J/B

r R ,,l ,--(A-11X)

(

I7

8cc-71)

I

p@

G-W

2B-F IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR

,HEADLIGHT .FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT /

L

4 Ed

I

G-W

.ELC-4A/T

L-R cc-65)

L-R

2B-k

'i;$$SAND (G-W) 2

i \6

,,3

DEFOGGER SWITCH iD-os)

f

IND( UN

i

B-L

V

i

1

my54 R-B

'4 :;fE-$;T (B-Y) .$;;EESAND

I ,E

9 I16 A A\( 5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79) B "

4

2B

2B , (D-41) 2

B-Y 7 RHEOSTAT

2B h

NOTE :l:VEHICLES WITHOUT THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. :2:VEHICLES WITH THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM.

n

HR13M02AB

TSB Revision

54-I 98

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

IGNITION SWITCH(IG2)

FUSIBL

IGNIII

TOR INAL)

SWITC

3R-I

-l 7B

CHARGING

(c-01)

J’Bn

(F)*

10

(D-45)

7

3R-i

e-

CHARGING

OFF-:,ON

3B-R

G-Y

B-R

(6-15)

1

2B-R

3B-R MFI SYSTEM

(c-65)5 ,I V

fl

REMOTE CONTROLLED MIRROR

I

( c - 6 6 ) I5 2 V

L ,I I

I

?

(c-65) -4 4

GND

V

HR13M03AA

1 TSB Revision

54-199

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

FUSIBLE LINKa I

TAILLIGHT

RELAY

I 1.25R-W l&&CATED 0% 15A

(c-83)L

G-W ,,6 (c-69) \ J/B

(F>R-i

(F>R-B

DOOR LIGHT AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENF

\,,

G-W 8 (c-71) .HEADLIGHT ,FOG LIGHT .TAILLIGHT. PARKING/SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

rI

/2B-- 1 IOD OR STRAGE CONNECTOR I 2B6 DEFOGGER SWITCH (D-06)

P

$

F 4

B

1 (D-41) .ELC-4A/T

L-R (C-65)112

LJ

W8(D-44)

'&;&AND (G-W) )

,,3 1

i )FF ‘T[ IN

Al

5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR

2B

E

B-Y RHEOSTAT

2B

2B

=

: aFRONT SIDE (c-83)

HR13M03AB

TSB Revision

54-200

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

OPERATION l If the defogger switch is turned to “ON” when the generator is generating electricity (L terminal exceeds 10 V.) with the ignition switch at the “ON” position, the timer circuit in the ETACS unit will be operated to keep the transistor “on” for 11 minutes to close the contact point of the defogger relay. When the defogger relay is “on”, the defogger and mirror heater will be activated. Moreover, the indicator light of the defogger switch is lit to inform that the defogger and mirror heater are activated. l When 11 minutes have passed, the defogger and mirror heater will stop activating even if the defogger switch is at “ON”. When the defogger and mirror heater are activated (the timer is activated), they will also stop activating even if the defogger switch is set at “ON” again or if the generator stops generating electricity (the terminal is 3.5 V or less.) NOTE The light automatic shut-off system is valid for the illumination light of the defogger switch. (Refer to P.54-37.) TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS

NOTE

For the troubleshooting hints of the automatic light shut-OFF system, refer to P.54-38. COMPONENT LOCATION Data link connector

Data link. connector



\

V16FO496 1

es.-‘) blocky,6Fww 216FO125

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

X16FO354

1

TSB Revision

54-202

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger

With voltmeter

Data link connector

INPUT SIGNAL When using the scan tool (MUT) or voltmeter Using the scan tool or voltmeter, check whether or not the input signals from each switch are being input to the ETACS unit. (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector located at the right side of the junction block or connect the voltmeter between the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal. (2) Check if the buzzer of the scan tool sounds or the needle of the voltmeter moves when each switch is operated. If the buzzer sounds or the needle moves, the input signals are being input to the ETACS unit, so that switch can be considered to be functioning normally. If not, the switch or switch input circuit is faulty. Check the switch and the switch input circuit.

When using the scan tool (MUT-II) (1) Connect the scan tool to the data link connector. When connecting the scan tool to a vehicle up to 1993 models, use the adapter harness supplied together. Caution Turn off the ignition switch beforehand whenever the scan tool is connected or disconnected. (2) If the scan tool makes a peep sound when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

When using the MUT-II CUD to 1993 models>

Y2OFO164

00002231

When using the voltmeter (1) Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool. (2) If the voltmeter pointer deflects once when each switch is operated (turned ON/OFF), the input signal to .ECU is normally sent from the switch circuit system.

Ground

U2OFO163

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Rear Window Defogger Normal characteristic curve

L

54-203

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Voltage j\

Positive terminal

Printed heater line

Negative terminal

Abnormal characteristic curve Voltage Qj( (

r”!“Yui;

THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES CHECK (1) Run engine at 2,000 rpm. Check heater element with battery at full. (2) Turn ON rear window defogger switch. Measure heater element voltage with circuit tester at rear window glass center A. Condition good if indicating about 6 V. (3) If 12 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the negative terminals from A. Move test bar slowly to negative terminal to detect where voltage changes suddenly (0 V). (4) If 0 V is indicated at A, there is a break in the positive terminals from A. Detect where the voltage changes suddenly (12 V) with the same method described.

THE PRINTED-HEATER LINES REPAIR Positive terminal

Printed heater line Negative terminal 216Y332

Tape

Break

L-J \ Conductive paint

216Y333

REQUIRED MATERIALS l Thinner l Tape l Conductive paint

l l

Lead-free gasoline Fine brush

(1) Clean disconnected area with lead-free gasoline. Tape along both sides of heater element. (2) Mix conductive paint thoroughly. Thin the required amount of paint in a separate container with a small amount of thinner and paint break three times at 15 minute intervals. (3) Remove tape and leave for a while before use (circuit complete). (4) When completely dry (after 24 hours) finish exterior with a knife. Caution Clean glass with a soft cloth (dry or damp) along defogger heater element.

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH (1) Remove rear window defogger switch from the meter bezel. (Refer to P.54-109.) (2) Operate the switch and check the continuity between the terminals.

c

16FO167 00002409

TSB Revision

54-204


~1994 models> Connect battery power source to terminal 1. Check circuit between terminals with terminal 3 grounded.

L---i

00002411

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

L,

54-205

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM SPECIAL TOOLS Tool number and name

Supersession

Application

MB991 341

MB991 341 C

Up to 1993 models Checking the theft-alarm system

MB991 502

All models Checking the theft-alarm system

MB991 529

From 1994 models Checking the theft-alarm system using a voltmeter

Scan tool (Multi-use tester )

Q

ROM Pack (For the number, refer to GROUP 00 Precautions Before Service.) MB991 502 Scan tool (MUT-II)

ROM pack

L

MB991 52%. trouble Diagnostic code check harness

i

1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

TROUBLESHOOTING (UP TO 1993 MODELS) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM IGNITION SWITCH(IG1)

HEADLIGHT RELAY 0

---------_

63

0

10A

15A

c-77) 16

IGNITION TCH(ACC)

SW1

---------1

(c-80)

x SOCI

2R-L1

2R-L1

0.85 , B-W

(R. 2

B-W

0.85L L

FJ$

\I

"2 / 2R ; I ----- --A 3 ‘3 1.25R 0 0.85R-W 1.25R (c-01) 3_---- ,,6

E54# G#~O rL[

1625R ,8 ,C I---. *

HI

t

R-B

I

1

0.85R-W

L

+I LE 1

Y -B

’ I ,\ 8

j

L 520 ---------__ 53 --------__

3

.----------------------

LIGHT AUTOMATIC 0 SHUT-OFF UNIT

lO(c-65) ETACS UNIT

R-c

A

R-c nr-

-

-

(LH)

-

-

(RH)

DOOR TWITCH

;zk77) (c-80) (c-82) (E-15)(m) (E-21) gj 1~~~~~~~~~ HR15MOOAA

1 TSB Revision

I

54-207

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

FUSIB E LINK b 6 5W-B ,.l (c-68) /J/B @

J,

15A

V V (c-70,“1---“2

R

(c-83)

I ,,2 I\

I

OR-B ‘10

ik (c-77)

R-1

R-Y ,,l

.l

R-E

I

IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11x)

/ i

----i L----i< B l6 B5 2B d

HRlSMOOAB

TSB Revision

~

54-208

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY I#$!;'"

IGNITION SW ITCH(ST)

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 7 r7

2B-Y 0

A/T ,yM/T

B-Y

2B-Y (c-31) v2

L M/T " A/T

2B-Y

mayt1j---1 1 j

,4

$V??ER/ L. mI . b ------____--___ - ------ - ----- -- ---- --

/ \,

\n OFi-,,ON

2B-Y 2

G-B

(A-67) 2(3

M/T

*I

I /

\

B-L

,J ---_

II ,-r

Y-

n /T

a

A/T G-E3

I

,

(1992 MODEL> *cl993 MODEL> r \

G-E3 ; 3 t t

8

E

LG-B

G-B 3 /\

SE" POSITION NI SWITCH

OFF-,:ON

l(c-64)

6'1

I

xm-

STARTER RELAY l(c-56)

LG-E \ 2E L-2%13q

1

A/T * M/T I1

‘-:liq

GND V

2B

HR15MOOBA

TSB Revision

I

54-209

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

i

FUSIB E LINK 6 'T

2,,-B

,

5W-B ,,l (c-68) \

J/B

RBI

T,, 11;; ‘I‘ I

' THEFT-ALARM i HORN RELAY I (c-72) II I

R-E -0FFJ 3

II

iA (c-78)

L (c-76) R-E

14

L-G

G-E _____-_________--

18 G-E

L L-G ETACS UNIT

(c-66) I58

DIODE c-12

G-E

1

R-E

G-R

mi-

CLOCK SPRING

HORN

HORN (LH) (RH)

GR

(1 2E

28 d z

1 -

q E! GFm KFn (A-47) (A-48) (A-49) @FEZ) mJ2)

L

-

HORN SWITCH

-

(c-57)

II Ei q a q q9 p---qpq ~10~1 ~12/13~141 51 6l1?~16~19 (c-68) (c-12) (c-76) 673 (c-80)

/EiJ q @ mmE=F

HR15MOOBB

TSB Revision

~

54-210

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

FUSIBLE LINK@ I

IGNITION

'ITCH(IG1)

IGNITION SWITCH(ACC)

2R-B 2B7_ ------ - ---- Tjj-l

FOG LIGHT 5 TAILLIGHT.bARKING/ SIDE MARKER LIGHT AND b;gXySE PLATE

‘3D-r

@

------____ 3

15A

15A

(c-80)

(IL)

(R-Y

Ob” 'G

1

1

WITHOUT WITH ACCESSORY ACCESS ;ORY SoCKET

2R-L

LIGHT

FOG

0

@ 10 A iAL, (c-7’D 16

HEAD LIGHT RELAY (A-O1X)

B-h

0.85L

3I ,t 0 QxDZ8 ----I

L 0.85L

3

BACK-UP LIGHT

>

t 3-w

I - -L

CIGARETTE LIGHTER \

B-W 1

1 (I2)

(R-Y

RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER

ObS z

r

0.85B I

(c-ol)&---------- ____ ,F

(R-Y) 5

0.85B

0.85R * e8

HEADLIGHT

1

,,3 (c-76) J/B' A

iyi;tRTMENT

lO(c-65) (I >)

(R-Y

2B

@” L1GHT JGGAGE

I

k

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)

I

R-G 8

2h V

J

5._i

i

\/ _ 3 (c-82) 28

Y-B

n =

-

5 \ A

6

-

(LH)

=

=

(RH)

/ * DOOR S W I T C H

HRlJMOlAA

1 TSB Revision

54-211

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

i i

FUSIBLE LINK@ I 5W-B

+ ,,l (c-68) HORN ,\

J/B V

ED“11

1,

(C-71)

~~~“10

\,

(c-77)“1

\/

0.85R-B“3F

NATION IOD OR STORAGE CONNECTOR (A-11X) 1 CENTRAL DOOR t LOCKING B-L

(E-17)

/ LJ

GR 157 ----____-________-_______________ --------------- A51 ---------- J,EQ(c-66) ETACS UNIT

2B

B I I ----J L---2B l6 (F)B 5 t 2B 1 0

HRlJMOlAB

TSB Revision

54-212

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY &y+;;ER

IGNITION SWITCH(ST)

rA/T yM/T B-L

1

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 7

I /

M/T y A/T 20-Y 4 /\ STARTER , RELAY o oft--,--------------------------!a 2B-Yr2

II II I

_______

B-L

t- 1 b EE”

Y-B

11/T ! A/T

r LUTD-CRUISE CONTROL I

MFI SYSTEM

-B

l$&gJ& I

pSOU;&ON

SUPPLEMENTAL NT

2B-Y

MFI SYSTEM

BATTERY 20B-R

LG-B

-B 2

2B-k

'(c-64)

SYSTEM

J/B J;B B v R-B

Jm

3B-R J(B-23) ,.l(B-24) /\ %ERER

j I$ "7 ----c&i--9 my9----- =54 =54 B-L 0

B

4

(c-65)

(c-66)

B

-5 99 16 4 -5 A A h * DATA LINK CONNECTOR (c-79)

(c-79) FRONT SIDE HRlBMOlBA

1 TSB Revision

54-213

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

FUSIB E LINK b s

~,J/B

RB[

‘;/I

,

(c-68)

6,, 11;; I‘

10A

R-B 0 R-E

(c-76) R-E

(c-78) 14 L-G

R-B

1

[

ON

G-E

G-R

___-________---_

8

5

(c-02) 7

G-B

i

ETACS UNIT

L-G (c-66) 58

G-B

D,'p,"," R-B

(c-57) 2 GR

(A-26) iEEiHORN (A-27)

,70 1

LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (F-23)

i;yTEfiTE 1 (F-24)

B

>

CLOCK SPRING

1 C

-l

G-R (A-47) 1 iv

IA 9

HORN (LH) (RH)

GR

2B

1

2B d r

/ LJ

DEDICATED FUSE

HORN SWITCH

(A-06X)0 @F-m (A-47) Gz3 (A-49) GF53 (c-02) (c-57) 1423 q m Lizi lla q la /fim$mqmj ii35 cc-ss) oF7-ia(c-76)(m (c-80) al /a1

•pJipTimaJJ~E&~

HRlBMOlBB

TSB Revision

1

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ij

,, 2R-B l,25R-B FOG LIGHT

FUSIBLE LINK@ IGNITION I ITCH(IG1) IGNITION SWITCH(ACC) I I 2L 2R-# , B-W 2B-h I 2B-& 7 ----_---------------:c-82) 44 CHARGING;r (L) 2R-B r5

LIGHT AND LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

13

-------

0.8~ B-L

(L ; ---.

(c-so)~~---------~l

16

:c-77)

1

B-W

\

0.85~ L31 L 0.85~

ga

-7

2R-1

1BACK-UP LIGHT

E;gfi$E;TE ri

E

( 0.85E

(L

0.85E 1.25R 1 (c-01) ---------------- 6 I 0.85E

(R-Y) HEADLIGHT

kEPt!ft (%K@ (c-10)

J/B

I 40

(R-k')

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT (E-17)

R-G 4 (c-34)

7

2

r

IR-G (

(L

_I: ? I

,

Y-B 5 6A

(LH)

(RH)

DOOR SWITCH

Ei (rn)(A-41) (c-10) (A-61) (A-76) (A-77) cm (c-31) (c-34) (c-65) lq23 am@Jm ~1~1~~~1 I!3 & (c-76) 677.. (c-82) (7FFJCE-17) (E-21) (c-80) ~pjJJ p$$@gp=[~/~ ~~~~ HR15M02AA

1 TSB Revision

~

54-215

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

FUSIBLE LINK@ I

\/ I O.&R-B 3= T2, R-B ,, R-B

‘1

V

i&R LIGHT I llf-Y-nf-!c

IOD OR

~$@EMENT I -L I

STORAGE CONNECTOR L1GHT (A-11X)

CflMR I NAT_ _T nN ~E;I;ER"'~ -.. fEg-j$

LiGHT AUTOMATIC $f-&OFF

(E-17) -________-________--____________________------ A--Jf- - - - - - - - - - - - - E



V

i?

140 --1 r

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --J

I I I , I I I I I I I I I I I

:

4 B ----

I

(F)Bt5

(E-01)

cE=m)tFT7~

a

m-3 cFm(E-23) HR15M02AB

TSB Revision

1

54-216

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (CONTINUED)

KEY i#+#ER

IGNITION SWITCHCST) 2%-Y

B-Y

0

I

1

B-L

v M/T h A/T

LIGHT AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF UNIT 77

I

Y-B M/T ! A/T i-B

LG-E

;-B ; )

t CLUTCH

I

2B-Y I

PEDAL POSITION N SWITCH I(c-64)

,

O.05B-Y

A/T i M/T

2B-Y

MFI SYSTEM

MFI SYSTEM

BATTERY

lm

J;B (c-66)yg----- YE

0.85B-R

20B-R

R-B

oF;;;fBil?&&R

ii'k'AL

% o

^i

B

I@

/I

B-L ,

~

,o~~~

B

16 4 5 E A A A A DATA LINK CONNECTOR I

(c-65)

0 EiQ(c-02)

0 E-22)

(A-09X) (A-66)

El

(c-66)

q

OFRONT

(c-31)

0 (c-56)cm

SIDE

HR15M02BA

1 TSB Revision

54-217

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

5W-B

DEDICATED FUSE

0

R-B

R-B

,,l

,5

ON

2

- ____--__-- - _ (c-02) --I2 G-B

G-E

I

7

8

G-B

i

ETACS UNIT

58

DIODE c-12

G-B

R-B

(c-57)

GR

)I

CLOCK SPRING

rl7

G-h

G-R

(A-47) r

!A

B GR I 10

2E

HORN SWITCH -

NOTE ::1995 MODELS

I ---- -Am (A-06x) (A-26) (A-27) (A-47) @Fm lA-49) (A-50) (c-02)

(c-57)-

HR15M02BB

TSB Revision

54-218

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

COMPONENT LOCATION

16FO257 19FO134

16FO268 00002412

\I-

relay m \ \016F0261

h$k Revision

I

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

54-219

1 r

216FO282

P



I

\

Y 16FO498



Y2OFO164

00002231

When using the voltmeter 1. Connect a voltmeter to the ETACS terminal and the ground terminal of the data link connector using the special tool.

UZOFOlfX3

1 TSB Revision

‘d

vi

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

Voltmeter (Output)

rvv

54-221

2. Make sure that when the following switches are turned on, the output shown in the illustration is delivered. (Only those switches which are related to the theft-alarm system are listed here.) 0 Driver and front passenger door switches l Headlight switch l Driver and front passenger door lock switches l Passing light switch l Pop-up switch (up to 1993 models) l Hood switch l Liftgate switch l Door key cylinder switch l Liftgate switch If there is no output of a voltage pattern at all, check for a malfunction of that switch or for damaged or disconnected wiring.

1-1

Scan tool (Buzzer %,i sound)

16FO571

i

TSB Revision

54-222

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

TROUBLESHOOTING QUICK-REFERENCE TABLE For information concerning the locations of electrical components, refer to GENERAL-Theft-alarm System Circuit. 1.

ARMING / DISARMING RELATIONSHIP

Trouble symptom The system is not armed (The SECURITY light doesn’t illuminate, and the alarm doesn’t function.) (The central door locking system functions normally. If the central locking system does not function normally, refer to GROUP 42.) The arming procedures are followed, but the SECURITY light does not illuminate. (There is an alarm, however, when an alarm test is conducted after about 20 seconds have passed.)

The alarm sounds in error when, while the system is armed, a door or the liftgate is unlocked by using the key.

I

Cause

Check method

Remedy

Damaged or disconnected wiring of ECU power supply circuit

Check by using check chart P.54-224.

Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (19). Repair the harness.

Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch input circuit

Check by using check chart P.54-225.

Repair the harness or replace the door switch.

Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light activation circuit.

Check by using check chart P.54-229.

Replace the fusible link No. (6) or the fuse No. (1% Repair the harness.

Blown SECURITY light bulb

Replace the bulb.

Malfunction of the ECU.

Replace the ECU.

Damaged or disconnected wiring of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch input circuit.

If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P&f-227.

Repair the harness or replace a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch.

Malfunction of a door key cylinder and the liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU.

2.

Replace the ECU.

ACTIVATION / DEACTIVATION RELATIONSHIP

Trouble symptom

Cause

Check method

Remedy

There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, a door is opened without using the key. (The arming and disarming are normal, and the alarm is activated when the liftgate or hood is opened.)

Damaged or disconnected wiring of door switch (all doors) input circuit

If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-225.

Repairthe harness or replace the door switch.

There is no alarm when, as an alarm test, the liftgate is opened without using the key. (The alarm is activated, however, by opening a door or the hood.)

Damaged or disconnected wiring of liftgate switch input circuit

Malfunction of the door switch

Replace the ECU.

Malfunction of the ECU

Malfunction of the liftgate switch. Malfunction of the ECU.

TSB Revision

If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-228.

Repair the harness or replace the liftgate switch.

Replace the ECU.

54-223

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System Trouble symptom

Cause

There is no alarm when, as an Damaged or disconnected alarm test, the hood is opened wiring of hood switch input from within the vehicle. circuit. (The alarm is activated, however, I by opening a door or the liftgate.) Malfunction of the hood switch. Malfunction of the ECU. Engine would not start [Engine There is a short-circuit of starting is possible when the the starter relay activation starter relay is in the switched-off circuit (normally closed) condition, with the clutch switch in the switch-off and the ECU harness connector disconnected.]

Check method

Remedy

If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart p.54-225.

Repairthe harness or replace the hood switch.

-

Replace the ECU.

Check by using check chart P.54-234.

Repair the harness.

When, as a test of the alarm, a Damaged or disconnected Check by using check door or the liftgate is opened wiring of headlight power chart P.54-231, 232. without using the key, orthe hood supply circuit or headlight is opened from within the vehicle, activation circuit the horn and the theft-alarm horn sound but the headlights don’t flash. (The headlights can, how- M al f u n c t i o n of the ECU ever, be switched. ON by using the passing switch.) The headlights flash during an alarm test but the horn orthe theft alarm horn does not sound.

Damaged or disconnected wiring of horn relay power supply circuit or horn activation circuit Damaged or disconnected wiring of the theft-alarm horn relay power supply circuit or the theft-alarm horn activation circuit.

Check by using check chart P.54-229,230,231.

Malfunction of the ECU. The system is not deactivated nhen, during an alarm test in which the alarm is intentionally activated, the door or liftgate is Jnlocked by using the key. :The system also cannot be disarmed.)

Damaged or disconnected wiring of door key cylinder and liftgate unlock switch input circuit

Repairthe harness or replace the diode Ds. Replace the headlight relay or the headlight.

Replace the ECU.

Repair the harness. Replace the horn. Replace dedicated fuse No. (6) or the fusible link No. (6).

Replace the ECU. If input checks (P.54-220) indicate a malfunction, check by using check chart P.54-227,228.

Repair the harness. Replace the key cylinder switch or the liftgate switch.

Malfunction of door keycylinder and liftgate unlock switch. Malfunction of the ECU

Replace the ECU.

ECU: Electronic Control Unit NOTE If the lifigate unlock switch or door key cylinder unlock switch is operated roughly, or if these switches have been installed incorrectly or switches themselves are defective the ECU may not accept the warning or alarm cancelling signal. In such case, the alarm operation will take place when the door is opened using a key. [When the door key cylinder switch has been shorted, however, if the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECU judges the detection-switch as faulty and thereafter, it will prevent setting of (warning) alarm until the shorting is corrected.] If the liftgate is opened using a key and is left opened when the door key cylinder switch system has a trouble (wiring harness damage, open circuit, etc.), the ECU judges it as the liftgate holding mode and does not produce alarm even when the door is opened.

TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

J, , c-66fl

1 -1 c-77

WC’ 1l----i 2 2

I

A.Ilx @j&j

E

JJT k!ifkBoR

CHECKING THE CIRCUIT AND INDIVIDUAL PART 1. ETACS POWER-SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS Description of operation The battery supplies a stabilized 5 V power supply to the ECU, via the constant-voltage circuit and terminal 51 (which is directly connected to the battery). ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector).

51

ECU terminal No. 51

Signal ECU power supply

Condition At all times

\ L)

Terminal voltage 12v

L)

EYZIF E b ml

J,“I:6, p$zsq c-s’

,.,!!I

L

I

I 2 c-58 3466 m [01 ECU

r 1

2. KEY-REMINDER SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation The key-reminder switch is switched OFF and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU when the key is inserted into the ignition key cylinder: when the key is removed, the key-reminder switch is switched ON and LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 64

!i I i NDER %,lcH

Signal Key-reminder switch

Condition

Terminal voltage

Key removed

12 V

Key inserted

0V

C-66

d 1 TSB Revision

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

54-225

3. HOOD SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the hood is closed (the hood switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the hood is opened (the hood switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the. ECU connector). ECU terminal No.

Signal Hood switch Hood

18

Terminal voltage

condition Open

OV

Closed 5 V* *

Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.

-

4. DOOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the door is closed (the door switch is switched OFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU: When the door is opened (the door switch is switched ON), LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU). ECU

terminal No. 10

I *

L

NOTE rl:UP to 1 9 9 3 moaels f2:From 1 9 9 4 modet.s KX55-AK-R540¶-N

TSB Revision

Signal

Terminal voltage

Condition

Driver door Driver switch door

Open

Passenger door switch

Open

0

ger door Closed I

I

Passen,

OV

Closed 5 V* V 5 v*

I

Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.

54-226

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System 5. DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When a door is locked by the lock knob or the key, the door lock actuator switch is switched OFF, and HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. These signals activate the timer circuit of the R ECU, thereby causing the activation circuit to function, thus R activating the door lock actuator of all doors. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 13

14

*

TSB Revision

Signal

t!I(

Door lock actuator switch (driver door)

Condition

Terminal voltage

Lock: Door 5 V’ lock ac- OFF tuator Unlock: ON 0 V switch

Lock: ‘5 v* loor lock ac- Door uator switch lock ac- OFF :passenger tuator Unlock: ON 0 V joor) switch

Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.

54-227

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

6. DOOR KEY CYLINDER UNLOCK AND LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT

:Up to 1993 models>

Description of operation When the door key is rotated or the liftgate key is unlocked, R LOW-level signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU R connector). ECU

Condition

Signal

Terminal voltage

terminal No. 19

Door key cyl-

Door Not 5V key cyl- rotate inder Rotate 0 V 0-W

inder unlock switch

20

Door Not key cyl- rotate

5v

rotate

ov

inder (W Liftgate

Liftgate unlock switch

Lock

5

V

Unlock 0 V

Condition

fl’WABdif Tr--

5v

Door Not key cyl- rotate

inder 0-W 19

cIii@w -a 2% - - *Yasw -_ _ ,. D : G E F ’ : f k G W b B L 3 & i $ ! I!I I gT%Efi El-l 8# ?r SwYbH or, ‘?a8 @gF-23 2

Terminal voltage

m 2 ai23 *

20

-T’&

•iJ

KXSS-NC-R5‘05-N

I TSB Revision

Rotate 0 V

5v

Door key cylinder unlock

Door Not key cyl- rotate

switch

inder W-0

Rotate 0 V

Liftgate

Lock

Liftgate unlock switch

L

5

V

Unlock 0 V

54-228

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem 7. LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT Description of operation When the liftgate is closed (the liftgate switch is switched ROFF), HIGH-level signals are sent to the ECU. When the liftgate is opened (the liftgate switch is switched R ON), LOWlevel signals are sent to the ECU. ECU terminal voltage (Connection condition of the ECU connector). ECU terminal No. 17

l

1 TSB Revision

Signal

Condition I

Terminal voltage

Liftgate switch _ Measurement is not possible by using a voltmeter, but is possible by using an oscilloscope.

54-229

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

8. SECURITY LIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation If all doors are in locked state after key-less locking, the ECU transistor is turned ON and the security light comes on. Checking the security light activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU and check at the wiring harness side.) step

1 JS! E-04 @y&fiNAT! ON 6 .$

Check object

Normal condition

Malfunction

D-04 connector terminal voltage 51

12v

ov

SECURITY

3 152

2

D-04 connector terminal voltage 52

12v

ov

Cause

Remedy

Fuse (19) damaged or disconnetted

Replace the fuse

Harness damaged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit

Repair the harness

Damaged or disconnected wiring of SECURITY light bulb

Replace the bulb

Harness

Repair the harness

dam-

aged or disconnetted 3

ECU terminal voltage 57

12v

ov

damHarness aged or disconnetted, or shortcircuit

Repair the harness

i

9. HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the horn relay)

FUSIBLE LINK CE) m z al r

0

z!

Malfunc-

%BECATED

Cause

Remedy

Fuse (3) damaged or disconnetted

Replace the fuse

Damaged or disconnected harness

Repair the harness

tion m CL

connector terminal

1

TO THE ECU

TO THE HORN

TSB Revision

54-230

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System .,i”i, LlNl Q

? a / ;

spored

10. dl

10. HORN ACTIVATION CIRCUIT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No.58, and activate the horn relay.) Step

z “2 I A-as ’ EL? I I3 ig”‘“, 1 u~cw ~ I A.,Op+JIi3 x c! 6

1

IZ)Y.l,.-”

Check object

Nor- 1 I mat Malcondi- Ifunction I tion

I Cause

Remedy

Horn relay termivoltage nal (4-Ground)

12v

ov

Malfunction of the horn relay

Check the horn relay (Refer to P.54-118.)

Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground)

12v

ov

Harness damaged or disconnetted

Repair the harness

Horn terminal voltage (LH & R H ) (1 -Ground)

Horn Horn soun doesn’t ds (0 sound V) (0 w

Malfunction of the horn

Replace the horn

Battery voltage

Damaged or disconnected wiring of ground circuit

Repair the harness

11. THEFT ALARM HORN RELAY POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to theft alarm horn relay. Checking the horn relay power-supply circuit (Disconnect the theft alarm horn relay) Check object THEFT A L A R M HORN RELAY connector terminal voltage 1

TSB Revision

Normal condition 12v

Malfunction ov

Cause

Remedy

Fuse (14) damaged or disconnetted

Replace the fuse

Damaged or disconnected harness

Repair the harness

54-231

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

12. THEFT ALARM HORN ACTIVATION ClRCUlT Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the theft alarm horn relay to activate the horn. Checking the horn activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector No. 58, and activate the theft alarm horn relay.)

Fwbk link (6)

A-26 8=

ECU

A 27

’ Theftalarm 1 * horn

al i

Z16FO342

i

13. HEADLIGHT POWER-SUPPLY CIRCUIT Description of operation Power voltage is always supplied to the headlight relay. Checking the headlight power-supply circuit (Disconnect the headlight relay) Check object (Wiring harness side) terminal voltage (5-Ground)

L

TO Ecu auO-U-RS4I2-Y I

1 TSB Revision

Normal condition 12 v

Malfunction ov

Cause

Remedy

Fusible link (3) blown

Replace the fusible link

Damaged or disconnected harness

Repair the harness

54-232

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

14. HEADLIGHT ACTIVATION CIRCUIT





k&w; ._s____. ’ om- 4 3 R-? -5 R

I c-m 3 C-82 5 w *

JO

ta

ii

Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicles door, etc. are opened without use of the key. This energizes the headlight relay to active the headlight.

TSB Revision

Checking the headlight activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, then short-circuit terminal connector 2, and activate the headlight relay.)

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm Svstem

54-233

1993 models> Check object

Normal condition

Malfunction

Cause

Remedy

1

Headlight relay terminal voltage (4-Ground)

12v

OV

Malfunction of the headlight relay

Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.)

2

Headlight (3-Ground)

12v

OV

Harness damaged or disconnected

Repair the harness

3

Headlight termi- Column switch: O V nal voltage Low (1 -Ground) 12v Column switch: Hi

The headlight isn’t turned on.

Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.

Replace the headlight or column switch. Repair the harness.

terminal

voltage

Headlight termi- Column switch: 12v voltage Low nal (2-Ground) Column switch: OV Hi

cFron n 1994 models> SW

Check object

Normal condition

Malfunction

Cause

Remedy

1

Headlight relay terminal voltage (CGround)

12v

ov

Malfunction of the headlight relay

Check the headlight relay (Refer to P.54-108.)

voltage

12v

ov

Harness damaged or disconnected

Repair the harness

Column switch: Low

12v

The headlight isn’t turned on.

Malfunction of the headlight. Harness damaged or disconnected. Malfunction of column switch.

Replace the headlight switch. or column Repair the harness.

, id 2 3

Headlight i (2-Ground)

I

terminal -r

Headlight (HI) terminal voltage (1 -Ground)

Column switch: OV Hi Column switch: OV Low

Headlight (LO) terminal voltage (2-Ground) /

Column switch: OV Hi

TSB Revision

54-234

CHASSIS ELECTRICAL - Theft-alarm System

15. STARTER RELAY ACTIVATION CIRCUIT lgnlllon

Battery

Key reminder swtch

switch (STI

Lo & A1

Theftalarm starter 03 52 relay

“: Y

. ..-I . OY a.’ ‘pa 3

N

PI/l

C-56

i M/T

ECUm

B-23 l -

PANWNEUTNLl. PONlTlON WITCH :1 (prom 1993 NODEL)

:2 Starter motor

cm2 N@nEL> 216Fcas

Description of operation The ECU transistor is turned ON if the vehicle door etc. are opened without use of the key. This turns OFF the starter relay and power ceases to be supplied to the starter magnet switch. Checking the starter relay activation circuit (Disconnect the connector of the ECU, depress fully the clutch pedal and activate the starter relay) SW

Check object

1

Starter relay terminal voltage (2-Ground)

2

Starter motor terminal (1 -Ground)

I

Normal condition

Malfunction

12v 12v

t (Starter motor connector B-24: Separation) 3

Continuity between “B-24” 0 Q connector and ground

Cause

Remedy

ov

Malfunction of the starter relay

Check the starter relay

ov

Harness damaged or disconnected

Repair the harness

:

-cl

( TSB Revision

Damaged magnet switch

:

Replace magnet switch

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

A ii

ABS POWER RELAY, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 35-82-l RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-1 SIGNAL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-176,277-i ACCELERATOR CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-51-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4-l ACTIVE AERO SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-7-l ACTIVE EXHAUST CONTROL UNIT, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 13A-173,274-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-40-l AERO PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-19-l AIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520-74-l MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-82, 87-l AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-9-l ELEMENT, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55-54-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-4-l SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-16-l

B BALL JOINT SEALS, Maintenance . . . . BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . BASIC IDLE SPEED, Adjustment . . . . . . BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discharged, Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . BELT LOCK CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . BLOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOOSTER, Clutch . . . . . . . . BOOST METER, On-vehicle Inspection BRAKE Parking . . . . . . . . . . ..*............. BOOSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l .......... 13A-91,217-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64-3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-82-l . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-32,74-t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-35-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l . . . . . . . . . 13A-171,273-l

................. 36-8-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l

1

DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-93,103-l Front, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-70-I Rear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-73-l FLUID LEVEL SENSOR, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-64-l HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-91-l LINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-74-l PAD Disc, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-66-l Disc, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . ..~..................>. . . . . . . . . . 35-71-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-84-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . 35-63-l BUMPER Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-8-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-13-l

CAMSHAFT OIL SEALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21-l POSITION SENSOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . 13A-103,225-l CATALYTIC CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-71-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-30-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l CD AUTO CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-191-11 CENTER PILLAR GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-33-l CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-49-l CHARGE AIR COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-11-l CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l.6-2-11 CIGARETTE LIGHTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-123-k CLOCK SPRING, SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-74-I CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-57-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-101,223-l CLUTCH BOOSTER OPERATING, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-6-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-l O-I COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-l DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20-I MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-8-l Check and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-5-l RELEASE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-16-I VACUUM LINE cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I COLUMN SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 COMBINATION GAUGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-33-k COMBINATION LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 COMBINATION METERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-31-11 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-123,236-l CONDENSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I Limited Slip, Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-15-t CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-25-l DISC BRAKE Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...35-93-l Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-103-I PADS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-41-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l INSIDE HANDLE, Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l MIRROR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...51-31-l REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-43-l TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..42-42- 1 WATERPROOF FILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l WINDOW GLASS, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l DRIP LINE WEATHERSTRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-63-l DRIVE BELT Compressor, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-18-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-I Tension, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7-l Tension, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l DRIVE SHAFT Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...26-12-l Rear...............................................27-19- I BOOTS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-l OIL SEALS, Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-53-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-5-l

E ECS On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,338-l 1 -I CONTROL UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-20-I INDICATOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-I EGR SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l SYSTEM, Inspection .................................. 17-67-l TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-i35,246-I VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68-l VALVE CONTROL VACUUM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-67-l ELECTRICAL LOAD SWITCH, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-127,238-l ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT CABS> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-119-l ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18-l CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-5-l

COOLANT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-51 -I Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-l COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l Engine Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-93,219-l HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-18-l MOUNTING .......................................... 32-3-l OIL, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-47-l OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l OIL FILTER, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l ROLL STOPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-6-l SPEED ADJUSTING SCREW, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-59-l EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-57-l Check for Leaks and Clogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l PURGE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-162,268-l EVAPORATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-37-l EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-66-l MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-26-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-28-l PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-33-l SYSTEM Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15-40-l Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-60-l

F FAN MOTOR Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-79-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-46-l RELAY, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-129.240-t FEEDER CABLE, Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 FENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-24-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Fuel Tank, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FLOOR CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-1 O-I FLOOR PAN, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-16-l FOG LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-109-11 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526-68-l FUEL FILLER DOOR, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-12-l FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-10-I GAUGE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I HOSES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-l LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I PRESSURE SOLENOID, On-vehicle Inspection ... 13A-166,270-l PRESSURE TEST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-180,279-l PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-72,200-l PUMP CIRCUIT RESISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . 13A-84,211-l PUMP OPERATION CHECK, On-vehicle Inspection 13A-179,279-l PUMP RELAY N0.2, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . 13A-84,211-l SYSTEM, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-45-I FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-3-I FILLER DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-23-l FILLER TUBE CAP, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-6-I Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l FULL AUTO AIR CONDITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-54-l

3

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FUNCTION, Check (4WS) . . . . . . . . . . . . .37B-5-l

G GARNISHES . . . . . . . . . ......................... 51-15-l GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-12-11 GLASS Center Pillar . ............... ...... 42-33-l D o o r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . 42-43-l . . . . . . 42-12-l Door Window, Adjustment Liftgate . . . . . . . . 42-38-l Quarter Window . . . . . . . 42-34-l Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-26-l G SENSOR.. . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l . . . . . . . . 35-117-l

H HAZARD SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 HEADLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-103-11 HEADLINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-16-l HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-137,247-l HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l HEATER CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-30-I HEATER UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-34-l HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...42-18-l Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11 -I HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-115-11 RELAY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 HYDRAULIC UNIT CABS>. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-110-I Check .............................................35-76-l I IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR (Stepper Motor Type) On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-153,263-l IDLE MIXTURE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12-l IDLE SPEED Basic, Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-55-l Curb,Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11-l IGNITION CABLES, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-l COIL, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-158,264-l POWER TRANSISTOR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . 13&158,264-l SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 SWITCH-IG, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-65, 193-l SWITCH-ST, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-113,230-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-112,229-l SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-45-11 TIMING,‘Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9-l IMPACT SENSORS, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-68-I INDUCTION CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-133,242-l INJECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-286-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-144,257-l INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52A-5-l INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-88,215-l CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . 15-7-l INTAKE MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-17-l PLENUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-l 3-l

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

15-l

5-l

K KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM .... KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . KICKDOWN SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KNOCK SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . KNUCKLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

................. 23-51-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-52-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-289-l . . . . . . . . . . 13A-125,237-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6-l

L LASH ADJUSTERS Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15-l Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-l 7-l LATCH, Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-47-l LEFT MEMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-8-l LEVER, Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l LICENSE PLATE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-20-I Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-11-l GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-38-l LIGHT Indicator, ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-105-11 Front Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 High Mounted Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Rear Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-106-11 Switch, Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-19-l LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-35-11 LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL Check cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-l 5-l Rear Axle, Oil Change, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-40-I LOOSE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-25-l LOWER ARM Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-10-I Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .( 34-29-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l

M MAIN MUFFLER . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING . ....... MANUAL TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... Maintenance . MASTER CYLINDER . . . ....... Clutch . . . . . . . . ....... MIRROR, Door.. _. . ....... MIXTURE CONTROL (MFI) System ....... M O T O R A N T E N N A . . . . . ....... MOTOR RELAY CABS>, Check . ....... MOULDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... MUFFLER, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . :. . . . . . . .._.._............._._._. MUFFLER MODE CHANGEOVER SWITCH On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . _. . . . .

.......... 15-30-I . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6-l . . . . . . . . . . 22-13-l . . . . . . . . . . . 22-2-l . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-I . . . . . . . . . . 35-87-l . . . . . . . . . . 21-14-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-31-l . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I . . . . . . . . 54-188-11 . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l . . . . . . . . . . 51-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . 15-30-I . . . . . . . . . . 15-33-l ... 13A-131,241-l

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

0 OIL Transmission, Replacement eAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..22-15- 1 CFwD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l COOLER Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36-l Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-62-l COOLER HOSES, Transaxle .......................... 23-62-l COOLER TUBES, Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l FILTER, Engine, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-48-l LEVEL, Gear, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-8-l SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-52-l SHOCK ABSORBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-36-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-13-l SOLENOID EGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70-I EGR, On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-164,269-l Evaporative Emission Purge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to E Fuel Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to F Turbocharger Waste Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to T SPARK PLUG Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-46-I CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-36-11 SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-187-11 SPEEDOMETER CABLE Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...23-~-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-113-l SPEED SENSOR, Wheel, Output Voltage Measurement . . . . 35-75-l SRS Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-53-I DIAGNOSIS UNIT (SDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528-71-I STABILIZER BAR Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33A-12-l Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-38-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-16-l

5

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

i

STARTER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-23-11 STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19-11 STEERING Angle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-6-l ANGULAR VELOCITY SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-18-l GEAR BOX, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-18-l LINKAGE SEALS, Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00-52-I SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-I STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37A-14-l Centering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-7-l Free Play Check ................................... .37A-6-l Return to Center Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37A-9-l STOP LIGHT High Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-107-11 SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-19-I STRUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33A-7-l SUN ROOF ........................................... 42-56-l SUSPENSION Rear cAWD> ........................................... 34-26-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...34-7-l SWITCH Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to A Air Conditioning Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . Refer to A Closed Throttle Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to C Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-112-11 ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33B-18-l Electrical Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-127,238-i Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-110-11 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-118-11 Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-6-11 Ignition-lG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Ignition-ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to I Muffler Mode Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to M Parking Brake, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-4-l Park/Neutral Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Pop-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-l 09-11 Position Detection ................................. 338-19-I Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to P Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54-203-11 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 9-l

T

i:

TAPE PLAYER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM ......................... THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THROTTLE BODY (Throttle Valve Area), Cleaning ... THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIE ROD END BALL JOINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIMING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRAILING ARM cAWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TURBOCHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BYPASS VALVE, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SUPERCHARGING PRESSURE . . . . . . WASTE GATE SOLENOID Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

................ 22-17-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-5-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-62-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-16-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-22-l

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-47-l ................ 22-15-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-4-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52A-11-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-42-l ................ 15-20-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-23-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-8-l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6-l

................. 15-8-l . . . . . . . . . 13A-169,271-l

U UPPER ARM . . . . . ............................ 34-29-l cFWD> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34-9-l

V VACUUM TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-18-I VALVE RELAY CABS>, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-83-l VAPOR LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13F-8-I VARIABLE INDUCTION CONTROL MOTOR (DC Motor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-174,276-l SYSTEM, Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5-l VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ECS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338-l 8-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-117, 119,231,233-l VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3-l SYSTEM, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VALVE, Positive Crankcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-56-l VENTILATORS (Air Inlet and Air Outlet) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-52-l (Instrument Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-50-I VOLUME AIR FLOW SENSOR Engine and Emission Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65-l On-vehicle Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13A-85,212-l

W WASHER Rear . . . . . . . . . . .............. Windshield . . . . . . .............. WATERPROOF FILM, Door .............. WATER PUMP . . . . . WEATHERSTRIP, Drip Line WHEEL . . . . ALIGNMENT Front . .._............................. Rear . .._.......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEARING Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . End Play Check cFWD> . . . . . . . . W H E E L S P E E D S E N S O R . .

. . . 51-28-I . 51-25-l . . . 42-42-l . . 14-11-l . . . . . 42-63-l . . . 31-4-l . . . . .33A-6-l

. . . . . 34-25-l . . . . . . 34-5-l . . .33A-6-t 27-3-L 34-6-l 35-113-l

ALPHABETICAL INDEX Output Voltage Measurement . WINDOW GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . Door, Adjustment.. . . . . . Quarter . . . . . . . . . WINDSHIELD . . . . . . . . WASHER . . . . . . . . . WIPER . . . . . . . .

...................... 35-75-i ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ...................... ......................

42-26-l 42-12-l 42-34-l 42-29-l 51-25-l 51-25-l

RJHY506014-734